| ||||
Public Act 101-0643 | ||||
| ||||
| ||||
AN ACT concerning education.
| ||||
Be it enacted by the People of the State of Illinois,
| ||||
represented in the General Assembly:
| ||||
Section 5. The School Code is amended by changing Sections | ||||
1H-115, 2-3.64a-5, 2-3.71, 2-3.170, 10-19, 10-19.05, 10-20.56, | ||||
10-21.9, 14-8.02f, 14-8.02h, 17-2.11, 17-2A, 18-8.15, 21A-5, | ||||
21A-30, 21A-35, 21B-20, 21B-35, 21B-45, 21B-50, 24-11, 24-12, | ||||
24A-5, 27-3, 27-6.5, 27-8.1, 27-21, 27-22, 34-2.1, 34-2.2, | ||||
34-18.5, 34-85, and 34-85c and by adding Sections 10-30, | ||||
21B-110, 21B-115, 22-89, and 34-18.66 as follows: | ||||
(105 ILCS 5/1H-115) | ||||
Sec. 1H-115. Abolition of Panel. | ||||
(a) Except as provided in subsections (b), (c), and (d) , | ||||
and (e) of this Section, the Panel shall be abolished 10 years | ||||
after its creation. | ||||
(b) The State Board, upon recommendation of the Panel or | ||||
petition of the school board, may abolish the Panel at any time | ||||
after the Panel has been in existence for 3 years if no | ||||
obligations of the Panel are outstanding or remain undefeased | ||||
and upon investigation and finding that: | ||||
(1) none of the factors specified in Section 1A-8 of | ||||
this Code remain applicable to the district; and | ||||
(2) there has been substantial achievement of the goals |
and objectives established pursuant to the financial plan | ||
and required under Section 1H-15 of this Code. | ||
(c) The Panel of a district that otherwise meets all of the | ||
requirements for abolition of a Panel under subsection (b) of | ||
this Section, except for the fact that there are outstanding | ||
financial obligations of the Panel, may petition the State | ||
Board for reinstatement of all of the school board's powers and | ||
duties assumed by the Panel; and if approved by the State | ||
Board, then: | ||
(1) the Panel shall continue in operation, but its | ||
powers and duties shall be limited to those necessary to | ||
manage and administer its outstanding obligations; | ||
(2) the school board shall once again begin exercising | ||
all of the powers and duties otherwise allowed by statute; | ||
and | ||
(3) the Panel shall be abolished as provided in | ||
subsection (a) of this Section. | ||
(d) If the Panel of a district otherwise meets all of the | ||
requirements for abolition of a Panel under subsection (b) of | ||
this Section, except for outstanding obligations of the Panel, | ||
then the district may petition the State Board for abolition of | ||
the Panel if the district: | ||
(1) establishes an irrevocable trust fund, the purpose | ||
of which is to provide moneys to defease the outstanding | ||
obligations of the Panel; and | ||
(2) issues funding bonds pursuant to the provisions of |
Sections 19-8 and 19-9 of this Code. | ||
A district with a Panel that falls under this subsection | ||
(d) shall be abolished as provided in subsection (a) of this | ||
Section.
| ||
(e) The duration of a Panel may be continued for more than | ||
10 years after the date of its creation if the State Board | ||
extends the Panel's duration under paragraph (3) of subsection | ||
(e) of Section 18-8.15 of this Code. | ||
(Source: P.A. 97-429, eff. 8-16-11; 98-463, eff. 8-16-13.) | ||
(105 ILCS 5/2-3.64a-5) | ||
Sec. 2-3.64a-5. State goals and assessment. | ||
(a) For the assessment and accountability purposes of this | ||
Section, "students" includes those students enrolled in a | ||
public or State-operated elementary school, secondary school, | ||
or cooperative or joint agreement with a governing body or | ||
board of control, a charter school operating in compliance with | ||
the Charter Schools Law, a school operated by a regional office | ||
of education under Section 13A-3 of this Code, or a public | ||
school administered by a local public agency or the Department | ||
of Human Services. | ||
(b) The State Board of Education shall establish the | ||
academic standards that are to be applicable to students who | ||
are subject to State assessments under this Section. The State | ||
Board of Education shall not establish any such standards in | ||
final form without first providing opportunities for public |
participation and local input in the development of the final | ||
academic standards. Those opportunities shall include a | ||
well-publicized period of public comment and opportunities to | ||
file written comments. | ||
(c) Beginning no later than the 2014-2015 school year, the | ||
State Board of Education shall annually assess all students | ||
enrolled in grades 3 through 8 in English language arts and | ||
mathematics. | ||
Beginning no later than the 2017-2018 school year, the | ||
State Board of Education shall annually assess all students in | ||
science at one grade in grades 3 through 5, at one grade in | ||
grades 6 through 8, and at one grade in grades 9 through 12. | ||
The State Board of Education shall annually assess schools | ||
that operate a secondary education program, as defined in | ||
Section 22-22 of this Code, in English language arts and | ||
mathematics. The State Board of Education shall administer no | ||
more than 3 assessments, per student, of English language arts | ||
and mathematics for students in a secondary education program. | ||
One of these assessments shall be recognized by this State's | ||
public institutions of higher education, as defined in the | ||
Board of Higher Education Act, for the purpose of student | ||
application or admissions consideration. The assessment | ||
administered by the State Board of Education for the purpose of | ||
student application to or admissions consideration by | ||
institutions of higher education must be administered on a | ||
school day during regular student attendance hours. |
Students who do not take the State's final accountability | ||
assessment or its approved alternate assessment may not receive | ||
a regular high school diploma unless the student is exempted | ||
from taking the State assessments under subsection (d) of this | ||
Section because the student is enrolled in a program of adult | ||
and continuing education, as defined in the Adult Education | ||
Act, or the student is identified by the State Board of | ||
Education, through rules, as being exempt from the assessment. | ||
The State Board of Education shall not assess students | ||
under this Section in subjects not required by this Section. | ||
Districts shall inform their students of the timelines and | ||
procedures applicable to their participation in every yearly | ||
administration of the State assessments.
The State Board of | ||
Education shall establish periods of time in each school year | ||
during which State assessments shall occur to meet the | ||
objectives of this Section. | ||
The requirements of this subsection do not apply if the | ||
State Board of Education has received a waiver from the | ||
administration of assessments from the U.S. Department of | ||
Education. | ||
(d) Every individualized educational program as described | ||
in Article 14 shall identify if the State assessment or | ||
components thereof require accommodation for the student. The | ||
State Board of Education shall develop rules governing the | ||
administration of an alternate assessment that may be available | ||
to students for whom participation in this State's regular |
assessments is not appropriate, even with accommodations as | ||
allowed under this Section. | ||
Students receiving special education services whose | ||
individualized educational programs identify them as eligible | ||
for the alternative State assessments nevertheless shall have | ||
the option of also taking this State's regular final | ||
accountability assessment, which shall be administered in | ||
accordance with the eligible accommodations appropriate for | ||
meeting these students' respective needs. | ||
All students determined to be English learners shall | ||
participate in the State assessments. The scores of those | ||
students who have been enrolled in schools in the United States | ||
for less than 12 months may not be used for the purposes of | ||
accountability. Any student determined to be an English learner | ||
shall receive appropriate assessment accommodations, including | ||
language supports, which shall be established by rule. Approved | ||
assessment accommodations must be provided until the student's | ||
English language skills develop to the extent that the student | ||
is no longer considered to be an English learner, as | ||
demonstrated through a State-identified English language | ||
proficiency assessment. | ||
(e) The results or scores of each assessment taken under | ||
this Section shall be made available to the parents of each | ||
student. | ||
In each school year, the scores attained by a student on | ||
the final accountability assessment must be placed in the |
student's permanent record pursuant to rules that the State | ||
Board of Education shall adopt for that purpose in accordance | ||
with Section 3 of the Illinois School Student Records Act. In | ||
each school year, the scores attained by a student on the State | ||
assessments administered in grades 3 through 8 must be placed | ||
in the student's temporary record. | ||
(f) All schools shall administer the State's academic | ||
assessment of English language proficiency to all children | ||
determined to be English learners. | ||
(g) All schools in this State that are part of the sample | ||
drawn by the National Center for Education Statistics, in | ||
collaboration with their school districts and the State Board | ||
of Education, shall administer the academic assessments under | ||
the National Assessment of Educational Progress carried out | ||
under Section 411(b)(2) of the federal National Education | ||
Statistics Act of 1994 (20 U.S.C. 9010) if the U.S. Secretary | ||
of Education pays the costs of administering the assessments. | ||
(h) (Blank). | ||
(i) For the purposes of this subsection (i), "academically | ||
based assessments" means assessments consisting of questions | ||
and answers that are measurable and quantifiable to measure the | ||
knowledge, skills, and ability of students in the subject | ||
matters covered by the assessments. All assessments | ||
administered pursuant to this Section must be academically | ||
based assessments. The scoring of academically based | ||
assessments shall be reliable, valid, and fair and shall meet |
the guidelines for assessment development and use prescribed by | ||
the American Psychological Association, the National Council | ||
on Measurement in Education, and the American Educational | ||
Research Association. | ||
The State Board of Education shall review the use of all | ||
assessment item types in order to ensure that they are valid | ||
and reliable indicators of student performance aligned to the | ||
learning standards being assessed and that the development, | ||
administration, and scoring of these item types are justifiable | ||
in terms of cost. | ||
(j) The State Superintendent of Education shall appoint a | ||
committee of no more than 21 members, consisting of parents, | ||
teachers, school administrators, school board members, | ||
assessment experts, regional superintendents of schools, and | ||
citizens, to review the State assessments administered by the | ||
State Board of Education. The Committee shall select one of its | ||
members as its chairperson. The Committee shall meet on an | ||
ongoing basis to review the content and design of the | ||
assessments (including whether the requirements of subsection | ||
(i) of this Section have been met), the time and money expended | ||
at the local and State levels to prepare for and administer the | ||
assessments, the collective results of the assessments as | ||
measured against the stated purpose of assessing student | ||
performance, and other issues involving the assessments | ||
identified by the Committee. The Committee shall make periodic | ||
recommendations to the State Superintendent of Education and |
the General Assembly concerning the assessments. | ||
(k) The State Board of Education may adopt rules to | ||
implement this Section.
| ||
(Source: P.A. 99-30, eff. 7-10-15; 99-185, eff. 1-1-16; 99-642, | ||
eff. 7-28-16; 100-7, eff. 7-1-17; 100-222, eff. 8-18-17; | ||
100-863, eff. 8-14-18; 100-1046, eff. 8-23-18.)
| ||
(105 ILCS 5/2-3.71) (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.71)
| ||
Sec. 2-3.71. Grants for preschool educational programs. | ||
(a) Preschool program.
| ||
(1) The State Board of Education shall implement and | ||
administer
a grant program under the provisions of this | ||
subsection which shall
consist of grants to public school | ||
districts and other eligible entities, as defined by the | ||
State Board of Education, to conduct voluntary
preschool
| ||
educational programs for children ages 3 to 5 which include | ||
a parent
education component. A public school district | ||
which receives grants under
this subsection may | ||
subcontract with other entities that are eligible to | ||
conduct a preschool educational
program. These grants must | ||
be used to supplement, not supplant, funds received from | ||
any other source.
| ||
(2) (Blank).
| ||
(3) Except as otherwise provided under this subsection | ||
(a), any teacher of preschool children in the program | ||
authorized by this
subsection shall hold a Professional |
Educator License with an early childhood education | ||
endorsement. | ||
(3.5) Beginning with the 2018-2019 school year and | ||
until the 2023-2024 school year, an individual may teach | ||
preschool children in an early childhood program under this | ||
Section if he or she holds a Professional Educator License | ||
with an early childhood education endorsement or with | ||
short-term approval for early childhood education or he or | ||
she pursues a Professional Educator License and holds any | ||
of the following: | ||
(A) An ECE Credential Level of 5 awarded by the | ||
Department of Human Services under the Gateways to | ||
Opportunity Program developed under Section 10-70 of | ||
the Department of Human Services Act. | ||
(B) An Educator License with Stipulations with a | ||
transitional bilingual educator endorsement and he or | ||
she has (i) passed an early childhood education content | ||
test or (ii) completed no less than 9 semester hours of | ||
postsecondary coursework in the area of early | ||
childhood education.
| ||
(4) (Blank).
| ||
(4.5) The State Board of Education shall provide the | ||
primary source of
funding through appropriations for the | ||
program.
Such funds shall be distributed to achieve a goal | ||
of "Preschool for All Children" for the benefit
of all | ||
children whose families choose to participate in the |
program. Based on available appropriations, newly funded | ||
programs shall be selected through a process giving first | ||
priority to qualified programs serving primarily at-risk | ||
children and second priority to qualified programs serving | ||
primarily children with a family income of less than 4 | ||
times the poverty guidelines updated periodically in the | ||
Federal Register by the U.S. Department of Health and Human | ||
Services under the authority of 42 U.S.C. 9902(2). For | ||
purposes of this paragraph (4.5), at-risk children are | ||
those who because of their home and community environment | ||
are subject
to such language, cultural, economic and like | ||
disadvantages to cause them to have
been determined as a | ||
result of screening procedures to be at risk of
academic | ||
failure. Such screening procedures shall be based on | ||
criteria
established by the State Board of Education. | ||
Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (4.5), | ||
grantees under the program must enter into a memorandum of | ||
understanding with the appropriate local Head Start | ||
agency. This memorandum must be entered into no later than | ||
3 months after the award of a grantee's grant under the | ||
program, except that, in the case of the 2009-2010 program | ||
year, the memorandum must be entered into no later than the | ||
deadline set by the State Board of Education for | ||
applications to participate in the program in fiscal year | ||
2011, and must address collaboration between the grantee's | ||
program and the local Head Start agency on certain issues, |
which shall include without limitation the following: | ||
(A) educational activities, curricular objectives, | ||
and instruction; | ||
(B) public information dissemination and access to | ||
programs for families contacting programs; | ||
(C) service areas; | ||
(D) selection priorities for eligible children to | ||
be served by programs; | ||
(E) maximizing the impact of federal and State | ||
funding to benefit young children; | ||
(F) staff training, including opportunities for | ||
joint staff training; | ||
(G) technical assistance; | ||
(H) communication and parent outreach for smooth | ||
transitions to kindergarten; | ||
(I) provision and use of facilities, | ||
transportation, and other program elements; | ||
(J) facilitating each program's fulfillment of its | ||
statutory and regulatory requirements; | ||
(K) improving local planning and collaboration; | ||
and | ||
(L) providing comprehensive services for the | ||
neediest Illinois children and families. | ||
If the appropriate local Head Start agency is unable or | ||
unwilling to enter into a memorandum of understanding as | ||
required under this paragraph (4.5), the memorandum of |
understanding requirement shall not apply and the grantee | ||
under the program must notify the State Board of Education | ||
in writing of the Head Start agency's inability or | ||
unwillingness. The State Board of Education shall compile | ||
all such written notices and make them available to the | ||
public. | ||
(5) The State Board of Education shall develop and | ||
provide
evaluation tools, including tests, that school | ||
districts and other eligible entities may use to
evaluate | ||
children for school readiness prior to age 5. The State | ||
Board of
Education shall require school districts and other | ||
eligible entities
to obtain consent from the parents
or | ||
guardians of children before any evaluations are | ||
conducted. The State
Board of Education shall encourage | ||
local school districts and other eligible entities to | ||
evaluate the
population of preschool children in their | ||
communities and provide preschool
programs, pursuant to | ||
this subsection, where appropriate.
| ||
(6) The State Board of Education shall report to the | ||
General Assembly by November 1, 2018
and every
2 years | ||
thereafter on the results and progress of
students who were | ||
enrolled in preschool educational programs, including an
| ||
assessment of which programs have been most successful in | ||
promoting
academic excellence and alleviating academic | ||
failure. The State Board of
Education shall assess the | ||
academic progress of all students who have been
enrolled in |
preschool educational programs.
| ||
On or before November 1 of each fiscal year in which | ||
the General Assembly provides funding for new programs | ||
under paragraph (4.5) of this Section, the State Board of | ||
Education shall report to the General Assembly on what | ||
percentage of new funding was provided to programs serving | ||
primarily at-risk children, what percentage of new funding | ||
was provided to programs serving primarily children with a | ||
family income of less than 4 times the federal poverty | ||
level, and what percentage of new funding was provided to | ||
other programs. | ||
(7) Due to evidence that expulsion practices in the | ||
preschool years are linked to poor child outcomes and are | ||
employed inconsistently across racial and gender groups, | ||
early childhood programs receiving State funds under this | ||
subsection (a) shall prohibit expulsions. Planned | ||
transitions to settings that are able to better meet a | ||
child's needs are not considered expulsion under this | ||
paragraph (7). | ||
(A) When persistent and serious challenging | ||
behaviors emerge, the early childhood program shall | ||
document steps taken to ensure that the child can | ||
participate safely in the program; including | ||
observations of initial and ongoing challenging | ||
behaviors, strategies for remediation and intervention | ||
plans to address the behaviors, and communication with |
the parent or legal guardian, including participation | ||
of the parent or legal guardian in planning and | ||
decision-making. | ||
(B) The early childhood program shall, with | ||
parental or legal guardian consent as required, | ||
utilize a range of community resources, if available | ||
and deemed necessary, including, but not limited to, | ||
developmental screenings, referrals to programs and | ||
services administered by a local educational agency or | ||
early intervention agency under Parts B and C of the | ||
federal Individual with Disabilities Education Act, | ||
and consultation with infant and early childhood | ||
mental health consultants and the child's health care | ||
provider. The program shall document attempts to | ||
engage these resources, including parent or legal | ||
guardian participation and consent attempted and | ||
obtained. Communication with the parent or legal | ||
guardian shall take place in a culturally and | ||
linguistically competent manner. | ||
(C) If there is documented evidence that all | ||
available interventions and supports recommended by a | ||
qualified professional have been exhausted and the | ||
program determines in its professional judgment that | ||
transitioning a child to another program is necessary | ||
for the well-being of the child or his or her peers and | ||
staff, with parent or legal guardian permission, both |
the current and pending programs shall create a | ||
transition plan designed to ensure continuity of | ||
services and the comprehensive development of the | ||
child. Communication with families shall occur in a | ||
culturally and linguistically competent manner. | ||
(D) Nothing in this paragraph (7) shall preclude a | ||
parent's or legal guardian's right to voluntarily | ||
withdraw his or her child from an early childhood | ||
program. Early childhood programs shall request and | ||
keep on file, when received, a written statement from | ||
the parent or legal guardian stating the reason for his | ||
or her decision to withdraw his or her child. | ||
(E) In the case of the determination of a serious | ||
safety threat to a child or others or in the case of | ||
behaviors listed in subsection (d) of Section 10-22.6 | ||
of this Code, the temporary removal of a child from | ||
attendance in group settings may be used. Temporary | ||
removal of a child from attendance in a group setting | ||
shall trigger the process detailed in subparagraphs | ||
(A), (B), and (C) of this paragraph (7), with the child | ||
placed back in a group setting as quickly as possible. | ||
(F) Early childhood programs may utilize and the | ||
State Board of Education, the Department of Human | ||
Services, and the Department of Children and Family | ||
Services shall recommend training, technical support, | ||
and professional development resources to improve the |
ability of teachers, administrators, program | ||
directors, and other staff to promote social-emotional | ||
development and behavioral health, to address | ||
challenging behaviors, and to understand trauma and | ||
trauma-informed care, cultural competence, family | ||
engagement with diverse populations, the impact of | ||
implicit bias on adult behavior, and the use of | ||
reflective practice techniques. Support shall include | ||
the availability of resources to contract with infant | ||
and early childhood mental health consultants. | ||
(G) Beginning on July 1, 2018, early childhood | ||
programs shall annually report to the State Board of | ||
Education, and, beginning in fiscal year 2020, the | ||
State Board of Education shall make available on a | ||
biennial basis, in an existing report, all of the | ||
following data for children from birth to age 5 who are | ||
served by the program: | ||
(i) Total number served over the course of the | ||
program year and the total number of children who | ||
left the program during the program year. | ||
(ii) Number of planned transitions to another | ||
program due to children's behavior, by children's | ||
race, gender, disability, language, class/group | ||
size, teacher-child ratio, and length of program | ||
day. | ||
(iii) Number of temporary removals of a child |
from attendance in group settings due to a serious | ||
safety threat under subparagraph (E) of this | ||
paragraph (7), by children's race, gender, | ||
disability, language, class/group size, | ||
teacher-child ratio, and length of program day. | ||
(iv) Hours of infant and early childhood | ||
mental health consultant contact with program | ||
leaders, staff, and families over the program | ||
year. | ||
(H) Changes to services for children with an | ||
individualized education program or individual family | ||
service plan shall be construed in a manner consistent | ||
with the federal Individuals with Disabilities | ||
Education Act. | ||
The State Board of Education, in consultation with the | ||
Governor's Office of Early Childhood Development and the | ||
Department of Children and Family Services, shall adopt | ||
rules to administer this paragraph (7). | ||
(b) (Blank).
| ||
(c) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, | ||
grantees may serve children ages 0 to 12 of essential workers | ||
if the Governor has declared a disaster due to a public health | ||
emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency | ||
Management Agency Act. For the purposes of this subsection, | ||
essential workers include those outlined in Executive Order | ||
20-8 and school employees. The State Board of Education shall |
adopt rules to administer this subsection. | ||
(Source: P.A. 100-105, eff. 1-1-18; 100-645, eff. 7-27-18.)
| ||
(105 ILCS 5/2-3.170) | ||
Sec. 2-3.170. Property tax relief pool grants. | ||
(a) As used in this Section, | ||
"EAV" means equalized assessed valuation as defined under | ||
Section 18-8.15 of this Code. | ||
"Property tax multiplier" equals one minus the square of | ||
the school district's Local Capacity Percentage, as defined in | ||
Section 18-8.15 of this Code. | ||
"Local capacity percentage multiplier" means one minus the | ||
school district's Local Capacity Percentage, as defined in | ||
Section 18-8.15. | ||
"State Board" means the State Board of Education. | ||
(b) Subject to appropriation, the State Board shall provide | ||
grants to eligible school districts that provide tax relief to | ||
the school district's residents, which may be no greater than | ||
1% of EAV for a unit district, 0.69% of EAV for an elementary | ||
school district, or 0.31% of EAV for a high school district, as | ||
provided in this Section. | ||
(b-5) School districts may apply for property tax relief | ||
under this Section concurrently to setting their levy for the | ||
fiscal year. The intended relief may not be greater than 1% of | ||
the EAV for a unit district, 0.69% of the EAV for an elementary | ||
school district, or 0.31% of the EAV for a high school |
district, multiplied by the school district's local capacity | ||
percentage multiplier. The State Board shall process | ||
applications for relief, providing a grant to those districts | ||
with the highest operating tax rate, as determined by those | ||
districts with the highest percentage of the simple average | ||
operating tax rate of districts of the same type, either | ||
elementary, high school, or unit, first, in an amount equal to | ||
the intended relief multiplied by the property tax multiplier. | ||
The State Board shall provide grants to school districts in | ||
order of priority until the property tax relief pool is | ||
exhausted. If more school districts apply for relief under this | ||
subsection than there are funds available, the State Board must | ||
distribute the grants and prorate any remaining funds to the | ||
final school district that qualifies for grant relief. The | ||
abatement amount for that district must be equal to the grant | ||
amount divided by the property tax multiplier. | ||
If a school district receives the State Board's approval of | ||
a grant under this Section by March 1 of the fiscal year, the | ||
school district shall present a duly authorized and approved | ||
abatement resolution by March 30 of the fiscal year to the | ||
county clerk of each county in which the school files its levy, | ||
authorizing the county clerk to lower the school district's | ||
levy by the amount designated in its application to the State | ||
Board. When the preceding requisites are satisfied, the county | ||
clerk shall reduce the amount collected for the school district | ||
by the amount indicated in the school district's abatement |
resolution for that fiscal year. | ||
(c) (Blank). | ||
(d) School districts seeking grants under this Section | ||
shall apply to the State Board each year. All applications to | ||
the State Board for grants shall include the amount of the tax | ||
relief intended by the school district. | ||
(e) Each year, based on the most recent available data | ||
provided by school districts pursuant to Section 18-8.15 of | ||
this Code, the State Board shall calculate the order of | ||
priority for grant eligibility under subsection (b-5) and | ||
publish a list of the school districts eligible for relief. The | ||
State Board shall provide grants in the manner provided under | ||
subsection (b-5). | ||
(f) The State Board shall publish a final list of eligible | ||
grant recipients and provide payment of the grants by March 1 | ||
of each year. | ||
(g) If notice of eligibility from the State Board is | ||
received by a school district by March 1, then by March 30, the | ||
school district shall file an abatement of its property tax | ||
levy in an amount equal to the grant received under this | ||
Section divided by the property tax multiplier. Payment of all | ||
grant amounts shall be made by June 1 each fiscal year. The | ||
State Superintendent of Education shall establish the timeline | ||
in such cases in which notice cannot be made by March 1. | ||
(h) The total property tax relief allowable to a school | ||
district under this Section shall be calculated based on the |
total amount of reduction in the school district's aggregate | ||
extension. The total grant shall be equal to the reduction, | ||
multiplied by the property tax multiplier. The reduction shall | ||
be equal to 1% of a district's EAV for a unit school district, | ||
0.69% for an elementary school district, or 0.31% for a high | ||
school district, multiplied by the school district's local | ||
capacity percentage multiplier. | ||
(i) If the State Board does not expend all appropriations | ||
allocated pursuant to this Section, then any remaining funds | ||
shall be allocated pursuant to Section 18-8.15 of this Code. | ||
(j) The State Board shall prioritize payments under Section | ||
18-8.15 of this Code over payments under this Section, if | ||
necessary. | ||
(k) Any grants received by a school district shall be | ||
included in future calculations of that school district's Base | ||
Funding Minimum under Section 18-8.15 of this Code. Beginning | ||
with Fiscal Year 2020, if a school district receives a grant | ||
under this Section, the school district must present to the | ||
county clerk a duly authorized and approved abatement | ||
resolution by March 30 for the year in which the school | ||
district receives the grant and the successive fiscal year | ||
following the receipt of the grant, authorizing the county | ||
clerk to lower the school district's levy by the amount | ||
designated in its original application to the State Board. | ||
After receiving a resolution, the county clerk must reduce the | ||
amount collected for the school district by the amount |
indicated in the school district's abatement resolution for | ||
that fiscal year. If a school district does not abate in this | ||
amount for the successive fiscal year, the grant amount may not | ||
be included in the school district's Base Funding Minimum under | ||
Section 18-8.15 in the fiscal year following the tax year in | ||
which the abatement is not authorized and in any future fiscal | ||
year thereafter, and the county clerk must notify the State | ||
Board of the increase no later 30 days after it occurs. | ||
(l) In the immediate 2 consecutive tax years year following | ||
receipt of a Property Tax Pool Relief Grant, the aggregate | ||
extension base levy of any school district receiving a grant | ||
under this Section, for purposes of the Property Tax Extension | ||
Limitation Law, shall include the tax relief the school | ||
district provided in the previous taxable year under this | ||
Section.
| ||
(Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17; 100-582, eff. 3-23-18; | ||
100-863, eff. 8-14-18; 101-17, eff. 6-14-19.)
| ||
(105 ILCS 5/10-19) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-19)
| ||
Sec. 10-19. Length of school term - experimental programs. | ||
Each school
board shall annually prepare a calendar for the | ||
school term, specifying
the opening and closing dates and | ||
providing a minimum term of at least 185
days to insure 176 | ||
days of actual pupil attendance, computable under Section | ||
10-19.05, except that for the 1980-1981 school year only 175 | ||
days
of actual
pupil attendance shall be required because of |
the closing of schools pursuant
to Section 24-2 on January 29, | ||
1981 upon the appointment by the President
of that day as a day | ||
of thanksgiving for the freedom of the Americans who
had been | ||
held hostage in Iran. Any days allowed by law for teachers' | ||
institutes
but not used as such or used as parental institutes | ||
as provided
in Section 10-22.18d shall increase the minimum | ||
term by the school days not
so used. Except as provided in | ||
Section 10-19.1, the board may not extend
the school term | ||
beyond such closing date unless that extension of term is
| ||
necessary to provide the minimum number of computable days. In | ||
case of
such necessary extension school employees
shall be paid | ||
for such additional time on the basis of their regular
| ||
contracts. A school board may specify a closing date earlier | ||
than that
set on the annual calendar when the schools of the | ||
district have
provided the minimum number of computable days | ||
under this Section.
Nothing in this Section prevents the board | ||
from employing
superintendents of schools, principals and | ||
other nonteaching personnel
for a period of 12 months, or in | ||
the case of superintendents for a
period in accordance with | ||
Section 10-23.8, or prevents the board from
employing other | ||
personnel before or after the regular school term with
payment | ||
of salary proportionate to that received for comparable work
| ||
during the school term. Remote learning days, blended remote | ||
learning days, and up to 5 remote and blended remote learning | ||
planning days established under Section 10-30 or 34-18.66 shall | ||
be deemed pupil attendance days for calculation of the length |
of a school term under this Section.
| ||
A school board may make such changes in its calendar for | ||
the school term
as may be required by any changes in the legal | ||
school holidays prescribed
in Section 24-2. A school board may | ||
make changes in its calendar for the
school term as may be | ||
necessary to reflect the utilization of teachers'
institute | ||
days as parental institute days as provided in Section | ||
10-22.18d.
| ||
The calendar for the school term and any changes must be | ||
submitted to and approved by the regional superintendent of | ||
schools before the calendar or changes may take effect.
| ||
With the prior approval of the State Board of Education and | ||
subject
to review by the State Board of Education every 3 | ||
years, any school
board may, by resolution of its board and in | ||
agreement with affected
exclusive collective bargaining | ||
agents, establish experimental
educational programs, including | ||
but not limited to programs for e-learning days as authorized | ||
under Section 10-20.56 of this Code,
self-directed learning, or | ||
outside of formal class periods, which programs
when so | ||
approved shall be considered to comply with the requirements of
| ||
this Section as respects numbers of days of actual pupil | ||
attendance and
with the other requirements of this Act as | ||
respects courses of instruction.
| ||
(Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17; 101-12, eff. 7-1-19.)
| ||
(105 ILCS 5/10-19.05) |
Sec. 10-19.05. Daily pupil attendance calculation. | ||
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section, for a | ||
pupil of legal school age and in kindergarten or any of grades | ||
1 through 12, a day of attendance shall be counted only for | ||
sessions of not less than 5 clock hours of school work per day | ||
under direct supervision of (i) teachers or (ii) non-teaching | ||
personnel or volunteer personnel when engaging in non-teaching | ||
duties and supervising in those instances specified in | ||
subsection (a) of Section 10-22.34 and paragraph 10 of Section | ||
34-18. Days of attendance by pupils through verified | ||
participation in an e-learning program adopted by a school | ||
board and verified by the regional office of education or | ||
intermediate service center for the school district under | ||
Section 10-20.56 of this Code shall be considered as full days | ||
of attendance under this Section. | ||
(b) A pupil regularly enrolled in a public school for only | ||
a part of the school day may be counted on the basis of | ||
one-sixth of a school day for every class hour of instruction | ||
of 40 minutes or more attended pursuant to such enrollment, | ||
unless a pupil is enrolled in a block-schedule format of 80 | ||
minutes or more of instruction, in which case the pupil may be | ||
counted on the basis of the proportion of minutes of school | ||
work completed each day to the minimum number of minutes that | ||
school work is required to be held that day. | ||
(c) A session of 4 or more clock hours may be counted as a | ||
day of attendance upon certification by the regional |
superintendent of schools and approval by the State | ||
Superintendent of Education to the extent that the district has | ||
been forced to use daily multiple sessions. | ||
(d) A session of 3 or more clock hours may be counted as a | ||
day of attendance (1) when the remainder of the school day or | ||
at least 2 hours in the evening of that day is utilized for an | ||
in-service training program for teachers, up to a maximum of 10 | ||
days per school year, provided that a district conducts an | ||
in-service training program for teachers in accordance with | ||
Section 10-22.39 of this Code, or, in lieu of 4 such days, 2 | ||
full days may be used, in which event each such day may be | ||
counted as a day required for a legal school calendar pursuant | ||
to Section 10-19 of this Code; (2) when, of the 5 days allowed | ||
under item (1), a maximum of 4 days are used for parent-teacher | ||
conferences, or, in lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days are used, | ||
in which case each such day may be counted as a calendar day | ||
required under Section 10-19 of this Code, provided that the | ||
full-day, parent-teacher conference consists of (i) a minimum | ||
of 5 clock hours of parent-teacher conferences, (ii) both a | ||
minimum of 2 clock hours of parent-teacher conferences held in | ||
the evening following a full day of student attendance and a | ||
minimum of 3 clock hours of parent-teacher conferences held on | ||
the day immediately following evening parent-teacher | ||
conferences, or (iii) multiple parent-teacher conferences held | ||
in the evenings following full days of student attendance in | ||
which the time used for the parent-teacher conferences is |
equivalent to a minimum of 5 clock hours; and (3) when days in | ||
addition to those provided in items (1) and (2) are scheduled | ||
by a school pursuant to its school improvement plan adopted | ||
under Article 34 or its revised or amended school improvement | ||
plan adopted under Article 2, provided that (i) such sessions | ||
of 3 or more clock hours are scheduled to occur at regular | ||
intervals, (ii) the remainder of the school days in which such | ||
sessions occur are utilized for in-service training programs or | ||
other staff development activities for teachers, and (iii) a | ||
sufficient number of minutes of school work under the direct | ||
supervision of teachers are added to the school days between | ||
such regularly scheduled sessions to accumulate not less than | ||
the number of minutes by which such sessions of 3 or more clock | ||
hours fall short of 5 clock hours. Days scheduled for | ||
in-service training programs, staff development activities, or | ||
parent-teacher conferences may be scheduled separately for | ||
different grade levels and different attendance centers of the | ||
district. | ||
(e) A session of not less than one clock hour of teaching | ||
hospitalized or homebound pupils on-site or by telephone to the | ||
classroom may be counted as a half day of attendance; however, | ||
these pupils must receive 4 or more clock hours of instruction | ||
to be counted for a full day of attendance. | ||
(f) A session of at least 4 clock hours may be counted as a | ||
day of attendance for first grade pupils and pupils in full-day | ||
kindergartens, and a session of 2 or more hours may be counted |
as a half day of attendance by pupils in kindergartens that | ||
provide only half days of attendance. | ||
(g) For children with disabilities who are below the age of | ||
6 years and who cannot attend 2 or more clock hours because of | ||
their disability or immaturity, a session of not less than one | ||
clock hour may be counted as a half day of attendance; however, | ||
for such children whose educational needs require a session of | ||
4 or more clock hours, a session of at least 4 clock hours may | ||
be counted as a full day of attendance. | ||
(h) A recognized kindergarten that provides for only a half | ||
day of attendance by each pupil shall not have more than one | ||
half day of attendance counted in any one day. However, | ||
kindergartens may count 2 and a half days of attendance in any | ||
5 consecutive school days. When a pupil attends such a | ||
kindergarten for 2 half days on any one school day, the pupil | ||
shall have the following day as a day absent from school, | ||
unless the school district obtains permission in writing from | ||
the State Superintendent of Education. Attendance at | ||
kindergartens that provide for a full day of attendance by each | ||
pupil shall be counted the same as attendance by first grade | ||
pupils. Only the first year of attendance in one kindergarten | ||
shall be counted, except in the case of children who entered | ||
the kindergarten in their fifth year whose educational | ||
development requires a second year of kindergarten as | ||
determined under rules of the State Board of Education. | ||
(i) On the days when the State's final accountability |
assessment is administered under subsection (c) of Section | ||
2-3.64a-5 of this Code, the day of attendance for a pupil whose | ||
school day must be shortened to accommodate required testing | ||
procedures may be less than 5 clock hours and shall be counted | ||
toward the 176 days of actual pupil attendance required under | ||
Section 10-19 of this Code, provided that a sufficient number | ||
of minutes of school work in excess of 5 clock hours are first | ||
completed on other school days to compensate for the loss of | ||
school work on the examination days. | ||
(j) Pupils enrolled in a remote educational program | ||
established under Section 10-29 of this Code may be counted on | ||
the basis of a one-fifth day of attendance for every clock hour | ||
of instruction attended in the remote educational program, | ||
provided that, in any month, the school district may not claim | ||
for a student enrolled in a remote educational program more | ||
days of attendance than the maximum number of days of | ||
attendance the district can claim (i) for students enrolled in | ||
a building holding year-round classes if the student is | ||
classified as participating in the remote educational program | ||
on a year-round schedule or (ii) for students enrolled in a | ||
building not holding year-round classes if the student is not | ||
classified as participating in the remote educational program | ||
on a year-round schedule. | ||
(j-5) The clock hour requirements of subsections (a) | ||
through (j) of this Section do not apply if the Governor has | ||
declared a disaster due to a public health emergency pursuant |
to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act. | ||
The State Superintendent of Education may establish minimum | ||
clock hour requirements under Sections 10-30 and 34-18.66 if | ||
the Governor has declared a disaster due to a public health | ||
emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency | ||
Management Agency Act. | ||
(k) Pupil participation in any of the following activities | ||
shall be counted toward the calculation of clock hours of | ||
school work per day: | ||
(1) Instruction in a college course in which a student | ||
is dually enrolled for both high school credit and college | ||
credit. | ||
(2) Participation in a Supervised Career Development | ||
Experience, as defined in Section 10 of the Postsecondary | ||
and Workforce Readiness Act, in which student | ||
participation and learning outcomes are supervised by an | ||
educator licensed under Article 21B. | ||
(3) Participation in a youth apprenticeship, as | ||
jointly defined in rules of the State Board of Education | ||
and Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity, in | ||
which student participation and outcomes are supervised by | ||
an educator licensed under Article 21B. | ||
(4) Participation in a blended learning program | ||
approved by the school district in which course content, | ||
student evaluation, and instructional methods are | ||
supervised by an educator licensed under Article 21B.
|
(Source: P.A. 101-12, eff. 7-1-19.) | ||
(105 ILCS 5/10-20.56) | ||
Sec. 10-20.56. E-learning days. | ||
(a) The State Board of Education shall establish and | ||
maintain, for implementation in school districts, a program for | ||
use of electronic-learning (e-learning) days, as described in | ||
this
Section. School districts may utilize a program approved | ||
under this Section for use during remote learning days and | ||
blended remote learning days under Section 10-30 or 34-18.66. | ||
(b) The school board of a school district may, by | ||
resolution, adopt a research-based program or
research-based | ||
programs for e-learning days district-wide that shall permit | ||
student instruction to be received electronically while | ||
students are not physically present in lieu of the district's | ||
scheduled emergency days as required by Section 10-19 of this | ||
Code. The research-based program or programs may not exceed the | ||
minimum number of emergency days in the approved school | ||
calendar and must be verified by the regional office of | ||
education or intermediate service center for the school | ||
district on or before September 1st annually to ensure access | ||
for all students. The regional office of education or | ||
intermediate service center shall ensure that the specific | ||
needs of all students are met, including special education | ||
students and English learners, and that all mandates are still | ||
met using the proposed research-based program. The e-learning |
program may utilize the Internet, telephones, texts, chat | ||
rooms, or other similar means of electronic communication for | ||
instruction and interaction between teachers and students that | ||
meet the needs of all
learners. The e-learning program shall | ||
address the school district's responsibility to ensure that all | ||
teachers and staff who may be involved in the provision of | ||
e-learning have access to any and all hardware and software | ||
that may be required for the program. If a proposed program | ||
does not address this responsibility, the school district must | ||
propose an alternate program. | ||
(c) Before its adoption by a school board, the school board | ||
must hold a public hearing on a school district's initial | ||
proposal for an e-learning program or for renewal of such a | ||
program, at a regular or special meeting of the school board, | ||
in which the terms of the proposal must be substantially | ||
presented and an opportunity for allowing public comments must | ||
be provided. Notice of such public hearing must be provided at | ||
least 10 days prior to the hearing by: | ||
(1) publication in a newspaper of general circulation | ||
in the school district; | ||
(2) written or electronic notice designed to reach the | ||
parents or guardians of all students enrolled in the school | ||
district; and | ||
(3) written or electronic notice designed to reach any | ||
exclusive collective bargaining representatives of school | ||
district employees and all those employees not in a |
collective bargaining unit. | ||
(d) The regional office of education or intermediate | ||
service center for the school district must timely verify that | ||
a proposal for an e-learning program has met the requirements | ||
specified in this Section and that the proposal contains | ||
provisions designed to reasonably and practicably accomplish | ||
the following: | ||
(1) to ensure and verify at least 5 clock hours of | ||
instruction or school work, as required under Section | ||
10-19.05, for each student participating in an e-learning | ||
day; | ||
(2) to ensure access from home or other appropriate | ||
remote facility for all students participating, including | ||
computers, the Internet, and other forms of electronic | ||
communication that must be utilized in the proposed | ||
program; | ||
(2.5) to ensure that non-electronic materials are made | ||
available to students participating in the program who do | ||
not have access to the required technology or to | ||
participating teachers or students who are prevented from | ||
accessing the required technology; | ||
(3) to ensure appropriate learning opportunities for | ||
students with special needs; | ||
(4) to monitor and verify each student's electronic | ||
participation; | ||
(5) to address the extent to which student |
participation is within the student's control as to the | ||
time, pace, and means of learning; | ||
(6) to provide effective notice to students and their | ||
parents or guardians of the use of particular days for | ||
e-learning; | ||
(7) to provide staff and students with adequate | ||
training for e-learning days' participation; | ||
(8) to ensure an opportunity for any collective | ||
bargaining negotiations with representatives of the school | ||
district's employees that would be legally required, | ||
including all classifications of school district employees | ||
who are represented by collective bargaining agreements | ||
and who would be affected in the event of an e-learning | ||
day; | ||
(9) to review and revise the program as implemented to | ||
address difficulties confronted; and | ||
(10) to ensure that the protocol regarding general | ||
expectations and responsibilities of the program is | ||
communicated to teachers, staff, and students at least 30 | ||
days prior to utilizing an e-learning day. | ||
The school board's approval of a school district's initial | ||
e-learning program and renewal of the e-learning program shall | ||
be for a term of 3 years. | ||
(e) The State Board of Education may adopt rules consistent | ||
with the provision of this Section.
| ||
(Source: P.A. 100-760, eff. 8-10-18; 101-12, eff. 7-1-19.)
|
(105 ILCS 5/10-21.9) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-21.9)
| ||
Sec. 10-21.9. Criminal history records checks and checks of | ||
the Statewide Sex Offender Database and Statewide Murderer and | ||
Violent Offender Against Youth Database.
| ||
(a) Licensed and nonlicensed applicants for employment | ||
with a school
district, except school bus driver applicants, | ||
are required as a condition
of employment to authorize a | ||
fingerprint-based criminal history records check to determine | ||
if such applicants have been convicted of any disqualifying, | ||
enumerated criminal or drug offenses in subsection (c) of this | ||
Section or
have been convicted, within 7 years of the | ||
application for employment with
the
school district, of any | ||
other felony under the laws of this State or of any
offense | ||
committed or attempted in any other state or against the laws | ||
of
the United States that, if committed or attempted in this | ||
State, would
have been punishable as a felony under the laws of | ||
this State.
Authorization for
the check shall be furnished by | ||
the applicant to
the school district, except that if the | ||
applicant is a substitute teacher
seeking employment in more | ||
than one school district, a teacher seeking
concurrent | ||
part-time employment positions with more than one school
| ||
district (as a reading specialist, special education teacher or | ||
otherwise),
or an educational support personnel employee | ||
seeking employment positions
with more than one district, any | ||
such district may require the applicant to
furnish |
authorization for
the check to the regional superintendent
of | ||
the educational service region in which are located the school | ||
districts
in which the applicant is seeking employment as a | ||
substitute or concurrent
part-time teacher or concurrent | ||
educational support personnel employee.
Upon receipt of this | ||
authorization, the school district or the appropriate
regional | ||
superintendent, as the case may be, shall submit the | ||
applicant's
name, sex, race, date of birth, social security | ||
number, fingerprint images, and other identifiers, as | ||
prescribed by the Department
of State Police, to the | ||
Department. The regional
superintendent submitting the | ||
requisite information to the Department of
State Police shall | ||
promptly notify the school districts in which the
applicant is | ||
seeking employment as a substitute or concurrent part-time
| ||
teacher or concurrent educational support personnel employee | ||
that
the
check of the applicant has been requested. The | ||
Department of State Police and the Federal Bureau of | ||
Investigation shall furnish, pursuant to a fingerprint-based | ||
criminal history records check, records of convictions, | ||
forever and hereinafter, until expunged, to the president of | ||
the school board for the school district that requested the | ||
check, or to the regional superintendent who requested the | ||
check.
The
Department shall charge
the school district
or the | ||
appropriate regional superintendent a fee for
conducting
such | ||
check, which fee shall be deposited in the State
Police | ||
Services Fund and shall not exceed the cost of
the inquiry; and |
the
applicant shall not be charged a fee for
such check by the | ||
school
district or by the regional superintendent, except that | ||
those applicants seeking employment as a substitute teacher | ||
with a school district may be charged a fee not to exceed the | ||
cost of the inquiry. Subject to appropriations for these | ||
purposes, the State Superintendent of Education shall | ||
reimburse school districts and regional superintendents for | ||
fees paid to obtain criminal history records checks under this | ||
Section.
| ||
(a-5) The school district or regional superintendent shall | ||
further perform a check of the Statewide Sex Offender Database, | ||
as authorized by the Sex Offender Community Notification Law, | ||
for each applicant. The check of the Statewide Sex Offender | ||
Database must be conducted by the school district or regional | ||
superintendent once for every 5 years that an applicant remains | ||
employed by the school district. | ||
(a-6) The school district or regional superintendent shall | ||
further perform a check of the Statewide Murderer and Violent | ||
Offender Against Youth Database, as authorized by the Murderer | ||
and Violent Offender Against Youth Community Notification Law, | ||
for each applicant. The check of the Murderer and Violent | ||
Offender Against Youth Database must be conducted by the school | ||
district or regional superintendent once for every 5 years that | ||
an applicant remains employed by the school district. | ||
(b)
Any information
concerning the record of convictions | ||
obtained by the president of the
school board or the regional |
superintendent shall be confidential and may
only be | ||
transmitted to the superintendent of the school district or his
| ||
designee, the appropriate regional superintendent if
the check | ||
was
requested by the school district, the presidents of the | ||
appropriate school
boards if
the check was requested from the | ||
Department of State
Police by the regional superintendent, the | ||
State Board of Education and a school district as authorized | ||
under subsection (b-5), the State Superintendent of
Education, | ||
the State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, any other | ||
person
necessary to the decision of hiring the applicant for | ||
employment, or for clarification purposes the Department of | ||
State Police or Statewide Sex Offender Database, or both. A | ||
copy
of the record of convictions obtained from the Department | ||
of State Police
shall be provided to the applicant for | ||
employment. Upon the check of the Statewide Sex Offender | ||
Database or Statewide Murderer and Violent Offender Against | ||
Youth Database, the school district or regional superintendent | ||
shall notify an applicant as to whether or not the applicant | ||
has been identified in the Database. If a check of
an applicant | ||
for employment as a substitute or concurrent part-time teacher
| ||
or concurrent educational support personnel employee in more | ||
than one
school district was requested by the regional | ||
superintendent, and the
Department of State Police upon a check | ||
ascertains that the applicant
has not been convicted of any of | ||
the enumerated criminal or drug offenses
in subsection (c) of | ||
this Section
or has not been convicted, within 7 years of the
|
application for
employment with the
school district, of any | ||
other felony under the laws of this State or of any
offense | ||
committed or attempted in any other state or against the laws | ||
of
the United States that, if committed or attempted in this | ||
State, would
have been punishable as a felony under the laws of | ||
this State
and so notifies the regional
superintendent and if | ||
the regional superintendent upon a check ascertains that the | ||
applicant has not been identified in the Sex Offender Database | ||
or Statewide Murderer and Violent Offender Against Youth | ||
Database, then the
regional superintendent shall issue to the | ||
applicant a certificate
evidencing that as of the date | ||
specified by the Department of State Police
the applicant has | ||
not been convicted of any of the enumerated criminal or
drug | ||
offenses in subsection (c) of this Section
or has not been
| ||
convicted, within 7 years of the application for employment | ||
with the
school district, of any other felony under the laws of | ||
this State or of any
offense committed or attempted in any | ||
other state or against the laws of
the United States that, if | ||
committed or attempted in this State, would
have been | ||
punishable as a felony under the laws of this State and | ||
evidencing that as of the date that the regional superintendent | ||
conducted a check of the Statewide Sex Offender Database or | ||
Statewide Murderer and Violent Offender Against Youth | ||
Database, the applicant has not been identified in the | ||
Database. The school
board of
any
school district
may rely on | ||
the
certificate issued by any regional superintendent to that |
substitute teacher, concurrent part-time teacher, or | ||
concurrent educational support personnel employee or may
| ||
initiate its own criminal history records check of the | ||
applicant through the Department of
State Police and its own | ||
check of the Statewide Sex Offender Database or Statewide | ||
Murderer and Violent Offender Against Youth Database as | ||
provided in this Section. Any unauthorized release of | ||
confidential information may be a violation of Section 7 of the | ||
Criminal Identification Act.
| ||
(b-5) If a criminal history records check or check of the | ||
Statewide Sex Offender Database or Statewide Murderer and | ||
Violent Offender Against Youth Database is performed by a | ||
regional superintendent for an applicant seeking employment as | ||
a substitute teacher with a school district, the regional | ||
superintendent may disclose to the State Board of Education | ||
whether the applicant has been issued a certificate under | ||
subsection (b) based on those checks. If the State Board | ||
receives information on an applicant under this subsection, | ||
then it must indicate in the Educator Licensure Information | ||
System for a 90-day period that the applicant has been issued | ||
or has not been issued a certificate. | ||
(c) No school board shall knowingly employ a person who has | ||
been
convicted of any offense that would subject him or her to | ||
license suspension or revocation pursuant to Section 21B-80 of | ||
this Code, except as provided under subsection (b) of Section | ||
21B-80.
Further, no school board shall knowingly employ a |
person who has been found
to be the perpetrator of sexual or | ||
physical abuse of any minor under 18 years
of age pursuant to | ||
proceedings under Article II of the Juvenile Court Act of
1987. | ||
As a condition of employment, each school board must consider | ||
the status of a person who has been issued an indicated finding | ||
of abuse or neglect of a child by the Department of Children | ||
and Family Services under the Abused and Neglected Child | ||
Reporting Act or by a child welfare agency of another | ||
jurisdiction.
| ||
(d) No school board shall knowingly employ a person for | ||
whom a criminal
history records check and a Statewide Sex | ||
Offender Database check have has not been initiated.
| ||
(e) Within 10 days after a superintendent, regional office | ||
of education, or entity that provides background checks of | ||
license holders to public schools receives information of a | ||
pending criminal charge against a license holder for an offense | ||
set forth in Section 21B-80 of this Code, the superintendent, | ||
regional office of education, or entity must notify the State | ||
Superintendent of Education of the pending criminal charge. | ||
If permissible by federal or State law, no later than 15 | ||
business days after receipt of a record of conviction or of | ||
checking the Statewide Murderer and Violent Offender Against | ||
Youth Database or the Statewide Sex Offender Database and | ||
finding a registration, the superintendent of the employing | ||
school board or the applicable regional superintendent shall, | ||
in writing, notify the State Superintendent of Education of any |
license holder who has been convicted of a crime set forth in | ||
Section 21B-80 of this Code. Upon receipt of the record of a | ||
conviction of or a finding of child
abuse by a holder of any | ||
license
issued pursuant to Article 21B or Section 34-8.1 or | ||
34-83 of the
School Code, the
State Superintendent of Education | ||
may initiate licensure suspension
and revocation proceedings | ||
as authorized by law. If the receipt of the record of | ||
conviction or finding of child abuse is received within 6 | ||
months after the initial grant of or renewal of a license, the | ||
State Superintendent of Education may rescind the license | ||
holder's license.
| ||
(e-5) The superintendent of the employing school board | ||
shall, in writing, notify the State Superintendent of Education | ||
and the applicable regional superintendent of schools of any | ||
license holder whom he or she has reasonable cause to believe | ||
has committed an intentional act of abuse or neglect with the | ||
result of making a child an abused child or a neglected child, | ||
as defined in Section 3 of the Abused and Neglected Child | ||
Reporting Act, and that act resulted in the license holder's | ||
dismissal or resignation from the school district. This | ||
notification must be submitted within 30 days after the | ||
dismissal or resignation. The license holder must also be | ||
contemporaneously sent a copy of the notice by the | ||
superintendent. All correspondence, documentation, and other | ||
information so received by the regional superintendent of | ||
schools, the State Superintendent of Education, the State Board |
of Education, or the State Educator Preparation and Licensure | ||
Board under this subsection (e-5) is confidential and must not | ||
be disclosed to third parties, except (i) as necessary for the | ||
State Superintendent of Education or his or her designee to | ||
investigate and prosecute pursuant to Article 21B of this Code, | ||
(ii) pursuant to a court order, (iii) for disclosure to the | ||
license holder or his or her representative, or (iv) as | ||
otherwise provided in this Article and provided that any such | ||
information admitted into evidence in a hearing is exempt from | ||
this confidentiality and non-disclosure requirement. Except | ||
for an act of willful or wanton misconduct, any superintendent | ||
who provides notification as required in this subsection (e-5) | ||
shall have immunity from any liability, whether civil or | ||
criminal or that otherwise might result by reason of such | ||
action. | ||
(f) After January 1, 1990 the provisions of this Section | ||
shall apply
to all employees of persons or firms holding | ||
contracts with any school
district including, but not limited | ||
to, food service workers, school bus
drivers and other | ||
transportation employees, who have direct, daily contact
with | ||
the pupils of any school in such district. For purposes of | ||
criminal
history records checks and checks of the Statewide Sex | ||
Offender Database on employees of persons or firms holding
| ||
contracts with more than one school district and assigned to | ||
more than one
school district, the regional superintendent of | ||
the educational service
region in which the contracting school |
districts are located may, at the
request of any such school | ||
district, be responsible for receiving the
authorization for
a | ||
criminal history records check prepared by each such employee | ||
and
submitting the same to the Department of State Police and | ||
for conducting a check of the Statewide Sex Offender Database | ||
for each employee. Any information
concerning the record of | ||
conviction and identification as a sex offender of any such | ||
employee obtained by the
regional superintendent shall be | ||
promptly reported to the president of the
appropriate school | ||
board or school boards.
| ||
(f-5) Upon request of a school or school district, any | ||
information obtained by a school district pursuant to | ||
subsection (f) of this Section within the last year must be | ||
made available to the requesting school or school district. | ||
(g) Prior to the commencement of any student teaching | ||
experience or required internship (which is referred to as | ||
student teaching in this Section) in the public schools, a | ||
student teacher is required to authorize a fingerprint-based | ||
criminal history records check. Authorization for and payment | ||
of the costs of the check must be furnished by the student | ||
teacher to the school district where the student teaching is to | ||
be completed. Upon receipt of this authorization and payment, | ||
the school district shall submit the student teacher's name, | ||
sex, race, date of birth, social security number, fingerprint | ||
images, and other identifiers, as prescribed by the Department | ||
of State Police, to the Department of State Police. The |
Department of State Police and the Federal Bureau of | ||
Investigation shall furnish, pursuant to a fingerprint-based | ||
criminal history records check, records of convictions, | ||
forever and hereinafter, until expunged, to the president of | ||
the school board for the school district that requested the | ||
check. The Department shall charge the school district a fee | ||
for conducting the check, which fee must not exceed the cost of | ||
the inquiry and must be deposited into the State Police | ||
Services Fund. The school district shall further perform a | ||
check of the Statewide Sex Offender Database, as authorized by | ||
the Sex Offender Community Notification Law, and of the | ||
Statewide Murderer and Violent Offender Against Youth | ||
Database, as authorized by the Murderer and Violent Offender | ||
Against Youth Registration Act, for each student teacher. No | ||
school board may knowingly allow a person to student teach for | ||
whom a criminal history records check, a Statewide Sex Offender | ||
Database check, and a Statewide Murderer and Violent Offender | ||
Against Youth Database check have not been completed and | ||
reviewed by the district. | ||
A copy of the record of convictions obtained from the | ||
Department of State Police must be provided to the student | ||
teacher. Any information concerning the record of convictions | ||
obtained by the president of the school board is confidential | ||
and may only be transmitted to the superintendent of the school | ||
district or his or her designee, the State Superintendent of | ||
Education, the State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, |
or, for clarification purposes, the Department of State Police | ||
or the Statewide Sex Offender Database or Statewide Murderer | ||
and Violent Offender Against Youth Database. Any unauthorized | ||
release of confidential information may be a violation of | ||
Section 7 of the Criminal Identification Act. | ||
No school board shall knowingly allow a person to student | ||
teach who has been convicted of any offense that would subject | ||
him or her to license suspension or revocation pursuant to | ||
subsection (c) of Section 21B-80 of this Code, except as | ||
provided under subsection (b) of Section 21B-80. Further, no | ||
school board shall allow a person to student teach if he or she | ||
has been found to be the perpetrator of sexual or physical | ||
abuse of a minor under 18 years of age pursuant to proceedings | ||
under Article II of the Juvenile Court Act of 1987. Each school | ||
board must consider the status of a person to student teach who | ||
has been issued an indicated finding of abuse or neglect of a | ||
child by the Department of Children and Family Services under | ||
the Abused and Neglected Child Reporting Act or by a child | ||
welfare agency of another jurisdiction. | ||
(h) (Blank). | ||
(Source: P.A. 101-72, eff. 7-12-19; 101-531, eff. 8-23-19; | ||
revised 12-3-19.)
| ||
(105 ILCS 5/10-30 new) | ||
Sec. 10-30. Remote and blended remote learning. This | ||
Section applies if the Governor has declared a disaster due to |
a public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois | ||
Emergency Management Agency Act. | ||
(1) If the Governor has declared a disaster due to a | ||
public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the | ||
Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act, the State | ||
Superintendent of Education may declare a requirement to | ||
use remote learning days or blended remote learning days | ||
for a school district, multiple school districts, a region, | ||
or the entire State. During remote learning days, schools | ||
shall conduct instruction remotely. During blended remote | ||
learning days, schools may utilize hybrid models of | ||
in-person and remote instruction. Once declared, remote | ||
learning days or blended remote learning days shall be | ||
implemented in grades pre-kindergarten through 12 as days | ||
of attendance and shall be deemed pupil attendance days for | ||
calculation of the length of a school term under Section | ||
10-19. | ||
(2) For purposes of this Section, a remote learning day | ||
or blended remote learning day may be met through a | ||
district's implementation of an e-learning program under | ||
Section 10-20.56. | ||
(3) For any district that does not implement an | ||
e-learning program under Section 10-20.56, the district | ||
shall adopt a remote and blended remote learning day plan | ||
approved by the district superintendent. Each district may | ||
utilize remote and blended remote learning planning days, |
consecutively or in separate increments, to develop, | ||
review, or amend its remote and blended remote learning day | ||
plan or provide professional development to staff | ||
regarding remote education. Up to 5 remote and blended | ||
remote learning planning days may be deemed pupil | ||
attendance days for calculation of the length of a school | ||
term under Section 10-19. | ||
(4) Each remote and blended remote learning day plan | ||
shall address the following: | ||
(i) accessibility of the remote instruction to all | ||
students enrolled in the district; | ||
(ii) if applicable, a requirement that the remote | ||
learning day and blended remote learning day | ||
activities reflect State learning standards; | ||
(iii) a means for students to confer with an | ||
educator, as necessary; | ||
(iv) the unique needs of students in special | ||
populations, including, but not limited to, students | ||
eligible for special education under Article 14, | ||
students who are English learners as defined in Section | ||
14C-2, and students experiencing homelessness under | ||
the Education for Homeless Children Act, or vulnerable | ||
student populations; | ||
(v) how the district will take attendance and | ||
monitor and verify each student's remote | ||
participation; and |
(vi) transitions from remote learning to on-site | ||
learning upon the State Superintendent's declaration | ||
that remote learning days or blended remote learning | ||
days are no longer deemed necessary. | ||
(5) The district superintendent shall periodically | ||
review and amend the district's remote and blended remote | ||
learning day plan, as needed, to ensure the plan meets the | ||
needs of all students. | ||
(6) Each remote and blended remote learning day plan | ||
shall be posted on the district's Internet website where | ||
other policies, rules, and standards of conduct are posted | ||
and shall be provided to students and faculty. | ||
(7) This Section does not create any additional | ||
employee bargaining rights and does not remove any employee | ||
bargaining rights. | ||
(8) Statutory and regulatory curricular mandates and | ||
offerings may be administered via a district's remote and | ||
blended remote learning day plan, except that a district | ||
may not offer individual behind-the-wheel instruction | ||
required by Section 27-24.2 via a district's remote and | ||
blended remote learning day plan.
This Section does not | ||
relieve schools and districts from completing all | ||
statutory and regulatory curricular mandates and | ||
offerings. | ||
(105 ILCS 5/14-8.02f) |
Sec. 14-8.02f. Individualized education program meeting | ||
protections. | ||
(a) (Blank). | ||
(b) This subsection (b) applies only to a school district | ||
organized under Article 34. No later than 10 calendar days | ||
prior to a child's individualized education program meeting or | ||
as soon as possible if a meeting is scheduled within 10 | ||
calendar days with written parental consent, the school board | ||
or school personnel must provide the child's parent or guardian | ||
with a written notification of the services that require a | ||
specific data collection procedure from the school district for | ||
services related to the child's individualized education | ||
program. The notification must indicate, with a checkbox, | ||
whether specific data has been collected for the child's | ||
individualized education program services. For purposes of | ||
this subsection (b), individualized education program services | ||
must include, but are not limited to, paraprofessional support, | ||
an extended school year, transportation, therapeutic day | ||
school, and services for specific learning disabilities. | ||
(c) Beginning on July 1, 2020, no later than 3 school days | ||
prior to a child's individualized education program | ||
eligibility meeting or meeting to determine a child's | ||
eligibility for special education and related services or to | ||
review a child's individualized education program, or as soon | ||
as possible if an individualized education program meeting is | ||
scheduled within 3 school days with the written consent of the |
child's parent or guardian, the local education agency must | ||
provide the child's parent or guardian with copies of all | ||
written material that will be considered by the individualized | ||
education program team at the meeting so that the parent or | ||
guardian may participate in the meeting as a fully-informed | ||
team member. The parent or guardian shall have the option of | ||
choosing from the available methods of delivery, which must | ||
include regular mail and picking up the materials at school. | ||
For a meeting to determine the child's eligibility for special | ||
education, the The written material must include , but is not | ||
limited to, all evaluations and collected data that will be | ||
considered at the meeting . For and, for a child who is already | ||
eligible for special education and related services has an | ||
individualized education program , the written material must | ||
include a copy of all individualized education program | ||
components that will be discussed by the individualized | ||
education program team, other than the components related to | ||
the educational and related service minutes proposed for the | ||
child and the child's educational placement. Parents shall also | ||
be informed of their right to review and copy their child's | ||
school student records prior to any special education | ||
eligibility or individualized education program review | ||
meeting, subject to the requirements of applicable federal and | ||
State law. | ||
(d) Local education agencies must make related service logs | ||
that record the delivery type of related services administered |
under the child's individualized education program and the | ||
minutes of each type of related service that has been | ||
administered available to the child's parent or guardian at the | ||
annual review of the child's individualized education program | ||
and must also provide a copy of the related service logs at any | ||
time upon request of the child's parent or guardian. For | ||
purposes of this subsection (d), related services for which a | ||
log must be made are: speech and language services, | ||
occupational therapy services, physical therapy services, | ||
school social work services, school counseling services, | ||
school psychology services, and school nursing services. The | ||
local education agency must inform the child's parent or | ||
guardian within 20 school days from the beginning of the school | ||
year or upon establishment of an individualized education | ||
program of his or her ability to request those related service | ||
logs. | ||
(d-5) If , at a meeting to develop or revise a child's | ||
individualized education program , the individualized education | ||
program team determines that a certain service is services are | ||
required in order for the child to receive a free, appropriate | ||
public education and that service is those services are not | ||
implemented administered within 10 school days after the | ||
service was to be initiated as a date or frequency set forth by | ||
the child's individualized education program, then the local | ||
education agency shall provide the child's parent or guardian | ||
with written notification that the service has those services |
have not yet been implemented administered to the child . The | ||
notification must be provided to the child's parent or guardian | ||
within 3 school days of the local education agency's | ||
non-compliance with the child's individualized education | ||
program and must inform include information on the parent or | ||
guardian about the school district's procedures for requesting | ||
parent's or guardian's ability to request compensatory | ||
services. In this subsection (d-5) (d) , "school days" does not | ||
include days where a child is absent from school for reasons | ||
unrelated to a lack of individualized education program | ||
services or when the service is available, but the child is | ||
unavailable . | ||
(e) The State Board of Education may create a telephone | ||
hotline to address complaints regarding the special education | ||
services or lack of special education services of a school | ||
district subject to this Section. If a hotline is created, it | ||
must be available to all students enrolled in the school | ||
district, parents or guardians of those students, and school | ||
personnel. If a hotline is created, any complaints received | ||
through the hotline must be registered and recorded with the | ||
State Board's monitor of special education policies. No | ||
student, parent or guardian, or member of school personnel may | ||
be retaliated against for submitting a complaint through a | ||
telephone hotline created by the State Board under this | ||
subsection (e). | ||
(f) A school district subject to this Section may not use |
any measure that would prevent or delay an individualized | ||
education program team from adding a service to the program or | ||
create a time restriction in which a service is prohibited from | ||
being added to the program. The school district may not build | ||
functions into its computer software that would remove any | ||
services from a student's individualized education program | ||
without the approval of the program team and may not prohibit | ||
the program team from adding a service to the program.
| ||
(Source: P.A. 100-993, eff. 8-20-18; 101-515, eff. 8-23-19; | ||
101-598, eff. 12-6-19.) | ||
(105 ILCS 5/14-8.02h) | ||
Sec. 14-8.02h. Response to scientific, research-based | ||
intervention. | ||
(a) In this Section, "response to scientific, | ||
research-based intervention" or "multi-tiered system systems | ||
of support" means a tiered process of appropriate instruction | ||
and support school support that utilizes differentiated | ||
instructional strategies for students, provides students with | ||
an evidence-based curriculum and scientific, research-based | ||
interventions aligned with State standards , continuously | ||
monitors student performance using scientific scientifically , | ||
research-based progress monitoring instruments, and makes | ||
data-driven educational decisions based on a student's | ||
response to the interventions. Response to scientific, | ||
research-based intervention or a multi-tiered system systems |
of support uses use a problem-solving method to define the | ||
problem, analyzes analyze the problem using data to determine | ||
why there is a discrepancy between what is expected and what is | ||
occurring, establishes establish one or more student | ||
performance goals, develops develop an intervention plan to | ||
address the performance goals, and delineates delineate how the | ||
student's progress will be monitored and how implementation | ||
integrity will be ensured. | ||
(b) (Blank). A school district may utilize response to | ||
scientific, research-based intervention or multi-tiered | ||
systems of support as part of an evaluation procedure to | ||
determine if a child is eligible for special education services | ||
due to a specific learning disability. A school district may | ||
utilize the data generated during the response to scientific, | ||
research-based intervention or multi-tiered systems of support | ||
process in an evaluation to determine if a child is eligible | ||
for special education services due to any category of | ||
disability. | ||
(c) The response to scientific, research-based | ||
intervention or a multi-tiered system systems of support | ||
process should use must involve a collaborative team approach | ||
and include the engagement of and regular communication with | ||
the child's parent or guardian , with the parent or guardian of | ||
a student being part of the collaborative team . The parent or | ||
guardian of a child shall be provided with written notice of | ||
the school district's use of scientific, research-based |
intervention or a multi-tiered system of support for the child | ||
and may be part of the collaborative team approach at the | ||
discretion of the school district student must be involved in | ||
the data sharing and decision-making processes of support under | ||
this Section . The parent or guardian shall be provided all data | ||
collected and reviewed by the school district with regard to | ||
the child in the scientific, research-based intervention or | ||
multi-tiered system of support process. The State Board of | ||
Education may provide guidance to a school districts district | ||
and identify available resources related to facilitating | ||
parent parental or guardian engagement participation in the | ||
response to scientific, research-based intervention or a | ||
multi-tiered system systems of support process. | ||
(d) Nothing in this Section affects the responsibility of a | ||
school district to identify, locate, and evaluate children with | ||
disabilities who are in need of special education services in | ||
accordance with the federal Individuals with Disabilities | ||
Education Improvement Act of 2004 , this Code, or any applicable | ||
federal or State rules.
| ||
(Source: P.A. 101-515, eff. 8-23-19; 101-598, eff. 12-6-19.) | ||
(105 ILCS 5/17-2.11) (from Ch. 122, par. 17-2.11) | ||
Sec. 17-2.11. School board power to levy a tax or to borrow | ||
money and
issue bonds for fire prevention, safety, energy | ||
conservation,
accessibility, school security, and specified | ||
repair purposes. |
(a) Whenever, as a
result of any lawful order of any | ||
agency,
other than a school board, having authority to enforce | ||
any school building code
applicable to any facility that houses | ||
students, or any law or regulation for
the protection and | ||
safety of the environment, pursuant to the Environmental
| ||
Protection Act, any school district having a population of less | ||
than 500,000
inhabitants is required to alter or reconstruct | ||
any school building or
permanent, fixed equipment; the district | ||
may, by proper resolution, levy a tax for the purpose of making | ||
such alteration or reconstruction, based on a survey report by | ||
an architect or engineer licensed in this State, upon all of | ||
the taxable property of the district at the value as assessed | ||
by the Department of Revenue and at a rate not to exceed 0.05% | ||
per year for a period sufficient to finance such alteration or | ||
reconstruction, upon the following conditions: | ||
(1) When there are not sufficient funds available in | ||
the operations and maintenance fund of the school district, | ||
the school facility occupation tax fund of the district, or | ||
the fire prevention and safety fund of the district, as | ||
determined by the district on the basis of rules adopted by | ||
the State Board of Education, to make such alteration or | ||
reconstruction or to purchase and install such permanent, | ||
fixed equipment so ordered or determined as necessary. | ||
Appropriate school district records must be made available | ||
to the State Superintendent of Education, upon request, to | ||
confirm this insufficiency. |
(2) When a certified estimate of an architect or | ||
engineer licensed in this State stating the estimated | ||
amount necessary to make the alteration or reconstruction | ||
or to purchase and install the equipment so ordered has | ||
been secured by the school district, and the estimate has | ||
been approved by the regional superintendent of schools | ||
having jurisdiction over the district and the State | ||
Superintendent of Education. Approval must not be granted | ||
for any work that has already started without the prior | ||
express authorization of the State Superintendent of | ||
Education. If the estimate is not approved or is denied | ||
approval by the regional superintendent of schools within 3 | ||
months after the date on which it is submitted to him or | ||
her, the school board of the district may submit the | ||
estimate directly to the State Superintendent of Education | ||
for approval or denial. | ||
In the case of an emergency situation, where the estimated | ||
cost to effectuate emergency repairs is less than the amount | ||
specified in Section 10-20.21 of this Code, the school district | ||
may proceed with such repairs prior to approval by the State | ||
Superintendent of Education, but shall comply with the | ||
provisions of subdivision (2) of this subsection (a) as soon | ||
thereafter as may be as well as Section 10-20.21 of this Code. | ||
If the estimated cost to effectuate emergency repairs is | ||
greater than the amount specified in Section 10-20.21 of this | ||
Code, then the school district shall proceed in conformity with |
Section 10-20.21 of this Code and with rules established by the | ||
State Board of Education to address such situations. The rules | ||
adopted by the State Board of Education to deal with these | ||
situations shall stipulate that emergency situations must be | ||
expedited and given priority consideration. For purposes of | ||
this paragraph, an emergency is a situation that presents an | ||
imminent and continuing threat to the health and safety of | ||
students or other occupants of a facility, requires complete or | ||
partial evacuation of a building or part of a building, or | ||
consumes one or more of the 5 emergency days built into the | ||
adopted calendar of the school or schools or would otherwise be | ||
expected to cause such school or schools to fall short of the | ||
minimum school calendar requirements. | ||
(b) Whenever any such district determines that
it is | ||
necessary for energy conservation purposes that any school | ||
building
or permanent, fixed equipment should be altered or | ||
reconstructed and
that such alterations or reconstruction will | ||
be made with funds not necessary
for the completion of approved | ||
and recommended projects contained in any safety
survey report | ||
or amendments thereto authorized by Section 2-3.12 of this Act; | ||
the district may levy a tax or issue bonds as provided in | ||
subsection (a) of this Section. | ||
(c) Whenever
any such district determines that it is | ||
necessary for accessibility purposes and to comply with the | ||
school building
code that any
school building or equipment | ||
should be altered or reconstructed and that such
alterations or |
reconstruction will be made with
funds not necessary for the | ||
completion of approved and recommended projects
contained in | ||
any safety survey report or amendments thereto authorized under
| ||
Section 2-3.12 of this Act, the district may levy a tax or | ||
issue bonds as provided in subsection (a) of this Section. | ||
(d) Whenever any such district determines that it is
| ||
necessary for school
security purposes and the related | ||
protection and safety of pupils and school
personnel that any | ||
school building or property should be altered or
reconstructed | ||
or that security systems and equipment (including but not | ||
limited
to intercom, early detection and warning, access | ||
control and television
monitoring systems) should be purchased | ||
and installed, and that such
alterations, reconstruction or | ||
purchase and installation of equipment will be
made with funds | ||
not necessary for the completion of approved and recommended
| ||
projects contained in any safety survey report or amendment | ||
thereto authorized
by Section 2-3.12 of this Act and will deter | ||
and prevent unauthorized entry or
activities upon school | ||
property by unknown or dangerous persons, assure early
| ||
detection and advance warning of any such actual or attempted | ||
unauthorized
entry or activities and help assure the continued | ||
safety of pupils and school
staff if any such unauthorized | ||
entry or activity is attempted or occurs;
the district may levy | ||
a tax or issue bonds as provided in subsection (a) of this | ||
Section. | ||
If such a school district determines that it is necessary |
for school security purposes and the related protection and | ||
safety of pupils and school staff to hire a school resource | ||
officer or that personnel costs for school counselors, mental | ||
health experts, or school resource officers are necessary and | ||
the district determines that it does not need funds for any of | ||
the other purposes set forth in this Section, then the district | ||
may levy a tax or issue bonds as provided in subsection (a). | ||
(e) If a school district does not need funds for other fire | ||
prevention and
safety projects, including the completion of | ||
approved and recommended projects
contained in any safety | ||
survey report or amendments thereto authorized by
Section | ||
2-3.12 of this Act, and it is determined after a public hearing | ||
(which
is preceded by at least one published notice (i) | ||
occurring at least 7 days
prior to the hearing in a newspaper | ||
of general circulation within the school
district and (ii) | ||
setting forth the time, date, place, and general subject
matter | ||
of the hearing) that there is a
substantial, immediate, and | ||
otherwise unavoidable threat to the health, safety,
or welfare | ||
of pupils due to disrepair of school sidewalks, playgrounds, | ||
parking
lots, or school bus turnarounds and repairs must be | ||
made; then the district may levy a tax or issue bonds as | ||
provided in subsection (a) of this Section. | ||
(f) For purposes of this Section a school district may | ||
replace a school
building or build additions to replace | ||
portions of a building when it is
determined that the | ||
effectuation of the recommendations for the existing
building |
will cost more than the replacement costs. Such determination | ||
shall
be based on a comparison of estimated costs made by an | ||
architect or engineer
licensed in the State of Illinois. The | ||
new building or addition shall be
equivalent in area (square | ||
feet) and comparable in purpose and grades served
and may be on | ||
the same site or another site. Such replacement may only be | ||
done
upon order of the regional superintendent of schools and | ||
the approval of the
State Superintendent of Education. | ||
(g) The filing of a certified copy of the resolution | ||
levying the tax when
accompanied by the certificates of the | ||
regional superintendent of schools and
State Superintendent of | ||
Education shall be the authority of the county clerk to
extend | ||
such tax. | ||
(h) The county clerk of the county in which any school | ||
district levying a
tax under the authority of this Section is | ||
located, in reducing raised
levies, shall not consider any such | ||
tax as a part of the general levy
for school purposes and shall | ||
not include the same in the limitation of
any other tax rate | ||
which may be extended. | ||
Such tax shall be levied and collected in like manner as | ||
all other
taxes of school districts, subject to the provisions | ||
contained in this Section. | ||
(i) The tax rate limit specified in this Section may be | ||
increased to .10%
upon the approval of a proposition to effect | ||
such increase by a majority
of the electors voting on that | ||
proposition at a regular scheduled election.
Such proposition |
may be initiated by resolution of the school board and
shall be | ||
certified by the secretary to the proper election authorities | ||
for
submission in accordance with the general election law. | ||
(j) When taxes are levied by any school district for fire | ||
prevention,
safety, energy conservation, and school security | ||
purposes as specified in this
Section, and the purposes for | ||
which the taxes have been
levied are accomplished and paid in | ||
full, and there remain funds on hand in
the Fire Prevention and | ||
Safety Fund from the proceeds of the taxes levied,
including | ||
interest earnings thereon, the school board by resolution shall | ||
use
such excess and other board restricted funds, excluding | ||
bond proceeds and
earnings from such proceeds, as follows: | ||
(1) for other authorized fire prevention,
safety, | ||
energy conservation, required safety inspections, school | ||
security purposes, sampling for lead in drinking water in | ||
schools, and for repair and mitigation due to lead levels | ||
in the drinking water supply;
or | ||
(2) for transfer to the Operations and Maintenance Fund
| ||
for the purpose of abating an equal amount of operations | ||
and maintenance
purposes taxes. | ||
Notwithstanding subdivision (2) of this subsection (j) and | ||
subsection (k) of this Section, through June 30, 2021 2020 , the | ||
school board
may, by proper resolution following a public | ||
hearing set by the
school board or the president of the school | ||
board (that is
preceded (i) by at least one published notice | ||
over the name of
the clerk or secretary of the board, occurring |
at least 7 days
and not more than 30 days prior to the hearing, | ||
in a newspaper
of general circulation within the school | ||
district and (ii) by
posted notice over the name of the clerk | ||
or secretary of the
board, at least 48 hours before the | ||
hearing, at the principal
office of the school board or at the | ||
building where the hearing
is to be held if a principal office | ||
does not exist, with both
notices setting forth the time, date, | ||
place, and subject matter
of the hearing), transfer surplus | ||
life safety taxes and interest earnings thereon to the | ||
Operations and Maintenance Fund for building repair work. | ||
(k) If any transfer is made to the Operation and | ||
Maintenance
Fund, the secretary of the school board shall | ||
within 30 days notify
the county clerk of the amount of that | ||
transfer and direct the clerk to
abate the taxes to be extended | ||
for the purposes of operations and
maintenance authorized under | ||
Section 17-2 of this Act by an amount equal
to such transfer. | ||
(l) If the proceeds from the tax levy authorized by this
| ||
Section are insufficient to complete the work approved under | ||
this
Section, the school board is authorized to sell bonds | ||
without referendum
under the provisions of this Section in an | ||
amount that, when added to the
proceeds of the tax levy | ||
authorized by this Section, will allow completion
of the | ||
approved work. | ||
(m) Any bonds issued pursuant to this Section shall bear | ||
interest at a rate not to exceed the maximum rate
authorized by | ||
law at the time of the making of the contract, shall mature
|
within 20 years from date, and shall be signed by the president | ||
of the school
board and the treasurer of the school district. | ||
(n) In order to authorize and issue such bonds, the school | ||
board shall adopt
a resolution fixing the amount of bonds, the | ||
date thereof, the maturities
thereof, rates of interest | ||
thereof, place of payment and denomination,
which shall be in | ||
denominations of not less than $100 and not more than
$5,000, | ||
and provide for the levy and collection of a direct annual tax | ||
upon
all the taxable property in the school district sufficient | ||
to pay the
principal and interest on such bonds to maturity. | ||
Upon the filing in the
office of the county clerk of the county | ||
in which the school district is
located of a certified copy of | ||
the resolution, it is the duty of the
county clerk to extend | ||
the tax therefor in addition to and in excess of all
other | ||
taxes heretofore or hereafter authorized to be
levied by such | ||
school district. | ||
(o) After the time such bonds are issued as provided for by | ||
this Section, if
additional alterations or reconstructions are | ||
required to be made because
of surveys conducted by an | ||
architect or engineer licensed in the State of
Illinois, the | ||
district may levy a tax at a rate not to exceed .05% per year
| ||
upon all the taxable property of the district or issue | ||
additional bonds,
whichever action shall be the most feasible. | ||
(p) This Section is cumulative and constitutes complete | ||
authority for the
issuance of bonds as provided in this Section | ||
notwithstanding any other
statute or law to the contrary. |
(q) With respect to instruments for the payment of money | ||
issued under this
Section either before, on, or after the | ||
effective date of Public Act 86-004
(June 6, 1989), it is, and | ||
always has been, the intention of the General
Assembly (i) that | ||
the Omnibus Bond Acts are, and always have been,
supplementary | ||
grants of power to issue instruments in accordance with the
| ||
Omnibus Bond Acts, regardless of any provision of this Act that | ||
may appear
to be or to have been more restrictive than those | ||
Acts, (ii) that the
provisions of this Section are not a | ||
limitation on the supplementary
authority granted by the | ||
Omnibus Bond Acts, and (iii) that instruments
issued under this | ||
Section within the supplementary authority granted by the
| ||
Omnibus Bond Acts are not invalid because of any provision of | ||
this Act that
may appear to be or to have been more restrictive | ||
than those Acts. | ||
(r) When the purposes for which the bonds are issued have | ||
been accomplished
and paid for in full and there remain funds | ||
on hand from the proceeds of
the bond sale and interest | ||
earnings therefrom, the board shall, by
resolution, use such | ||
excess funds in accordance with the provisions of
Section | ||
10-22.14 of this Act. | ||
(s) Whenever any tax is levied or bonds issued for fire | ||
prevention, safety,
energy conservation, and school security | ||
purposes, such proceeds shall be
deposited and accounted for | ||
separately within the Fire Prevention and Safety
Fund. | ||
(Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17; 101-455, eff. 8-23-19.)
|
(105 ILCS 5/17-2A) (from Ch. 122, par. 17-2A)
| ||
Sec. 17-2A. Interfund transfers. | ||
(a) The school board of any district having a population of | ||
less than
500,000 inhabitants may, by proper resolution | ||
following a public hearing
set by the school board or the | ||
president of the school board
(that is preceded (i) by at least | ||
one published notice over the name of
the clerk
or secretary of | ||
the board, occurring at least 7 days and not more than 30
days
| ||
prior to the hearing, in a newspaper of general circulation | ||
within the
school
district and (ii) by posted notice over the | ||
name of the clerk or secretary of
the board, at least 48 hours | ||
before the hearing, at the principal office of the
school board | ||
or at the building where the hearing is to be held if a | ||
principal
office does not exist, with both notices setting | ||
forth the time, date, place,
and subject matter of the
| ||
hearing), transfer money from (1) the Educational Fund to the | ||
Operations
and
Maintenance Fund or the Transportation Fund, (2) | ||
the Operations and
Maintenance Fund to the Educational Fund or | ||
the Transportation Fund, (3) the
Transportation Fund to the | ||
Educational Fund or the Operations and Maintenance
Fund, or (4) | ||
the Tort Immunity Fund to the Operations and Maintenance Fund | ||
of said
district,
provided that, except during the period from | ||
July 1, 2003 through June 30, 2021 2020 , such transfer is made | ||
solely for the purpose of meeting one-time,
non-recurring | ||
expenses. Except during the period from July 1, 2003 through
|
June 30, 2021 2020 and except as otherwise provided in | ||
subsection (b) of this Section, any other permanent interfund | ||
transfers authorized
by any provision or judicial | ||
interpretation of this Code for which the
transferee fund is | ||
not precisely and specifically set forth in the provision of
| ||
this Code authorizing such transfer shall be made to the fund | ||
of the school
district most in need of the funds being | ||
transferred, as determined by
resolution of the school board. | ||
(b) (Blank).
| ||
(c) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section or any | ||
other provision of this Code to the contrary, the school board | ||
of any school district (i) that is subject to the Property Tax | ||
Extension Limitation Law, (ii) that is an elementary district | ||
servicing students in grades K through 8, (iii) whose territory | ||
is in one county, (iv) that is eligible for Section 7002 | ||
Federal Impact Aid, and (v) that has no more than $81,000 in | ||
funds remaining from refinancing bonds that were refinanced a | ||
minimum of 5 years prior to January 20, 2017 (the effective | ||
date of Public Act 99-926) may make a one-time transfer of the | ||
funds remaining from the refinancing bonds to the Operations | ||
and Maintenance Fund of the district by proper resolution | ||
following a public hearing set by the school board or the | ||
president of the school board, with notice as provided in | ||
subsection (a) of this Section, so long as the district meets | ||
the qualifications set forth in this subsection (c) on January | ||
20, 2017 (the effective date of Public Act 99-926). |
(d) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section or any | ||
other provision of this Code to the contrary, the school board | ||
of any school district (i) that is subject to the Property Tax | ||
Extension Limitation Law, (ii) that is a community unit school | ||
district servicing students in grades K through 12, (iii) whose | ||
territory is in one county, (iv) that owns property designated | ||
by the United States as a Superfund site pursuant to the | ||
federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and | ||
Liability Act of 1980 (42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq.), and (v) that | ||
has an excess accumulation of funds in its bond fund, including | ||
funds accumulated prior to July 1, 2000, may make a one-time | ||
transfer of those excess funds accumulated prior to July 1, | ||
2000 to the Operations and Maintenance Fund of the district by | ||
proper resolution following a public hearing set by the school | ||
board or the president of the school board, with notice as | ||
provided in subsection (a) of this Section, so long as the | ||
district meets the qualifications set forth in this subsection | ||
(d) on August 4, 2017 (the effective date of Public Act | ||
100-32). | ||
(Source: P.A. 99-713, eff. 8-5-16; 99-922, eff. 1-17-17; | ||
99-926, eff. 1-20-17; 100-32, eff. 8-4-17; 100-465, eff. | ||
8-31-17; 100-863, eff. 8-14-18.)
| ||
(105 ILCS 5/18-8.15) | ||
Sec. 18-8.15. Evidence-Based Funding Evidence-based | ||
funding for student success for the 2017-2018 and subsequent |
school years. | ||
(a) General provisions. | ||
(1) The purpose of this Section is to ensure that, by | ||
June 30, 2027 and beyond, this State has a kindergarten | ||
through grade 12 public education system with the capacity | ||
to ensure the educational development of all persons to the | ||
limits of their capacities in accordance with Section 1 of | ||
Article X of the Constitution of the State of Illinois. To | ||
accomplish that objective, this Section creates a method of | ||
funding public education that is evidence-based; is | ||
sufficient to ensure every student receives a meaningful | ||
opportunity to learn irrespective of race, ethnicity, | ||
sexual orientation, gender, or community-income level; and | ||
is sustainable and predictable. When fully funded under | ||
this Section, every school shall have the resources, based | ||
on what the evidence indicates is needed, to: | ||
(A) provide all students with a high quality | ||
education that offers the academic, enrichment, social | ||
and emotional support, technical, and career-focused | ||
programs that will allow them to become competitive | ||
workers, responsible parents, productive citizens of | ||
this State, and active members of our national | ||
democracy; | ||
(B) ensure all students receive the education they | ||
need to graduate from high school with the skills | ||
required to pursue post-secondary education and |
training for a rewarding career; | ||
(C) reduce, with a goal of eliminating, the | ||
achievement gap between at-risk and non-at-risk | ||
students by raising the performance of at-risk | ||
students and not by reducing standards; and | ||
(D) ensure this State satisfies its obligation to | ||
assume the primary responsibility to fund public | ||
education and simultaneously relieve the | ||
disproportionate burden placed on local property taxes | ||
to fund schools. | ||
(2) The Evidence-Based Funding evidence-based funding | ||
formula under this Section shall be applied to all | ||
Organizational Units in this State. The Evidence-Based | ||
Funding evidence-based funding formula outlined in this | ||
Act is based on the formula outlined in Senate Bill 1 of | ||
the 100th General Assembly, as passed by both legislative | ||
chambers. As further defined and described in this Section, | ||
there are 4 major components of the Evidence-Based Funding | ||
evidence-based funding model: | ||
(A) First, the model calculates a unique Adequacy | ||
Target adequacy target for each Organizational Unit in | ||
this State that considers the costs to implement | ||
research-based activities, the unit's student | ||
demographics, and regional wage differences | ||
difference . | ||
(B) Second, the model calculates each |
Organizational Unit's Local Capacity local capacity , | ||
or the amount each Organizational Unit is assumed to | ||
contribute toward towards its Adequacy Target adequacy | ||
target from local resources. | ||
(C) Third, the model calculates how much funding | ||
the State currently contributes to the Organizational | ||
Unit , and adds that to the unit's Local Capacity local | ||
capacity to determine the unit's overall current | ||
adequacy of funding. | ||
(D) Finally, the model's distribution method | ||
allocates new State funding to those Organizational | ||
Units that are least well-funded, considering both | ||
Local Capacity local capacity and State funding, in | ||
relation to their Adequacy Target adequacy target . | ||
(3) An Organizational Unit receiving any funding under | ||
this Section may apply those funds to any fund so received | ||
for which that Organizational Unit is authorized to make | ||
expenditures by law. | ||
(4) As used in this Section, the following terms shall | ||
have the meanings ascribed in this paragraph (4): | ||
"Adequacy Target" is defined in paragraph (1) of | ||
subsection (b) of this Section. | ||
"Adjusted EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of | ||
subsection (d) of this Section. | ||
"Adjusted Local Capacity Target" is defined in | ||
paragraph (3) of subsection (c) of this Section. |
"Adjusted Operating Tax Rate" means a tax rate for all | ||
Organizational Units, for which the State Superintendent | ||
shall calculate and subtract for the Operating Tax Rate a | ||
transportation rate based on total expenses for | ||
transportation services under this Code, as reported on the | ||
most recent Annual Financial Report in Pupil | ||
Transportation Services, function 2550 in both the | ||
Education and Transportation funds and functions 4110 and | ||
4120 in the Transportation fund, less any corresponding | ||
fiscal year State of Illinois scheduled payments excluding | ||
net adjustments for prior years for regular, vocational, or | ||
special education transportation reimbursement pursuant to | ||
Section 29-5 or subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this | ||
Code divided by the Adjusted EAV. If an Organizational | ||
Unit's corresponding fiscal year State of Illinois | ||
scheduled payments excluding net adjustments for prior | ||
years for regular, vocational, or special education | ||
transportation reimbursement pursuant to Section 29-5 or | ||
subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this Code exceed the | ||
total transportation expenses, as defined in this | ||
paragraph, no transportation rate shall be subtracted from | ||
the Operating Tax Rate. | ||
"Allocation Rate" is defined in paragraph (3) of | ||
subsection (g) of this Section. | ||
"Alternative School" means a public school that is | ||
created and operated by a regional superintendent of |
schools and approved by the State Board. | ||
"Applicable Tax Rate" is defined in paragraph (1) of | ||
subsection (d) of this Section. | ||
"Assessment" means any of those benchmark, progress | ||
monitoring, formative, diagnostic, and other assessments, | ||
in addition to the State accountability assessment, that | ||
assist teachers' needs in understanding the skills and | ||
meeting the needs of the students they serve. | ||
"Assistant principal" means a school administrator | ||
duly endorsed to be employed as an assistant principal in | ||
this State. | ||
"At-risk student" means a student who is at risk of not | ||
meeting the Illinois Learning Standards or not graduating | ||
from elementary or high school and who demonstrates a need | ||
for vocational support or social services beyond that | ||
provided by the regular school program. All students | ||
included in an Organizational Unit's Low-Income Count, as | ||
well as all English learner and disabled students attending | ||
the Organizational Unit, shall be considered at-risk | ||
students under this Section. | ||
"Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" for fiscal year | ||
2018 means, for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the | ||
average number of students (grades K through 12) reported | ||
to the State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit | ||
on October 1 in the immediately preceding school year, plus | ||
the pre-kindergarten students who receive special |
education services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to | ||
the State Board on December 1 in the immediately preceding | ||
school year, or the average number of students (grades K | ||
through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the | ||
Organizational Unit on October 1, plus the | ||
pre-kindergarten students who receive special education | ||
services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to the State | ||
Board on December 1, for each of the immediately preceding | ||
3 school years. For fiscal year 2019 and each subsequent | ||
fiscal year, "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" means, | ||
for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the average | ||
number of students (grades K through 12) reported to the | ||
State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit on | ||
October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding school | ||
year, plus the pre-kindergarten students who receive | ||
special education services as reported to the State Board | ||
on October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding | ||
school year, or the average number of students (grades K | ||
through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the | ||
Organizational Unit on October 1 and March 1, plus the | ||
pre-kindergarten students who receive special education | ||
services as reported to the State Board on October 1 and | ||
March 1, for each of the immediately preceding 3 school | ||
years. For the purposes of this definition, "enrolled in | ||
the Organizational Unit" means the number of students | ||
reported to the State Board who are enrolled in schools |
within the Organizational Unit that the student attends or | ||
would attend if not placed or transferred to another school | ||
or program to receive needed services. For the purposes of | ||
calculating "ASE", all students, grades K through 12, | ||
excluding those attending kindergarten for a half day and | ||
students attending an alternative education program | ||
operated by a regional office of education or intermediate | ||
service center, shall be counted as 1.0. All students | ||
attending kindergarten for a half day shall be counted as | ||
0.5, unless in 2017 by June 15 or by March 1 in subsequent | ||
years, the school district reports to the State Board of | ||
Education the intent to implement full-day kindergarten | ||
district-wide for all students, then all students | ||
attending kindergarten shall be counted as 1.0. Special | ||
education pre-kindergarten students shall be counted as | ||
0.5 each. If the State Board does not collect or has not | ||
collected both an October 1 and March 1 enrollment count by | ||
grade or a December 1 collection of special education | ||
pre-kindergarten students as of August 31, 2017 ( the | ||
effective date of Public Act 100-465) this amendatory Act | ||
of the 100th General Assembly , it shall establish such | ||
collection for all future years. For any year in which | ||
where a count by grade level was collected only once, that | ||
count shall be used as the single count available for | ||
computing a 3-year average ASE. Funding for programs | ||
operated by a regional office of education or an |
intermediate service center must be calculated using the | ||
Evidence-Based Funding evidence-based funding formula | ||
under this Section for the 2019-2020 school year and each | ||
subsequent school year until separate adequacy formulas | ||
are developed and adopted for each type of program. ASE for | ||
a program operated by a regional office of education or an | ||
intermediate service center must be determined by the March | ||
1 enrollment for the program. For the 2019-2020 school | ||
year, the ASE used in the calculation must be the | ||
first-year ASE and, in that year only, the assignment of | ||
students served by a regional office of education or | ||
intermediate service center shall not result in a reduction | ||
of the March enrollment for any school district. For the | ||
2020-2021 school year, the ASE must be the greater of the | ||
current-year ASE or the 2-year average ASE. Beginning with | ||
the 2021-2022 school year, the ASE must be the greater of | ||
the current-year ASE or the 3-year average ASE. School | ||
districts shall submit the data for the ASE calculation to | ||
the State Board within 45 days of the dates required in | ||
this Section for submission of enrollment data in order for | ||
it to be included in the ASE calculation. For fiscal year | ||
2018 only, the ASE calculation shall include only | ||
enrollment taken on October 1. | ||
"Base Funding Guarantee" is defined in paragraph (10) | ||
of subsection (g) of this Section. | ||
"Base Funding Minimum" is defined in subsection (e) of |
this Section. | ||
"Base Tax Year" means the property tax levy year used | ||
to calculate the Budget Year allocation of primary State | ||
aid. | ||
"Base Tax Year's Extension" means the product of the | ||
equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county clerk | ||
in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the limiting rate as | ||
calculated by the county clerk and defined in PTELL. | ||
"Bilingual Education Allocation" means the amount of | ||
an Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target | ||
attributable to bilingual education divided by the | ||
Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target, the product | ||
of which shall be multiplied by the amount of new funding | ||
received pursuant to this Section. An Organizational | ||
Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable to bilingual | ||
education shall include all additional investments in | ||
English learner students' adequacy elements. | ||
"Budget Year" means the school year for which primary | ||
State aid is calculated and awarded under this Section. | ||
"Central office" means individual administrators and | ||
support service personnel charged with managing the | ||
instructional programs, business and operations, and | ||
security of the Organizational Unit. | ||
"Comparable Wage Index" or "CWI" means a regional cost | ||
differentiation metric that measures systemic, regional | ||
variations in the salaries of college graduates who are not |
educators. The CWI utilized for this Section shall, for the | ||
first 3 years of Evidence-Based Funding implementation, be | ||
the CWI initially developed by the National Center for | ||
Education Statistics, as most recently updated by Texas A & | ||
M University. In the fourth and subsequent years of | ||
Evidence-Based Funding implementation, the State | ||
Superintendent shall re-determine the CWI using a similar | ||
methodology to that identified in the Texas A & M | ||
University study, with adjustments made no less frequently | ||
than once every 5 years. | ||
"Computer technology and equipment" means computers | ||
servers, notebooks, network equipment, copiers, printers, | ||
instructional software, security software, curriculum | ||
management courseware, and other similar materials and | ||
equipment. | ||
"Computer technology and equipment investment | ||
allocation" means the final Adequacy Target amount of an | ||
Organizational Unit assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 in the | ||
prior school year attributable to the additional $285.50 | ||
per student computer technology and equipment investment | ||
grant divided by the Organizational Unit's final Adequacy | ||
Target, the result of which shall be multiplied by the | ||
amount of new funding received pursuant to this Section. An | ||
Organizational Unit assigned to a Tier 1 or Tier 2 final | ||
Adequacy Target attributable to the received computer | ||
technology and equipment investment grant shall include |
all additional investments in computer technology and | ||
equipment adequacy elements. | ||
"Core subject" means mathematics; science; reading, | ||
English, writing, and language arts; history and social | ||
studies; world languages; and subjects taught as Advanced | ||
Placement in high schools. | ||
"Core teacher" means a regular classroom teacher in | ||
elementary schools and teachers of a core subject in middle | ||
and high schools. | ||
"Core Intervention teacher (tutor)" means a licensed | ||
teacher providing one-on-one or small group tutoring to | ||
students struggling to meet proficiency in core subjects. | ||
"CPPRT" means corporate personal property replacement | ||
tax funds paid to an Organizational Unit during the | ||
calendar year one year before the calendar year in which a | ||
school year begins, pursuant to "An Act in relation to the | ||
abolition of ad valorem personal property tax and the | ||
replacement of revenues lost thereby, and amending and | ||
repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in connection | ||
therewith", certified August 14, 1979, as amended (Public | ||
Act 81-1st S.S.-1). | ||
"EAV" means equalized assessed valuation as defined in | ||
paragraph (2) of subsection (d) of this Section and | ||
calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of subsection | ||
(d) of this Section. | ||
"ECI" means the Bureau of Labor Statistics' national |
employment cost index for civilian workers in educational | ||
services in elementary and secondary schools on a | ||
cumulative basis for the 12-month calendar year preceding | ||
the fiscal year of the Evidence-Based Funding calculation. | ||
"EIS Data" means the employment information system | ||
data maintained by the State Board on educators within | ||
Organizational Units. | ||
"Employee benefits" means health, dental, and vision | ||
insurance offered to employees of an Organizational Unit, | ||
the costs associated with the statutorily required payment | ||
of the normal cost of the Organizational Unit's teacher | ||
pensions, Social Security employer contributions, and | ||
Illinois Municipal Retirement Fund employer contributions. | ||
"English learner" or "EL" means a child included in the | ||
definition of "English learners" under Section 14C-2 of | ||
this Code participating in a program of transitional | ||
bilingual education or a transitional program of | ||
instruction meeting the requirements and program | ||
application procedures of Article 14C of this Code. For the | ||
purposes of collecting the number of EL students enrolled, | ||
the same collection and calculation methodology as defined | ||
above for "ASE" shall apply to English learners, with the | ||
exception that EL student enrollment shall include | ||
students in grades pre-kindergarten through 12. | ||
"Essential Elements" means those elements, resources, | ||
and educational programs that have been identified through |
academic research as necessary to improve student success, | ||
improve academic performance, close achievement gaps, and | ||
provide for other per student costs related to the delivery | ||
and leadership of the Organizational Unit, as well as the | ||
maintenance and operations of the unit, and which are | ||
specified in paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this | ||
Section. | ||
"Evidence-Based Funding" means State funding provided | ||
to an Organizational Unit pursuant to this Section. | ||
"Extended day" means academic and enrichment programs | ||
provided to students outside the regular school day before | ||
and after school or during non-instructional times during | ||
the school day. | ||
"Extension Limitation Ratio" means a numerical ratio | ||
in which the numerator is the Base Tax Year's Extension and | ||
the denominator is the Preceding Tax Year's Extension. | ||
"Final Percent of Adequacy" is defined in paragraph (4) | ||
of subsection (f) of this Section. | ||
"Final Resources" is defined in paragraph (3) of | ||
subsection (f) of this Section. | ||
"Full-time equivalent" or "FTE" means the full-time | ||
equivalency compensation for staffing the relevant | ||
position at an Organizational Unit. | ||
"Funding Gap" is defined in paragraph (1) of subsection | ||
(g). | ||
"Guidance counselor" means a licensed guidance |
counselor who provides guidance and counseling support for | ||
students within an Organizational Unit. | ||
"Hybrid District" means a partial elementary unit | ||
district created pursuant to Article 11E of this Code. | ||
"Instructional assistant" means a core or special | ||
education, non-licensed employee who assists a teacher in | ||
the classroom and provides academic support to students. | ||
"Instructional facilitator" means a qualified teacher | ||
or licensed teacher leader who facilitates and coaches | ||
continuous improvement in classroom instruction; provides | ||
instructional support to teachers in the elements of | ||
research-based instruction or demonstrates the alignment | ||
of instruction with curriculum standards and assessment | ||
tools; develops or coordinates instructional programs or | ||
strategies; develops and implements training; chooses | ||
standards-based instructional materials; provides teachers | ||
with an understanding of current research; serves as a | ||
mentor, site coach, curriculum specialist, or lead | ||
teacher; or otherwise works with fellow teachers, in | ||
collaboration, to use data to improve instructional | ||
practice or develop model lessons. | ||
"Instructional materials" means relevant instructional | ||
materials for student instruction, including, but not | ||
limited to, textbooks, consumable workbooks, laboratory | ||
equipment, library books, and other similar materials. | ||
"Laboratory School" means a public school that is |
created and operated by a public university and approved by | ||
the State Board. | ||
"Librarian" means a teacher with an endorsement as a | ||
library information specialist or another individual whose | ||
primary responsibility is overseeing library resources | ||
within an Organizational Unit. | ||
"Limiting rate for Hybrid Districts" means the | ||
combined elementary school and high school limiting | ||
limited rates. | ||
"Local Capacity" is defined in paragraph (1) of | ||
subsection (c) of this Section. | ||
"Local Capacity Percentage" is defined in subparagraph | ||
(A) of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section. | ||
"Local Capacity Ratio" is defined in subparagraph (B) | ||
of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section. | ||
"Local Capacity Target" is defined in paragraph (2) of | ||
subsection (c) of this Section. | ||
"Low-Income Count" means, for an Organizational Unit | ||
in a fiscal year, the higher of the average number of | ||
students for the prior school year or the immediately | ||
preceding 3 school years who, as of July 1 of the | ||
immediately preceding fiscal year (as determined by the | ||
Department of Human Services), are eligible for at least | ||
one of the following low-income low income programs: | ||
Medicaid, the Children's Health Insurance Program, | ||
Temporary Assistance for Needy Families ( TANF ) , or the |
Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program, excluding | ||
pupils who are eligible for services provided by the | ||
Department of Children and Family Services. Until such time | ||
that grade level low-income populations become available, | ||
grade level low-income populations shall be determined by | ||
applying the low-income percentage to total student | ||
enrollments by grade level. The low-income percentage is | ||
determined by dividing the Low-Income Count by the Average | ||
Student Enrollment. The low-income percentage for programs | ||
operated by a regional office of education or an | ||
intermediate service center must be set to the weighted | ||
average of the low-income percentages of all of the school | ||
districts in the service region. The weighted low-income | ||
percentage is the result of multiplying the low-income | ||
percentage of each school district served by the regional | ||
office of education or intermediate service center by each | ||
school district's Average Student Enrollment, summarizing | ||
those products and dividing the total by the total Average | ||
Student Enrollment for the service region. | ||
"Maintenance and operations" means custodial services, | ||
facility and ground maintenance, facility operations, | ||
facility security, routine facility repairs, and other | ||
similar services and functions. | ||
"Minimum Funding Level" is defined in paragraph (9) of | ||
subsection (g) of this Section. | ||
"New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds" means, for any |
given fiscal year, all State funds appropriated under | ||
Section 2-3.170 of the School Code. | ||
"New State Funds" means, for a given school year, all | ||
State funds appropriated for Evidence-Based Funding in | ||
excess of the amount needed to fund the Base Funding | ||
Minimum for all Organizational Units in that school year. | ||
"Net State Contribution Target" means, for a given | ||
school year, the amount of State funds that would be | ||
necessary to fully meet the Adequacy Target of an | ||
Operational Unit minus the Preliminary Resources available | ||
to each unit. | ||
"Nurse" means an individual licensed as a certified | ||
school nurse, in accordance with the rules established for | ||
nursing services by the State Board, who is an employee of | ||
and is available to provide health care-related services | ||
for students of an Organizational Unit. | ||
"Operating Tax Rate" means the rate utilized in the | ||
previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes, | ||
except , Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital | ||
Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes. | ||
For Hybrid Districts, the Operating Tax Rate shall be the | ||
combined elementary and high school rates utilized in the | ||
previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes, | ||
except , Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital | ||
Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes. | ||
"Organizational Unit" means a Laboratory School or any |
public school district that is recognized as such by the | ||
State Board and that contains elementary schools typically | ||
serving kindergarten through 5th grades, middle schools | ||
typically serving 6th through 8th grades, high schools | ||
typically serving 9th through 12th grades, a program | ||
established under Section 2-3.66 or 2-3.41, or a program | ||
operated by a regional office of education or an | ||
intermediate service center under Article 13A or 13B. The | ||
General Assembly acknowledges that the actual grade levels | ||
served by a particular Organizational Unit may vary | ||
slightly from what is typical. | ||
"Organizational Unit CWI" is determined by calculating | ||
the CWI in the region and original county in which an | ||
Organizational Unit's primary administrative office is | ||
located as set forth in this paragraph, provided that if | ||
the Organizational Unit CWI as calculated in accordance | ||
with this paragraph is less than 0.9, the Organizational | ||
Unit CWI shall be increased to 0.9. Each county's current | ||
CWI value shall be adjusted based on the CWI value of that | ||
county's neighboring Illinois counties, to create a | ||
"weighted adjusted index value". This shall be calculated | ||
by summing the CWI values of all of a county's adjacent | ||
Illinois counties and dividing by the number of adjacent | ||
Illinois counties, then taking the weighted value of the | ||
original county's CWI value and the adjacent Illinois | ||
county average. To calculate this weighted value, if the |
number of adjacent Illinois counties is greater than 2, the | ||
original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.25 and | ||
the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at | ||
0.75. If the number of adjacent Illinois counties is 2, the | ||
original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.33 and | ||
the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at | ||
0.66. The greater of the county's current CWI value and its | ||
weighted adjusted index value shall be used as the | ||
Organizational Unit CWI. | ||
"Preceding Tax Year" means the property tax levy year | ||
immediately preceding the Base Tax Year. | ||
"Preceding Tax Year's Extension" means the product of | ||
the equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county | ||
clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by the Operating | ||
Tax Rate. | ||
"Preliminary Percent of Adequacy" is defined in | ||
paragraph (2) of subsection (f) of this Section. | ||
"Preliminary Resources" is defined in paragraph (2) of | ||
subsection (f) of this Section. | ||
"Principal" means a school administrator duly endorsed | ||
to be employed as a principal in this State. | ||
"Professional development" means training programs for | ||
licensed staff in schools, including, but not limited to, | ||
programs that assist in implementing new curriculum | ||
programs, provide data focused or academic assessment data | ||
training to help staff identify a student's weaknesses and |
strengths, target interventions, improve instruction, | ||
encompass instructional strategies for English learner, | ||
gifted, or at-risk students, address inclusivity, cultural | ||
sensitivity, or implicit bias, or otherwise provide | ||
professional support for licensed staff. | ||
"Prototypical" means 450 special education | ||
pre-kindergarten and kindergarten through grade 5 students | ||
for an elementary school, 450 grade 6 through 8 students | ||
for a middle school, and 600 grade 9 through 12 students | ||
for a high school. | ||
"PTELL" means the Property Tax Extension Limitation | ||
Law. | ||
"PTELL EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of subsection | ||
(d) of this Section. | ||
"Pupil support staff" means a nurse, psychologist, | ||
social worker, family liaison personnel, or other staff | ||
member who provides support to at-risk or struggling | ||
students. | ||
"Real Receipts" is defined in paragraph (1) of | ||
subsection (d) of this Section. | ||
"Regionalization Factor" means, for a particular | ||
Organizational Unit, the figure derived by dividing the | ||
Organizational Unit CWI by the Statewide Weighted CWI. | ||
"School site staff" means the primary school secretary | ||
and any additional clerical personnel assigned to a school. | ||
"Special education" means special educational |
facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of | ||
this Code. | ||
"Special Education Allocation" means the amount of an | ||
Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable | ||
to special education divided by the Organizational Unit's | ||
final Adequacy Target, the product of which shall be | ||
multiplied by the amount of new funding received pursuant | ||
to this Section. An Organizational Unit's final Adequacy | ||
Target attributable to special education shall include all | ||
special education investment adequacy elements. | ||
"Specialist teacher" means a teacher who provides | ||
instruction in subject areas not included in core subjects, | ||
including, but not limited to, art, music, physical | ||
education, health, driver education, career-technical | ||
education, and such other subject areas as may be mandated | ||
by State law or provided by an Organizational Unit. | ||
"Specially Funded Unit" means an Alternative School, | ||
safe school, Department of Juvenile Justice school, | ||
special education cooperative or entity recognized by the | ||
State Board as a special education cooperative, | ||
State-approved charter school, or alternative learning | ||
opportunities program that received direct funding from | ||
the State Board during the 2016-2017 school year through | ||
any of the funding sources included within the calculation | ||
of the Base Funding Minimum or Glenwood Academy. | ||
"Supplemental Grant Funding" means supplemental |
general State aid funding received by an Organizational | ||
Organization Unit during the 2016-2017 school year | ||
pursuant to subsection (H) of Section 18-8.05 of this Code | ||
(now repealed). | ||
"State Adequacy Level" is the sum of the Adequacy | ||
Targets of all Organizational Units. | ||
"State Board" means the State Board of Education. | ||
"State Superintendent" means the State Superintendent | ||
of Education. | ||
"Statewide Weighted CWI" means a figure determined by | ||
multiplying each Organizational Unit CWI times the ASE for | ||
that Organizational Unit creating a weighted value, | ||
summing all Organizational Units' Unit's weighted values, | ||
and dividing by the total ASE of all Organizational Units, | ||
thereby creating an average weighted index. | ||
"Student activities" means non-credit producing | ||
after-school programs, including, but not limited to, | ||
clubs, bands, sports, and other activities authorized by | ||
the school board of the Organizational Unit. | ||
"Substitute teacher" means an individual teacher or | ||
teaching assistant who is employed by an Organizational | ||
Unit and is temporarily serving the Organizational Unit on | ||
a per diem or per period-assignment basis to replace | ||
replacing another staff member. | ||
"Summer school" means academic and enrichment programs | ||
provided to students during the summer months outside of |
the regular school year. | ||
"Supervisory aide" means a non-licensed staff member | ||
who helps in supervising students of an Organizational | ||
Unit, but does so outside of the classroom, in situations | ||
such as, but not limited to, monitoring hallways and | ||
playgrounds, supervising lunchrooms, or supervising | ||
students when being transported in buses serving the | ||
Organizational Unit. | ||
"Target Ratio" is defined in paragraph (4) of | ||
subsection (g). | ||
"Tier 1", "Tier 2", "Tier 3", and "Tier 4" are defined | ||
in paragraph (3) of subsection (g). | ||
"Tier 1 Aggregate Funding", "Tier 2 Aggregate | ||
Funding", "Tier 3 Aggregate Funding", and "Tier 4 Aggregate | ||
Funding" are defined in paragraph (1) of subsection (g). | ||
(b) Adequacy Target calculation. | ||
(1) Each Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target is the | ||
sum of the Organizational Unit's cost of providing | ||
Essential Elements, as calculated in accordance with this | ||
subsection (b), with the salary amounts in the Essential | ||
Elements multiplied by a Regionalization Factor calculated | ||
pursuant to paragraph (3) of this subsection (b). | ||
(2) The Essential Elements are attributable on a pro | ||
rata basis related to defined subgroups of the ASE of each | ||
Organizational Unit as specified in this paragraph (2), | ||
with investments and FTE positions pro rata funded based on |
ASE counts in excess or less than the thresholds set forth | ||
in this paragraph (2). The method for calculating | ||
attributable pro rata costs and the defined subgroups | ||
thereto are as follows: | ||
(A) Core class size investments. Each | ||
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding required | ||
to support that number of FTE core teacher positions as | ||
is needed to keep the respective class sizes of the | ||
Organizational Unit to the following maximum numbers: | ||
(i) For grades kindergarten through 3, the | ||
Organizational Unit shall receive funding required | ||
to support one FTE core teacher position for every | ||
15 Low-Income Count students in those grades and | ||
one FTE core teacher position for every 20 | ||
non-Low-Income Count students in those grades. | ||
(ii) For grades 4 through 12, the | ||
Organizational Unit shall receive funding required | ||
to support one FTE core teacher position for every | ||
20 Low-Income Count students in those grades and | ||
one FTE core teacher position for every 25 | ||
non-Low-Income Count students in those grades. | ||
The number of non-Low-Income Count students in a | ||
grade shall be determined by subtracting the | ||
Low-Income students in that grade from the ASE of the | ||
Organizational Unit for that grade. | ||
(B) Specialist teacher investments. Each |
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||
to cover that number of FTE specialist teacher | ||
positions that correspond to the following | ||
percentages: | ||
(i) if the Organizational Unit operates an | ||
elementary or middle school, then 20.00% of the | ||
number of the Organizational Unit's core teachers, | ||
as determined under subparagraph (A) of this | ||
paragraph (2); and | ||
(ii) if such Organizational Unit operates a | ||
high school, then 33.33% of the number of the | ||
Organizational Unit's core teachers. | ||
(C) Instructional facilitator investments. Each | ||
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||
to cover one FTE instructional facilitator position | ||
for every 200 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten | ||
children with disabilities and all kindergarten | ||
through grade 12 students of the Organizational Unit. | ||
(D) Core intervention teacher (tutor) investments. | ||
Each Organizational Unit shall receive the funding | ||
needed to cover one FTE teacher position for each | ||
prototypical elementary, middle, and high school. | ||
(E) Substitute teacher investments. Each | ||
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||
to cover substitute teacher costs that is equal to | ||
5.70% of the minimum pupil attendance days required |
under Section 10-19 of this Code for all full-time | ||
equivalent core, specialist, and intervention | ||
teachers, school nurses, special education teachers | ||
and instructional assistants, instructional | ||
facilitators, and summer school and extended day | ||
extended-day teacher positions, as determined under | ||
this paragraph (2), at a salary rate of 33.33% of the | ||
average salary for grade K through 12 teachers and | ||
33.33% of the average salary of each instructional | ||
assistant position. | ||
(F) Core guidance counselor investments. Each | ||
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||
to cover one FTE guidance counselor for each 450 | ||
combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||
disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 5 | ||
students, plus one FTE guidance counselor for each 250 | ||
grades 6 through 8 ASE middle school students, plus one | ||
FTE guidance counselor for each 250 grades 9 through 12 | ||
ASE high school students. | ||
(G) Nurse investments. Each Organizational Unit | ||
shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE nurse | ||
for each 750 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children | ||
with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade | ||
12 students across all grade levels it serves. | ||
(H) Supervisory aide investments. Each | ||
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
to cover one FTE for each 225 combined ASE of | ||
pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all | ||
kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE for | ||
each 225 ASE middle school students, plus one FTE for | ||
each 200 ASE high school students. | ||
(I) Librarian investments. Each Organizational | ||
Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE | ||
librarian for each prototypical elementary school, | ||
middle school, and high school and one FTE aide or | ||
media technician for every 300 combined ASE of | ||
pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all | ||
kindergarten through grade 12 students. | ||
(J) Principal investments. Each Organizational | ||
Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE | ||
principal position for each prototypical elementary | ||
school, plus one FTE principal position for each | ||
prototypical middle school, plus one FTE principal | ||
position for each prototypical high school. | ||
(K) Assistant principal investments. Each | ||
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||
to cover one FTE assistant principal position for each | ||
prototypical elementary school, plus one FTE assistant | ||
principal position for each prototypical middle | ||
school, plus one FTE assistant principal position for | ||
each prototypical high school. | ||
(L) School site staff investments. Each |
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||
for one FTE position for each 225 ASE of | ||
pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all | ||
kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE | ||
position for each 225 ASE middle school students, plus | ||
one FTE position for each 200 ASE high school students. | ||
(M) Gifted investments. Each Organizational Unit | ||
shall receive $40 per kindergarten through grade 12 | ||
ASE. | ||
(N) Professional development investments. Each | ||
Organizational Unit shall receive $125 per student of | ||
the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||
disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||
students for trainers and other professional | ||
development-related expenses for supplies and | ||
materials. | ||
(O) Instructional material investments. Each | ||
Organizational Unit shall receive $190 per student of | ||
the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||
disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||
students to cover instructional material costs. | ||
(P) Assessment investments. Each Organizational | ||
Unit shall receive $25 per student of the combined ASE | ||
of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all | ||
kindergarten through grade 12 students student to | ||
cover assessment costs. |
(Q) Computer technology and equipment investments. | ||
Each Organizational Unit shall receive $285.50 per | ||
student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten | ||
children with disabilities and all kindergarten | ||
through grade 12 students to cover computer technology | ||
and equipment costs. For the 2018-2019 school year and | ||
subsequent school years, Organizational Units assigned | ||
to Tier 1 and Tier 2 in the prior school year shall | ||
receive an additional $285.50 per student of the | ||
combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||
disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||
students to cover computer technology and equipment | ||
costs in the Organizational Organization Unit's | ||
Adequacy Target. The State Board may establish | ||
additional requirements for Organizational Unit | ||
expenditures of funds received pursuant to this | ||
subparagraph (Q), including a requirement that funds | ||
received pursuant to this subparagraph (Q) may be used | ||
only for serving the technology needs of the district. | ||
It is the intent of Public Act 100-465 this amendatory | ||
Act of the 100th General Assembly that all Tier 1 and | ||
Tier 2 districts receive the addition to their Adequacy | ||
Target in the following year, subject to compliance | ||
with the requirements of the State Board. | ||
(R) Student activities investments. Each | ||
Organizational Unit shall receive the following |
funding amounts to cover student activities: $100 per | ||
kindergarten through grade 5 ASE student in elementary | ||
school, plus $200 per ASE student in middle school, | ||
plus $675 per ASE student in high school. | ||
(S) Maintenance and operations investments. Each | ||
Organizational Unit shall receive $1,038 per student | ||
of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||
disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||
students for day-to-day maintenance and operations | ||
expenditures, including salary, supplies, and | ||
materials, as well as purchased services, but | ||
excluding employee benefits. The proportion of salary | ||
for the application of a Regionalization Factor and the | ||
calculation of benefits is equal to $352.92. | ||
(T) Central office investments. Each | ||
Organizational Unit shall receive $742 per student of | ||
the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||
disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||
students to cover central office operations, including | ||
administrators and classified personnel charged with | ||
managing the instructional programs, business and | ||
operations of the school district, and security | ||
personnel. The proportion of salary for the | ||
application of a Regionalization Factor and the | ||
calculation of benefits is equal to $368.48. | ||
(U) Employee benefit investments. Each |
Organizational Unit shall receive 30% of the total of | ||
all salary-calculated elements of the Adequacy Target, | ||
excluding substitute teachers and student activities | ||
investments, to cover benefit costs. For central | ||
office and maintenance and operations investments, the | ||
benefit calculation shall be based upon the salary | ||
proportion of each investment. If at any time the | ||
responsibility for funding the employer normal cost of | ||
teacher pensions is assigned to school districts, then | ||
that amount certified by the Teachers' Retirement | ||
System of the State of Illinois to be paid by the | ||
Organizational Unit for the preceding school year | ||
shall be added to the benefit investment. For any | ||
fiscal year in which a school district organized under | ||
Article 34 of this Code is responsible for paying the | ||
employer normal cost of teacher pensions, then that | ||
amount of its employer normal cost plus the amount for | ||
retiree health insurance as certified by the Public | ||
School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of | ||
Chicago to be paid by the school district for the | ||
preceding school year that is statutorily required to | ||
cover employer normal costs and the amount for retiree | ||
health insurance shall be added to the 30% specified in | ||
this subparagraph (U). The Teachers' Retirement System | ||
of the State of Illinois and the Public School | ||
Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago shall |
submit such information as the State Superintendent | ||
may require for the calculations set forth in this | ||
subparagraph (U). | ||
(V) Additional investments in low-income students. | ||
In addition to and not in lieu of all other funding | ||
under this paragraph (2), each Organizational Unit | ||
shall receive funding based on the average teacher | ||
salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of: | ||
(i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor) | ||
position for every 125 Low-Income Count students; | ||
(ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for | ||
every 125 Low-Income Count students; | ||
(iii) one FTE extended day teacher position | ||
for every 120 Low-Income Count students; and | ||
(iv) one FTE summer school teacher position | ||
for every 120 Low-Income Count students. | ||
(W) Additional investments in English learner | ||
students. In addition to and not in lieu of all other | ||
funding under this paragraph (2), each Organizational | ||
Unit shall receive funding based on the average teacher | ||
salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of: | ||
(i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor) | ||
position for every 125 English learner students; | ||
(ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for | ||
every 125 English learner students; | ||
(iii) one FTE extended day teacher position |
for every 120 English learner students; | ||
(iv) one FTE summer school teacher position | ||
for every 120 English learner students; and | ||
(v) one FTE core teacher position for every 100 | ||
English learner students. | ||
(X) Special education investments. Each | ||
Organizational Unit shall receive funding based on the | ||
average teacher salary for grades K through 12 to cover | ||
special education as follows: | ||
(i) one FTE teacher position for every 141 | ||
combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||
disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||
students; | ||
(ii) one FTE instructional assistant for every | ||
141 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||
disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||
students; and | ||
(iii) one FTE psychologist position for every | ||
1,000 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children | ||
with disabilities and all kindergarten through | ||
grade 12 students. | ||
(3) For calculating the salaries included within the | ||
Essential Elements, the State Superintendent shall | ||
annually calculate average salaries to the nearest dollar | ||
using the employment information system data maintained by | ||
the State Board, limited to public schools only and |
excluding special education and vocational cooperatives, | ||
schools operated by the Department of Juvenile Justice, and | ||
charter schools, for the following positions: | ||
(A) Teacher for grades K through 8. | ||
(B) Teacher for grades 9 through 12. | ||
(C) Teacher for grades K through 12. | ||
(D) Guidance counselor for grades K through 8. | ||
(E) Guidance counselor for grades 9 through 12. | ||
(F) Guidance counselor for grades K through 12. | ||
(G) Social worker. | ||
(H) Psychologist. | ||
(I) Librarian. | ||
(J) Nurse. | ||
(K) Principal. | ||
(L) Assistant principal. | ||
For the purposes of this paragraph (3), "teacher" | ||
includes core teachers, specialist and elective teachers, | ||
instructional facilitators, tutors, special education | ||
teachers, pupil support staff teachers, English learner | ||
teachers, extended day extended-day teachers, and summer | ||
school teachers. Where specific grade data is not required | ||
for the Essential Elements, the average salary for | ||
corresponding positions shall apply. For substitute | ||
teachers, the average teacher salary for grades K through | ||
12 shall apply. | ||
For calculating the salaries included within the |
Essential Elements for positions not included within EIS | ||
Data, the following salaries shall be used in the first | ||
year of implementation of Evidence-Based Funding: | ||
(i) school site staff, $30,000; and | ||
(ii) non-instructional assistant, instructional | ||
assistant, library aide, library media tech, or | ||
supervisory aide: $25,000. | ||
In the second and subsequent years of implementation of | ||
Evidence-Based Funding, the amounts in items (i) and (ii) | ||
of this paragraph (3) shall annually increase by the ECI. | ||
The salary amounts for the Essential Elements | ||
determined pursuant to subparagraphs (A) through (L), (S) | ||
and (T), and (V) through (X) of paragraph (2) of subsection | ||
(b) of this Section shall be multiplied by a | ||
Regionalization Factor. | ||
(c) Local Capacity capacity calculation. | ||
(1) Each Organizational Unit's Local Capacity | ||
represents an amount of funding it is assumed to contribute | ||
toward its Adequacy Target for purposes of the | ||
Evidence-Based Funding formula calculation. "Local | ||
Capacity" means either (i) the Organizational Unit's Local | ||
Capacity Target as calculated in accordance with paragraph | ||
(2) of this subsection (c) if its Real Receipts are equal | ||
to or less than its Local Capacity Target or (ii) the | ||
Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity, as | ||
calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of this |
subsection (c) if Real Receipts are more than its Local | ||
Capacity Target. | ||
(2) "Local Capacity Target" means, for an | ||
Organizational Unit, that dollar amount that is obtained by | ||
multiplying its Adequacy Target by its Local Capacity | ||
Ratio. | ||
(A) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity | ||
Percentage is the conversion of the Organizational | ||
Unit's Local Capacity Ratio, as such ratio is | ||
determined in accordance with subparagraph (B) of this | ||
paragraph (2), into a cumulative distribution | ||
resulting in a percentile ranking to determine each | ||
Organizational Unit's relative position to all other | ||
Organizational Units in this State. The calculation of | ||
Local Capacity Percentage is described in subparagraph | ||
(C) of this paragraph (2). | ||
(B) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio | ||
in a given year is the percentage obtained by dividing | ||
its Adjusted EAV or PTELL EAV, whichever is less, by | ||
its Adequacy Target, with the resulting ratio further | ||
adjusted as follows: | ||
(i) for Organizational Units serving grades | ||
kindergarten through 12 and Hybrid Districts, no | ||
further adjustments shall be made; | ||
(ii) for Organizational Units serving grades | ||
kindergarten through 8, the ratio shall be |
multiplied by 9/13; | ||
(iii) for Organizational Units serving grades | ||
9 through 12, the Local Capacity Ratio shall be | ||
multiplied by 4/13; and | ||
(iv) for an Organizational Unit with a | ||
different grade configuration than those specified | ||
in items (i) through (iii) of this subparagraph | ||
(B), the State Superintendent shall determine a | ||
comparable adjustment based on the grades served. | ||
(C) The Local Capacity Percentage is equal to the | ||
percentile ranking of the district. Local Capacity | ||
Percentage converts each Organizational Unit's Local | ||
Capacity Ratio to a cumulative distribution resulting | ||
in a percentile ranking to determine each | ||
Organizational Unit's relative position to all other | ||
Organizational Units in this State. The Local Capacity | ||
Percentage cumulative distribution resulting in a | ||
percentile ranking for each Organizational Unit shall | ||
be calculated using the standard normal distribution | ||
of the score in relation to the weighted mean and | ||
weighted standard deviation and Local Capacity Ratios | ||
of all Organizational Units. If the value assigned to | ||
any Organizational Unit is in excess of 90%, the value | ||
shall be adjusted to 90%. For Laboratory Schools, the | ||
Local Capacity Percentage shall be set at 10% in
| ||
recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from |
the public university that are allocated to
the | ||
Laboratory School. For programs operated by a regional | ||
office of education or an intermediate service center, | ||
the Local Capacity Percentage must be set at 10% in | ||
recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from | ||
school districts that are allocated to the regional | ||
office of education or intermediate service center. | ||
The weighted mean for the Local Capacity Percentage | ||
shall be determined by multiplying each Organizational | ||
Unit's Local Capacity Ratio times the ASE for the unit | ||
creating a weighted value, summing the weighted values | ||
of all Organizational Units, and dividing by the total | ||
ASE of all Organizational Units. The weighted standard | ||
deviation shall be determined by taking the square root | ||
of the weighted variance of all Organizational Units' | ||
Local Capacity Ratio, where the variance is calculated | ||
by squaring the difference between each unit's Local | ||
Capacity Ratio and the weighted mean, then multiplying | ||
the variance for each unit times the ASE for the unit | ||
to create a weighted variance for each unit, then | ||
summing all units' weighted variance and dividing by | ||
the total ASE of all units. | ||
(D) For any Organizational Unit, the | ||
Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity Target | ||
shall be reduced by either (i) the school board's | ||
remaining contribution pursuant to paragraph (ii) of |
subsection (b-4) of Section 16-158 of the Illinois | ||
Pension Code in a given year , or (ii) the board of | ||
education's remaining contribution pursuant to | ||
paragraph (iv) of subsection (b) of Section 17-129 of | ||
the Illinois Pension Code absent the employer normal | ||
cost portion of the required contribution and amount | ||
allowed pursuant to subdivision (3) of Section | ||
17-142.1 of the Illinois Pension Code in a given year. | ||
In the preceding sentence, item (i) shall be certified | ||
to the State Board of Education by the Teachers' | ||
Retirement System of the State of Illinois and item | ||
(ii) shall be certified to the State Board of Education | ||
by the Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement | ||
Fund of the City of Chicago. | ||
(3) If an Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are more | ||
than its Local Capacity Target, then its Local Capacity | ||
shall equal an Adjusted Local Capacity Target as calculated | ||
in accordance with this paragraph (3). The Adjusted Local | ||
Capacity Target is calculated as the sum of the | ||
Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target and its Real | ||
Receipts Adjustment. The Real Receipts Adjustment equals | ||
the Organizational Unit's Real Receipts less its Local | ||
Capacity Target, with the resulting figure multiplied by | ||
the Local Capacity Percentage. | ||
As used in this paragraph (3), "Real Percent of | ||
Adequacy" means the sum of an Organizational Unit's Real |
Receipts, CPPRT, and Base Funding Minimum, with the | ||
resulting figure divided by the Organizational Unit's | ||
Adequacy Target. | ||
(d) Calculation of Real Receipts, EAV, and Adjusted EAV for | ||
purposes of the Local Capacity calculation. | ||
(1) An Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are the | ||
product of its Applicable Tax Rate and its Adjusted EAV. An | ||
Organizational Unit's Applicable Tax Rate is its Adjusted | ||
Operating Tax Rate for property within the Organizational | ||
Unit. | ||
(2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the | ||
equalized assessed valuation Equalized Assessed Valuation , | ||
or EAV, of all taxable property of each Organizational Unit | ||
as of September 30 of the previous year in accordance with | ||
paragraph (3) of this subsection (d). The State | ||
Superintendent shall then determine the Adjusted EAV of | ||
each Organizational Unit in accordance with paragraph (4) | ||
of this subsection (d), which Adjusted EAV figure shall be | ||
used for the purposes of calculating Local Capacity. | ||
(3) To calculate Real Receipts and EAV, the Department | ||
of Revenue shall supply to the State Superintendent the | ||
value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue | ||
of all taxable property of every Organizational Unit, | ||
together with (i) the applicable tax rate used in extending | ||
taxes for the funds of the Organizational Unit as of | ||
September 30 of the previous year and (ii) the limiting |
rate for all Organizational Units subject to property tax | ||
extension limitations as imposed under PTELL. | ||
(A) The Department of Revenue shall add to the | ||
equalized assessed value of all taxable property of | ||
each Organizational Unit situated entirely or | ||
partially within a county that is or was subject to the | ||
provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property | ||
Tax Code (i) an amount equal to the total amount by | ||
which the homestead exemption allowed under Section | ||
15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code for real | ||
property situated in that Organizational Unit exceeds | ||
the total amount that would have been allowed in that | ||
Organizational Unit if the maximum reduction under | ||
Section 15-176 was (I) $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500 | ||
in all other counties in tax year 2003 or (II) $5,000 | ||
in all counties in tax year 2004 and thereafter and | ||
(ii) an amount equal to the aggregate amount for the | ||
taxable year of all additional exemptions under | ||
Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with | ||
a household income of $30,000 or less. The county clerk | ||
of any county that is or was subject to the provisions | ||
of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code | ||
shall annually calculate and certify to the Department | ||
of Revenue for each Organizational Unit all homestead | ||
exemption amounts under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the | ||
Property Tax Code and all amounts of additional |
exemptions under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax | ||
Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 or | ||
less. It is the intent of this subparagraph (A) that if | ||
the general homestead exemption for a parcel of | ||
property is determined under Section 15-176 or 15-177 | ||
of the Property Tax Code rather than Section 15-175, | ||
then the calculation of EAV shall not be affected by | ||
the difference, if any, between the amount of the | ||
general homestead exemption allowed for that parcel of | ||
property under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property | ||
Tax Code and the amount that would have been allowed | ||
had the general homestead exemption for that parcel of | ||
property been determined under Section 15-175 of the | ||
Property Tax Code. It is further the intent of this | ||
subparagraph (A) that if additional exemptions are | ||
allowed under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code | ||
for owners with a household income of less than | ||
$30,000, then the calculation of EAV shall not be | ||
affected by the difference, if any, because of those | ||
additional exemptions. | ||
(B) With respect to any part of an Organizational | ||
Unit within a redevelopment project area in respect to | ||
which a municipality has adopted tax increment | ||
allocation financing pursuant to the Tax Increment | ||
Allocation Redevelopment Act, Division 74.4 of Article | ||
11 of the Illinois Municipal Code, or the Industrial |
Jobs Recovery Law, Division 74.6 of Article 11 of the | ||
Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current EAV of | ||
real property located in any such project area that | ||
which is attributable to an increase above the total | ||
initial EAV of such property shall be used as part of | ||
the EAV of the Organizational Unit, until such time as | ||
all redevelopment project costs have been paid, as | ||
provided in Section 11-74.4-8 of the Tax Increment | ||
Allocation Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 | ||
of the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of | ||
the EAV of the Organizational Unit, the total initial | ||
EAV or the current EAV, whichever is lower, shall be | ||
used until such time as all redevelopment project costs | ||
have been paid. | ||
(B-5) The real property equalized assessed | ||
valuation for a school district shall be adjusted by | ||
subtracting from the real property value, as equalized | ||
or assessed by the Department of Revenue, for the | ||
district an amount computed by dividing the amount of | ||
any abatement of taxes under Section 18-170 of the | ||
Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a district maintaining | ||
grades kindergarten through 12, by 2.30% for a district | ||
maintaining grades kindergarten through 8, or by 1.05% | ||
for a district maintaining grades 9 through 12 and | ||
adjusted by an amount computed by dividing the amount | ||
of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) of |
Section 18-165 of the Property Tax Code by the same | ||
percentage rates for district type as specified in this | ||
subparagraph (B-5). | ||
(C) For Organizational Units that are Hybrid | ||
Districts, the State Superintendent shall use the | ||
lesser of the adjusted equalized assessed valuation | ||
for property within the partial elementary unit | ||
district for elementary purposes, as defined in | ||
Article 11E of this Code, or the adjusted equalized | ||
assessed valuation for property within the partial | ||
elementary unit district for high school purposes, as | ||
defined in Article 11E of this Code. | ||
(4) An Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV shall be the | ||
average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 3 years | ||
or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if the EAV in | ||
the immediately preceding year has declined by 10% or more | ||
compared to the 3-year average. In the event of | ||
Organizational Unit reorganization, consolidation, or | ||
annexation, the Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV for the | ||
first 3 years after such change shall be as follows: the | ||
most current EAV shall be used in the first year, the | ||
average of a 2-year EAV or its EAV in the immediately | ||
preceding year if the EAV declines by 10% or more compared | ||
to the 2-year average for the second year, and a 3-year | ||
average EAV or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if | ||
the Adjusted adjusted EAV declines by 10% or more compared |
to the 3-year average for the third year. For any school | ||
district whose EAV in the immediately preceding year is | ||
used in calculations, in the following year, the Adjusted | ||
EAV shall be the average of its EAV over the immediately | ||
preceding 2 years or the immediately preceding year if that | ||
year represents a decline of 10% or more compared to the | ||
2-year average. | ||
"PTELL EAV" means a figure calculated by the State | ||
Board for Organizational Units subject to PTELL as | ||
described in this paragraph (4) for the purposes of | ||
calculating an Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio. | ||
Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (4), the | ||
PTELL EAV of an Organizational Unit shall be equal to the | ||
product of the equalized assessed valuation last used in | ||
the calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 | ||
of this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under | ||
this Section and the Organizational Unit's Extension | ||
Limitation Ratio. If an Organizational Unit has approved or | ||
does approve an increase in its limiting rate, pursuant to | ||
Section 18-190 of the Property Tax Code, affecting the Base | ||
Tax Year, the PTELL EAV shall be equal to the product of | ||
the equalized assessed valuation last used in the | ||
calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of | ||
this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under | ||
this Section multiplied by an amount equal to one plus the | ||
percentage increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index |
for All Urban Consumers for all items published by the | ||
United States Department of Labor for the 12-month calendar | ||
year preceding the Base Tax Year, plus the equalized | ||
assessed valuation of new property, annexed property, and | ||
recovered tax increment value and minus the equalized | ||
assessed valuation of disconnected property. | ||
As used in this paragraph (4), "new property" and | ||
"recovered tax increment value" shall have the meanings set | ||
forth in the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law. | ||
(e) Base Funding Minimum calculation. | ||
(1) For the 2017-2018 school year, the Base Funding | ||
Minimum of an Organizational Unit or a Specially Funded | ||
Unit shall be the amount of State funds distributed to the | ||
Organizational Unit or Specially Funded Unit during the | ||
2016-2017 school year prior to any adjustments and | ||
specified appropriation amounts described in this | ||
paragraph (1) from the following Sections, as calculated by | ||
the State Superintendent: Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now | ||
repealed); Section 5 of Article 224 of Public Act 99-524 | ||
(equity grants); Section 14-7.02b of this Code (funding for | ||
children requiring special education services); Section | ||
14-13.01 of this Code (special education facilities and | ||
staffing), except for reimbursement of the cost of | ||
transportation pursuant to Section 14-13.01; Section | ||
14C-12 of this Code (English learners); and Section 18-4.3 | ||
of this Code (summer school), based on an appropriation |
level of $13,121,600. For a school district organized under | ||
Article 34 of this Code, the Base Funding Minimum also | ||
includes (i) the funds allocated to the school district | ||
pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code attributable to | ||
funding programs authorized by the Sections of this Code | ||
listed in the preceding sentence ; and (ii) the difference | ||
between (I) the funds allocated to the school district | ||
pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code attributable to the | ||
funding programs authorized by Section 14-7.02 (non-public | ||
special education reimbursement), subsection (b) of | ||
Section 14-13.01 (special education transportation), | ||
Section 29-5 (transportation), Section 2-3.80 | ||
(agricultural education), Section 2-3.66 (truants' | ||
alternative education), Section 2-3.62 (educational | ||
service centers), and Section 14-7.03 (special education - | ||
orphanage) of this Code and Section 15 of the Childhood | ||
Hunger Relief Act (free breakfast program) and (II) the | ||
school district's actual expenditures for its non-public | ||
special education, special education transportation, | ||
transportation programs, agricultural education, truants' | ||
alternative education, services that would otherwise be | ||
performed by a regional office of education, special | ||
education orphanage expenditures, and free breakfast, as | ||
most recently calculated and reported pursuant to | ||
subsection (f) of Section 1D-1 of this Code. The Base | ||
Funding Minimum for Glenwood Academy shall be $625,500. For |
programs operated by a regional office of education or an | ||
intermediate service center, the Base Funding Minimum must | ||
be the total amount of State funds allocated to those | ||
programs in the 2018-2019 school year and amounts provided | ||
pursuant to Article 34 of Public Act 100-586 and Section | ||
3-16 of this Code. All programs established after June 5, | ||
2019 ( the effective date of Public Act 101-10) this | ||
amendatory Act of the 101st General Assembly and | ||
administered by a regional office of education or an | ||
intermediate service center must have an initial Base | ||
Funding Minimum set to an amount equal to the first-year | ||
ASE multiplied by the amount of per pupil funding received | ||
in the previous school year by the lowest funded similar | ||
existing program type. If the enrollment for a program | ||
operated by a regional office of education or an | ||
intermediate service center is zero, then it may not | ||
receive Base Funding Minimum funds for that program in the | ||
next fiscal year, and those funds must be distributed to | ||
Organizational Units under subsection (g). | ||
(2) For the 2018-2019 and subsequent school years, the | ||
Base Funding Minimum of Organizational Units and Specially | ||
Funded Units shall be the sum of (i) the amount of | ||
Evidence-Based Funding for the prior school year, (ii) the | ||
Base Funding Minimum for the prior school year, and (iii) | ||
any amount received by a school district pursuant to | ||
Section 7 of Article 97 of Public Act 100-21. |
(3) Subject to approval by the General Assembly as | ||
provided in this paragraph (3), an Organizational Unit that | ||
meets all of the following criteria, as determined by the | ||
State Board, shall have District Intervention Money added | ||
to its Base Funding Minimum at the time the Base Funding | ||
Minimum is calculated by the State Board: | ||
(A) The Organizational Unit is operating under an | ||
Independent Authority under Section 2-3.25f-5 of this | ||
Code for a minimum of 4 school years or is subject to | ||
the control of the State Board pursuant to a court | ||
order for a minimum of 4 school years. | ||
(B) The Organizational Unit was designated as a | ||
Tier 1 or Tier 2 Organizational Unit in the previous | ||
school year under paragraph (3) of subsection (g) of | ||
this Section. | ||
(C) The Organizational Unit demonstrates | ||
sustainability through a 5-year financial and | ||
strategic plan. | ||
(D) The Organizational Unit has made sufficient | ||
progress and achieved sufficient stability in the | ||
areas of governance, academic growth, and finances. | ||
As part of its determination under this paragraph (3), | ||
the State Board may consider the Organizational Unit's | ||
summative designation, any accreditations of the | ||
Organizational Unit, or the Organizational Unit's | ||
financial profile, as calculated by the State Board. |
If the State Board determines that an Organizational | ||
Unit has met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3), | ||
it must submit a report to the General Assembly, no later | ||
than January 2 of the fiscal year in which the State Board | ||
makes it determination, on the amount of District | ||
Intervention Money to add to the Organizational Unit's Base | ||
Funding Minimum. The General Assembly must review the State | ||
Board's report and may approve or disapprove, by joint | ||
resolution, the addition of District Intervention Money. | ||
If the General Assembly fails to act on the report within | ||
40 calendar days from the receipt of the report, the | ||
addition of District Intervention Money is deemed | ||
approved. If the General Assembly approves the amount of | ||
District Intervention Money to be added to the | ||
Organizational Unit's Base Funding Minimum, the District | ||
Intervention Money must be added to the Base Funding | ||
Minimum annually thereafter. | ||
For the first 4 years following the initial year that | ||
the State Board determines that an Organizational Unit has | ||
met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3) and has | ||
received funding under this Section, the Organizational | ||
Unit must annually submit to the State Board, on or before | ||
November 30, a progress report regarding its financial and | ||
strategic plan under subparagraph (C) of this paragraph | ||
(3). The plan shall include the financial data from the | ||
past 4 annual financial reports or financial audits that |
must be presented to the State Board by November 15 of each | ||
year and the approved budget financial data for the current | ||
year. The plan shall be developed according to the | ||
guidelines presented to the Organizational Unit by the | ||
State Board. The plan shall further include financial | ||
projections for the next 3 fiscal years and include a | ||
discussion and financial summary of the Organizational | ||
Unit's facility needs. If the Organizational Unit does not | ||
demonstrate sufficient progress toward its 5-year plan or | ||
if it has failed to file an annual financial report, an | ||
annual budget, a financial plan, a deficit reduction plan, | ||
or other financial information as required by law, the | ||
State Board may establish a Financial Oversight Panel under | ||
Article 1H of this Code. However, if the Organizational | ||
Unit already has a Financial Oversight Panel, the State | ||
Board may extend the duration of the Panel. | ||
(f) Percent of Adequacy and Final Resources calculation. | ||
(1) The Evidence-Based Funding formula establishes a | ||
Percent of Adequacy for each Organizational Unit in order | ||
to place such units into tiers for the purposes of the | ||
funding distribution system described in subsection (g) of | ||
this Section. Initially, an Organizational Unit's | ||
Preliminary Resources and Preliminary Percent of Adequacy | ||
are calculated pursuant to paragraph (2) of this subsection | ||
(f). Then, an Organizational Unit's Final Resources and | ||
Final Percent of Adequacy are calculated to account for the |
Organizational Unit's poverty concentration levels | ||
pursuant to paragraphs (3) and (4) of this subsection (f). | ||
(2) An Organizational Unit's Preliminary Resources are | ||
equal to the sum of its Local Capacity Target, CPPRT, and | ||
Base Funding Minimum. An Organizational Unit's Preliminary | ||
Percent of Adequacy is the lesser of (i) its Preliminary | ||
Resources divided by its Adequacy Target or (ii) 100%. | ||
(3) Except for Specially Funded Units, an | ||
Organizational Unit's Final Resources are equal the sum of | ||
its Local Capacity, CPPRT, and Adjusted Base Funding | ||
Minimum. The Base Funding Minimum of each Specially Funded | ||
Unit shall serve as its Final Resources, except that the | ||
Base Funding Minimum for State-approved charter schools | ||
shall not include any portion of general State aid | ||
allocated in the prior year based on the per capita tuition | ||
charge times the charter school enrollment. | ||
(4) An Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy | ||
is its Final Resources divided by its Adequacy Target. An | ||
Organizational Unit's Adjusted Base Funding Minimum is | ||
equal to its Base Funding Minimum less its Supplemental | ||
Grant Funding, with the resulting figure added to the | ||
product of its Supplemental Grant Funding and Preliminary | ||
Percent of Adequacy. | ||
(g) Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system. | ||
(1) In each school year under the Evidence-Based | ||
Funding formula, each Organizational Unit receives funding |
equal to the sum of its Base Funding Minimum and the unit's | ||
allocation of New State Funds determined pursuant to this | ||
subsection (g). To allocate New State Funds, the | ||
Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system first | ||
places all Organizational Units into one of 4 tiers in | ||
accordance with paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), based | ||
on the Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy. New | ||
State Funds are allocated to each of the 4 tiers as | ||
follows: Tier 1 Aggregate Funding equals 50% of all New | ||
State Funds, Tier 2 Aggregate Funding equals 49% of all New | ||
State Funds, Tier 3 Aggregate Funding equals 0.9% of all | ||
New State Funds, and Tier 4 Aggregate Funding equals 0.1% | ||
of all New State Funds. Each Organizational Unit within | ||
Tier 1 or Tier 2 receives an allocation of New State Funds | ||
equal to its tier Funding Gap, as defined in the following | ||
sentence, multiplied by the tier's Allocation Rate | ||
determined pursuant to paragraph (4) of this subsection | ||
(g). For Tier 1, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap | ||
equals the tier's Target Ratio, as specified in paragraph | ||
(5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the | ||
Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting | ||
amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final | ||
Resources. For Tier 2, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap | ||
equals the tier's Target Ratio, as described in paragraph | ||
(5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the | ||
Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting |
amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final | ||
Resources and its Tier 1 funding allocation. To determine | ||
the Organizational Unit's Funding Gap, the resulting | ||
amount is then multiplied by a factor equal to one minus | ||
the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target | ||
percentage. Each Organizational Unit within Tier 3 or Tier | ||
4 receives an allocation of New State Funds equal to the | ||
product of its Adequacy Target and the tier's Allocation | ||
Rate, as specified in paragraph (4) of this subsection (g). | ||
(2) To ensure equitable distribution of dollars for all | ||
Tier 2 Organizational Units, no Tier 2 Organizational Unit | ||
shall receive fewer dollars per ASE than any Tier 3 | ||
Organizational Unit. Each Tier 2 and Tier 3 Organizational | ||
Unit shall have its funding allocation divided by its ASE. | ||
Any Tier 2 Organizational Unit with a funding allocation | ||
per ASE below the greatest Tier 3 allocation per ASE shall | ||
get a funding allocation equal to the greatest Tier 3 | ||
funding allocation per ASE multiplied by the | ||
Organizational Unit's ASE. Each Tier 2 Organizational | ||
Unit's Tier 2 funding allocation shall be multiplied by the | ||
percentage calculated by dividing the original Tier 2 | ||
Aggregate Funding by the sum of all Tier 2 Organizational | ||
Units' Unit's Tier 2 funding allocation after adjusting | ||
districts' funding below Tier 3 levels. | ||
(3) Organizational Units are placed into one of 4 tiers | ||
as follows: |
(A) Tier 1 consists of all Organizational Units, | ||
except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of | ||
Adequacy less than the Tier 1 Target Ratio. The Tier 1 | ||
Target Ratio is the ratio level that allows for Tier 1 | ||
Aggregate Funding to be distributed, with the Tier 1 | ||
Allocation Rate determined pursuant to paragraph (4) | ||
of this subsection (g). | ||
(B) Tier 2 consists of all Tier 1 Units and all | ||
other Organizational Units, except for Specially | ||
Funded Units, with a Percent of Adequacy of less than | ||
0.90. | ||
(C) Tier 3 consists of all Organizational Units, | ||
except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of | ||
Adequacy of at least 0.90 and less than 1.0. | ||
(D) Tier 4 consists of all Organizational Units | ||
with a Percent of Adequacy of at least 1.0. | ||
(4) The Allocation Rates for Tiers 1 through 4 are is | ||
determined as follows: | ||
(A) The Tier 1 Allocation Rate is 30%. | ||
(B) The Tier 2 Allocation Rate is the result of the | ||
following equation: Tier 2 Aggregate Funding, divided | ||
by the sum of the Funding Gaps for all Tier 2 | ||
Organizational Units, unless the result of such | ||
equation is higher than 1.0. If the result of such | ||
equation is higher than 1.0, then the Tier 2 Allocation | ||
Rate is 1.0. |
(C) The Tier 3 Allocation Rate is the result of the | ||
following equation: Tier 3
Aggregate Funding, divided | ||
by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 3 | ||
Organizational
Units. | ||
(D) The Tier 4 Allocation Rate is the result of the | ||
following equation: Tier 4
Aggregate Funding, divided | ||
by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 4 | ||
Organizational
Units. | ||
(5) A tier's Target Ratio is determined as follows: | ||
(A) The Tier 1 Target Ratio is the ratio level that | ||
allows for Tier 1 Aggregate Funding to be distributed | ||
with the Tier 1 Allocation Rate. | ||
(B) The Tier 2 Target Ratio is 0.90. | ||
(C) The Tier 3 Target Ratio is 1.0. | ||
(6) If, at any point, the Tier 1 Target Ratio is | ||
greater than 90%, than all Tier 1 funding shall be | ||
allocated to Tier 2 and no Tier 1 Organizational Unit's | ||
funding may be identified. | ||
(7) In the event that all Tier 2 Organizational Units | ||
receive funding at the Tier 2 Target Ratio level, any | ||
remaining New State Funds shall be allocated to Tier 3 and | ||
Tier 4 Organizational Units. | ||
(8) If any Specially Funded Units, excluding Glenwood | ||
Academy, recognized by the State Board do not qualify for | ||
direct funding following the implementation of Public Act | ||
100-465 this amendatory Act of the 100th General Assembly |
from any of the funding sources included within the | ||
definition of Base Funding Minimum, the unqualified | ||
portion of the Base Funding Minimum shall be transferred to | ||
one or more appropriate Organizational Units as determined | ||
by the State Superintendent based on the prior year ASE of | ||
the Organizational Units. | ||
(8.5) If a school district withdraws from a special | ||
education cooperative, the portion of the Base Funding | ||
Minimum that is attributable to the school district may be | ||
redistributed to the school district upon withdrawal. The | ||
school district and the cooperative must include the amount | ||
of the Base Funding Minimum that is to be reapportioned | ||
re-apportioned in their withdrawal agreement and notify | ||
the State Board of the change with a copy of the agreement | ||
upon withdrawal. | ||
(9) The Minimum Funding Level is intended to establish | ||
a target for State funding that will keep pace with | ||
inflation and continue to advance equity through the | ||
Evidence-Based Funding formula. The target for State | ||
funding of New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds is | ||
$50,000,000 for State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State | ||
fiscal years. The Minimum Funding Level is equal to | ||
$350,000,000. In addition to any New State Funds, no more | ||
than $50,000,000 New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds may be | ||
counted toward towards the Minimum Funding Level. If the | ||
sum of New State Funds and applicable New Property Tax |
Relief Pool Funds are less than the Minimum Funding Level, | ||
than funding for tiers shall be reduced in the following | ||
manner: | ||
(A) First, Tier 4 funding shall be reduced by an | ||
amount equal to the difference between the Minimum | ||
Funding Level and New State Funds until such time as | ||
Tier 4 funding is exhausted. | ||
(B) Next, Tier 3 funding shall be reduced by an | ||
amount equal to the difference between the Minimum | ||
Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in | ||
Tier 4 funding until such time as Tier 3 funding is | ||
exhausted. | ||
(C) Next, Tier 2 funding shall be reduced by an | ||
amount equal to the difference between the Minimum | ||
Funding Level level and New new State Funds and the | ||
reduction in Tier 4 and Tier 3. | ||
(D) Finally, Tier 1 funding shall be reduced by an | ||
amount equal to the difference between the Minimum | ||
Funding level and New State Funds and the reduction in | ||
Tier 2, 3, and 4 funding. In addition, the Allocation | ||
Rate for Tier 1 shall be reduced to a percentage equal | ||
to the Tier 1 Allocation Rate allocation rate set by | ||
paragraph (4) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the | ||
result of New State Funds divided by the Minimum | ||
Funding Level. | ||
(9.5) For State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State |
fiscal years, if New State Funds exceed $300,000,000, then | ||
any amount in excess of $300,000,000 shall be dedicated for | ||
purposes of Section 2-3.170 of this Code up to a maximum of | ||
$50,000,000. | ||
(10) In the event of a decrease in the amount of the | ||
appropriation for this Section in any fiscal year after | ||
implementation of this Section, the Organizational Units | ||
receiving Tier 1 and Tier 2 funding, as determined under | ||
paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), shall be held | ||
harmless by establishing a Base Funding Guarantee equal to | ||
the per pupil kindergarten through grade 12 funding | ||
received in accordance with this Section in the prior | ||
fiscal year. Reductions shall be
made to the Base Funding | ||
Minimum of Organizational Units in Tier 3 and Tier 4 on a
| ||
per pupil basis equivalent to the total number of the ASE | ||
in Tier 3-funded and Tier 4-funded Organizational Units | ||
divided by the total reduction in State funding. The Base
| ||
Funding Minimum as reduced shall continue to be applied to | ||
Tier 3 and Tier 4
Organizational Units and adjusted by the | ||
relative formula when increases in
appropriations for this | ||
Section resume. In no event may State funding reductions to
| ||
Organizational Units in Tier 3 or Tier 4 exceed an amount | ||
that would be less than the
Base Funding Minimum | ||
established in the first year of implementation of this
| ||
Section. If additional reductions are required, all school | ||
districts shall receive a
reduction by a per pupil amount |
equal to the aggregate additional appropriation
reduction | ||
divided by the total ASE of all Organizational Units. | ||
(11) The State Superintendent shall make minor | ||
adjustments to the distribution formula set forth in this | ||
subsection (g) to account for the rounding of percentages | ||
to the nearest tenth of a percentage and dollar amounts to | ||
the nearest whole dollar. | ||
(h) State Superintendent administration of funding and | ||
district submission requirements. | ||
(1) The State Superintendent shall, in accordance with | ||
appropriations made by the General Assembly, meet the | ||
funding obligations created under this Section. | ||
(2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the | ||
Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit and Net State | ||
Contribution Target for each Organizational Unit under | ||
this Section. No Evidence-Based Funding shall be | ||
distributed within an Organizational Unit without the | ||
approval of the unit's school board. | ||
(3) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate | ||
and report to each Organizational Unit the unit's aggregate | ||
financial adequacy amount, which shall be the sum of the | ||
Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit. The State | ||
Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for | ||
each Organizational Unit the unit's total State funds | ||
allocated for its students with disabilities. The State | ||
Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for |
each Organizational Unit the amount of funding and | ||
applicable FTE calculated for each Essential Element of the | ||
unit's Adequacy Target. | ||
(4) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate | ||
and report to each Organizational Unit the amount the unit | ||
must expend on special education and bilingual education | ||
and computer technology and equipment for Organizational | ||
Units assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 that received an | ||
additional $285.50 per student computer technology and | ||
equipment investment grant to their Adequacy Target | ||
pursuant to the unit's Base Funding Minimum, Special | ||
Education Allocation, Bilingual Education Allocation, and | ||
computer technology and equipment investment allocation. | ||
(5) Moneys distributed under this Section shall be | ||
calculated on a school year basis, but paid on a fiscal | ||
year basis, with payments beginning in August and extending | ||
through June. Unless otherwise provided, the moneys | ||
appropriated for each fiscal year shall be distributed in | ||
22 equal payments at least 2 times monthly to each | ||
Organizational Unit. If moneys appropriated for any fiscal | ||
year are distributed other than monthly, the distribution | ||
shall be on the same basis for each Organizational Unit. | ||
(6) Any school district that fails, for any given | ||
school year, to maintain school as required by law or to | ||
maintain a recognized school is not eligible to receive | ||
Evidence-Based Funding. In case of non-recognition of one |
or more attendance centers in a school district otherwise | ||
operating recognized schools, the claim of the district | ||
shall be reduced in the proportion that the enrollment in | ||
the attendance center or centers bears to the enrollment of | ||
the school district. "Recognized school" means any public | ||
school that meets the standards for recognition by the | ||
State Board. A school district or attendance center not | ||
having recognition status at the end of a school term is | ||
entitled to receive State aid payments due upon a legal | ||
claim that was filed while it was recognized. | ||
(7) School district claims filed under this Section are | ||
subject to Sections 18-9 and 18-12 of this Code, except as | ||
otherwise provided in this Section. | ||
(8) Each fiscal year, the State Superintendent shall | ||
calculate for each Organizational Unit an amount of its | ||
Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based Funding that shall | ||
be deemed attributable to the provision of special | ||
educational facilities and services, as defined in Section | ||
14-1.08 of this Code, in a manner that ensures compliance | ||
with maintenance of State financial support requirements | ||
under the federal Individuals with Disabilities Education | ||
Act. An Organizational Unit must use such funds only for | ||
the provision of special educational facilities and | ||
services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this Code, and | ||
must comply with any expenditure verification procedures | ||
adopted by the State Board. |
(9) All Organizational Units in this State must submit | ||
annual spending plans by the end of September of each year | ||
to the State Board as part of the annual budget process, | ||
which shall describe how each Organizational Unit will | ||
utilize the Base Funding Minimum Funding and | ||
Evidence-Based Funding funding it receives from this State | ||
under this Section with specific identification of the | ||
intended utilization of Low-Income, English learner, and | ||
special education resources. Additionally, the annual | ||
spending plans of each Organizational Unit shall describe | ||
how the Organizational Unit expects to achieve student | ||
growth and how the Organizational Unit will achieve State | ||
education goals, as defined by the State Board. The State | ||
Superintendent may, from time to time, identify additional | ||
requisites for Organizational Units to satisfy when | ||
compiling the annual spending plans required under this | ||
subsection (h). The format and scope of annual spending | ||
plans shall be developed by the State Superintendent and | ||
the State Board of Education. School districts that serve | ||
students under Article 14C of this Code shall continue to | ||
submit information as required under Section 14C-12 of this | ||
Code. | ||
(10) No later than January 1, 2018, the State | ||
Superintendent shall develop a 5-year strategic plan for | ||
all Organizational Units to help in planning for adequacy | ||
funding under this Section. The State Superintendent shall |
submit the plan to the Governor and the General Assembly, | ||
as provided in Section 3.1 of the General Assembly | ||
Organization Act. The plan shall include recommendations | ||
for: | ||
(A) a framework for collaborative, professional, | ||
innovative, and 21st century learning environments | ||
using the Evidence-Based Funding model; | ||
(B) ways to prepare and support this State's | ||
educators for successful instructional careers; | ||
(C) application and enhancement of the current | ||
financial accountability measures, the approved State | ||
plan to comply with the federal Every Student Succeeds | ||
Act, and the Illinois Balanced Accountability Measures | ||
in relation to student growth and elements of the | ||
Evidence-Based Funding model; and | ||
(D) implementation of an effective school adequacy | ||
funding system based on projected and recommended | ||
funding levels from the General Assembly. | ||
(11) On an annual basis, the State Superintendent
must | ||
recalibrate all of the following per pupil elements of the | ||
Adequacy Target and applied to the formulas, based on the | ||
study of average expenses and as reported in the most | ||
recent annual financial report: | ||
(A) Gifted under subparagraph (M) of paragraph
(2) | ||
of subsection (b). | ||
(B) Instructional materials under subparagraph
(O) |
of paragraph (2) of subsection (b). | ||
(C) Assessment under subparagraph (P) of
paragraph | ||
(2) of subsection (b). | ||
(D) Student activities under subparagraph (R) of
| ||
paragraph (2) of subsection (b). | ||
(E) Maintenance and operations under subparagraph
| ||
(S) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b). | ||
(F) Central office under subparagraph (T) of
| ||
paragraph (2) of subsection (b). | ||
(i) Professional Review Panel. | ||
(1) A Professional Review Panel is created to study and | ||
review topics related to the implementation and effect of | ||
Evidence-Based Funding, as assigned by a joint resolution | ||
or Public Act of the General Assembly or a motion passed by | ||
the State Board of Education. The Panel must provide | ||
recommendations to and serve the Governor, the General | ||
Assembly, and the State Board. The State Superintendent or | ||
his or her designee must serve as a voting member and | ||
chairperson of the Panel. The State Superintendent must | ||
appoint a vice chairperson from the membership of the | ||
Panel. The Panel must advance recommendations based on a | ||
three-fifths majority vote of Panel panel members present | ||
and voting. A minority opinion may also accompany any | ||
recommendation of the Panel. The Panel shall be appointed | ||
by the State Superintendent, except as otherwise provided | ||
in paragraph (2) of this subsection (i) and include the |
following members: | ||
(A) Two appointees that represent district | ||
superintendents, recommended by a statewide | ||
organization that represents district superintendents. | ||
(B) Two appointees that represent school boards, | ||
recommended by a statewide organization that | ||
represents school boards. | ||
(C) Two appointees from districts that represent | ||
school business officials, recommended by a statewide | ||
organization that represents school business | ||
officials. | ||
(D) Two appointees that represent school | ||
principals, recommended by a statewide organization | ||
that represents school principals. | ||
(E) Two appointees that represent teachers, | ||
recommended by a statewide organization that | ||
represents teachers. | ||
(F) Two appointees that represent teachers, | ||
recommended by another statewide organization that | ||
represents teachers. | ||
(G) Two appointees that represent regional | ||
superintendents of schools, recommended by | ||
organizations that represent regional superintendents. | ||
(H) Two independent experts selected solely by the | ||
State Superintendent. | ||
(I) Two independent experts recommended by public |
universities in this State. | ||
(J) One member recommended by a statewide | ||
organization that represents parents. | ||
(K) Two representatives recommended by collective | ||
impact organizations that represent major metropolitan | ||
areas or geographic areas in Illinois. | ||
(L) One member from a statewide organization | ||
focused on research-based education policy to support | ||
a school system that prepares all students for college, | ||
a career, and democratic citizenship. | ||
(M) One representative from a school district | ||
organized under Article 34 of this Code. | ||
The State Superintendent shall ensure that the | ||
membership of the Panel includes representatives from | ||
school districts and communities reflecting the | ||
geographic, socio-economic, racial, and ethnic diversity | ||
of this State. The State Superintendent shall additionally | ||
ensure that the membership of the Panel includes | ||
representatives with expertise in bilingual education and | ||
special education. Staff from the State Board shall staff | ||
the Panel. | ||
(2) In addition to those Panel members appointed by the | ||
State Superintendent, 4 members of the General Assembly | ||
shall be appointed as follows: one member of the House of | ||
Representatives appointed by the Speaker of the House of | ||
Representatives, one member of the Senate appointed by the |
President of the Senate, one member of the House of | ||
Representatives appointed by the Minority Leader of the | ||
House of Representatives, and one member of the Senate | ||
appointed by the Minority Leader of the Senate. There shall | ||
be one additional member appointed by the Governor. All | ||
members appointed by legislative leaders or the Governor | ||
shall be non-voting, ex officio members. | ||
(3) The Panel must study topics at the direction of the | ||
General Assembly or State Board of Education, as provided | ||
under paragraph (1). The Panel may also study the following | ||
topics at the direction of the chairperson: (4) | ||
(A) The format and scope of annual spending plans | ||
referenced in paragraph (9) of subsection (h) of this | ||
Section. | ||
(B) The Comparable Wage Index under this Section. | ||
(C) Maintenance and operations, including capital | ||
maintenance and construction costs. | ||
(D) "At-risk student" definition. | ||
(E) Benefits. | ||
(F) Technology. | ||
(G) Local Capacity Target. | ||
(H) Funding for Alternative Schools, Laboratory | ||
Schools, safe schools, and alternative learning | ||
opportunities programs. | ||
(I) Funding for college and career acceleration | ||
strategies. |
(J) Special education investments. | ||
(K) Early childhood investments, in collaboration | ||
with the Illinois Early Learning Council. | ||
(4) (Blank). | ||
(5) Within 5 years after the implementation of this | ||
Section, and every 5 years thereafter, the Panel shall | ||
complete an evaluative study of the entire Evidence-Based | ||
Funding model, including an assessment of whether or not | ||
the formula is achieving State goals. The Panel shall | ||
report to the State Board, the General Assembly, and the | ||
Governor on the findings of the study. | ||
(6) (Blank). | ||
(j) References. Beginning July 1, 2017, references in other | ||
laws to general State aid funds or calculations under Section | ||
18-8.05 of this Code (now repealed) shall be deemed to be | ||
references to evidence-based model formula funds or | ||
calculations under this Section.
| ||
(Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17; 100-578, eff. 1-31-18; | ||
100-582, eff. 3-23-18; 101-10, eff. 6-5-19; 101-17, eff. | ||
6-14-19; revised 7-1-19.)
| ||
(105 ILCS 5/21A-5)
| ||
Sec. 21A-5. Definitions. In this Article:
| ||
"New teacher" means the holder of a professional educator | ||
license an Initial Teaching Certificate , as set
forth in | ||
Section 21B-20 21-2 of this Code, who is employed by a public |
school and who
has not previously participated in a new teacher | ||
induction and mentoring
program required by this Article, | ||
except as provided in Section 21A-25 of this
Code.
| ||
"Public school" means any school operating pursuant to the | ||
authority of
this Code, including without limitation a school | ||
district, a charter school, a
cooperative or joint agreement | ||
with a governing body or board of control, and a
school | ||
operated by a regional office of education or State agency.
| ||
(Source: P.A. 93-355, eff. 1-1-04.)
| ||
(105 ILCS 5/21A-30)
| ||
Sec. 21A-30. Evaluation of programs. The State Board of | ||
Education
and the State Educator Preparation and Licensure | ||
Teacher Certification Board shall jointly contract with an
| ||
independent party to conduct a comprehensive evaluation of new | ||
teacher
induction and mentoring programs established pursuant | ||
to this Article. The
first report of this evaluation shall be | ||
presented to the General Assembly on
or
before January 1, 2009. | ||
Subsequent evaluations shall be conducted and
reports | ||
presented to the General Assembly on or before January 1 of | ||
every
third year thereafter.
| ||
(Source: P.A. 93-355, eff. 1-1-04.)
| ||
(105 ILCS 5/21A-35)
| ||
Sec. 21A-35. Rules. The State Board of Education, in | ||
consultation with
the State Educator Preparation and Licensure |
Teacher Certification Board, shall adopt rules for the | ||
implementation
of this Article.
| ||
(Source: P.A. 93-355, eff. 1-1-04.)
| ||
(105 ILCS 5/21B-20) | ||
Sec. 21B-20. Types of licenses. The State Board of | ||
Education shall implement a system of educator licensure, | ||
whereby individuals employed in school districts who are | ||
required to be licensed must have one of the following | ||
licenses: (i) a professional educator license; (ii) an educator | ||
license with stipulations; (iii) a substitute teaching | ||
license; or (iv) until June 30, 2023, a short-term substitute | ||
teaching license. References in law regarding individuals | ||
certified or certificated or required to be certified or | ||
certificated under Article 21 of this Code shall also include | ||
individuals licensed or required to be licensed under this | ||
Article. The first year of all licenses ends on June 30 | ||
following one full year of the license being issued. | ||
The State Board of Education, in consultation with the | ||
State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, may adopt such | ||
rules as may be necessary to govern the requirements for | ||
licenses and endorsements under this Section. | ||
(1) Professional Educator License. Persons who (i) | ||
have successfully completed an approved educator | ||
preparation program and are recommended for licensure by | ||
the Illinois institution offering the educator preparation |
program, (ii) have successfully completed the required | ||
testing under Section 21B-30 of this Code, (iii) have | ||
successfully completed coursework on the psychology of, | ||
the identification of, and the methods of instruction for | ||
the exceptional child, including without limitation | ||
children with learning disabilities, (iv) have | ||
successfully completed coursework in methods of reading | ||
and reading in the content area, and (v) have met all other | ||
criteria established by rule of the State Board of | ||
Education shall be issued a Professional Educator License. | ||
All Professional Educator Licenses are valid until June 30 | ||
immediately following 5 years of the license being issued. | ||
The Professional Educator License shall be endorsed with | ||
specific areas and grade levels in which the individual is | ||
eligible to practice. For an early childhood education | ||
endorsement, an individual may satisfy the student | ||
teaching requirement of his or her early childhood teacher | ||
preparation program through placement in a setting with | ||
children from birth through grade 2, and the individual may | ||
be paid and receive credit while student teaching. The | ||
student teaching experience must meet the requirements of | ||
and be approved by the individual's early childhood teacher | ||
preparation program. | ||
Individuals can receive subsequent endorsements on the | ||
Professional Educator License. Subsequent endorsements | ||
shall require a minimum of 24 semester hours of coursework |
in the endorsement area and passage of the applicable | ||
content area test, unless otherwise specified by rule. | ||
(2) Educator License with Stipulations. An Educator | ||
License with Stipulations shall be issued an endorsement | ||
that limits the license holder to one particular position | ||
or does not require completion of an approved educator | ||
program or both. | ||
An individual with an Educator License with | ||
Stipulations must not be employed by a school district or | ||
any other entity to replace any presently employed teacher | ||
who otherwise would not be replaced for any reason. | ||
An Educator License with Stipulations may be issued | ||
with the following endorsements: | ||
(A) (Blank). | ||
(B) Alternative provisional educator. An | ||
alternative provisional educator endorsement on an | ||
Educator License with Stipulations may be issued to an | ||
applicant who, at the time of applying for the | ||
endorsement, has done all of the following: | ||
(i) Graduated from a regionally accredited | ||
college or university with a minimum of a | ||
bachelor's degree. | ||
(ii) Successfully completed the first phase of | ||
the Alternative Educator Licensure Program for | ||
Teachers, as described in Section 21B-50 of this | ||
Code. |
(iii) Passed a content area test, as required | ||
under Section 21B-30 of this Code. | ||
The alternative provisional educator endorsement is | ||
valid for 2 years of teaching and may be renewed for a | ||
third year by an individual meeting the requirements set | ||
forth in Section 21B-50 of this Code. | ||
(C) Alternative provisional superintendent. An | ||
alternative provisional superintendent endorsement on | ||
an Educator License with Stipulations entitles the | ||
holder to serve only as a superintendent or assistant | ||
superintendent in a school district's central office. | ||
This endorsement may only be issued to an applicant | ||
who, at the time of applying for the endorsement, has | ||
done all of the following: | ||
(i) Graduated from a regionally accredited | ||
college or university with a minimum of a master's | ||
degree in a management field other than education. | ||
(ii) Been employed for a period of at least 5 | ||
years in a management level position in a field | ||
other than education. | ||
(iii) Successfully completed the first phase | ||
of an alternative route to superintendent | ||
endorsement program, as provided in Section 21B-55 | ||
of this Code. | ||
(iv) Passed a content area test required under | ||
Section 21B-30 of this Code. |
The endorsement is valid for 2 fiscal years in | ||
order to complete one full year of serving as a | ||
superintendent or assistant superintendent. | ||
(D) (Blank). | ||
(E) Career and technical educator. A career and | ||
technical educator endorsement on an Educator License | ||
with Stipulations may be issued to an applicant who has | ||
a minimum of 60 semester hours of coursework from a | ||
regionally accredited institution of higher education | ||
or an accredited trade and technical institution and | ||
has a minimum of 2,000 hours of experience outside of | ||
education in each area to be taught. | ||
The career and technical educator endorsement on | ||
an Educator License with Stipulations is valid until | ||
June 30 immediately following 5 years of the | ||
endorsement being issued and may be renewed. For | ||
individuals who were issued the career and technical | ||
educator endorsement on an Educator License with | ||
Stipulations on or after January 1, 2015, the license | ||
may be renewed if the individual passes a test of work | ||
proficiency, as required under Section 21B-30 of this | ||
Code. | ||
An individual who holds a valid career and | ||
technical educator endorsement on an Educator License | ||
with Stipulations but does not hold a bachelor's degree | ||
may substitute teach in career and technical education |
classrooms. | ||
(F) Part-time provisional career and technical | ||
educator or provisional career and technical educator. | ||
A part-time provisional career and technical educator | ||
endorsement or a provisional career and technical | ||
educator endorsement on an Educator License with | ||
Stipulations may be issued to an applicant who has a | ||
minimum of 8,000 hours of work experience in the skill | ||
for which the applicant is seeking the endorsement. It | ||
is the responsibility of each employing school board | ||
and regional office of education to provide | ||
verification, in writing, to the State Superintendent | ||
of Education at the time the application is submitted | ||
that no qualified teacher holding a Professional | ||
Educator License or an Educator License with | ||
Stipulations with a career and technical educator | ||
endorsement is available and that actual circumstances | ||
require such issuance. | ||
The provisional career and technical educator | ||
endorsement on an Educator License with Stipulations | ||
is valid until June 30 immediately following 5 years of | ||
the endorsement being issued and may be renewed for 5 | ||
years. For individuals who were issued the provisional | ||
career and technical educator endorsement on an | ||
Educator License with Stipulations on or after January | ||
1, 2015, the license may be renewed if the individual |
passes a test of work proficiency, as required under | ||
Section 21B-30 of this Code. | ||
A part-time provisional career and technical | ||
educator endorsement on an Educator License with | ||
Stipulations may be issued for teaching no more than 2 | ||
courses of study for grades 6 through 12. The part-time | ||
provisional career and technical educator endorsement | ||
on an Educator License with Stipulations is valid until | ||
June 30 immediately following 5 years of the | ||
endorsement being issued and may be renewed for 5 years | ||
if the individual makes application for renewal. | ||
An individual who holds a provisional or part-time | ||
provisional career and technical educator endorsement | ||
on an Educator License with Stipulations but does not | ||
hold a bachelor's degree may substitute teach in career | ||
and technical education classrooms. | ||
(G) Transitional bilingual educator. A | ||
transitional bilingual educator endorsement on an | ||
Educator License with Stipulations may be issued for | ||
the purpose of providing instruction in accordance | ||
with Article 14C of this Code to an applicant who | ||
provides satisfactory evidence that he or she meets all | ||
of the following requirements: | ||
(i) Possesses adequate speaking, reading, and | ||
writing ability in the language other than English | ||
in which transitional bilingual education is |
offered. | ||
(ii) Has the ability to successfully | ||
communicate in English. | ||
(iii) Either possessed, within 5 years | ||
previous to his or her applying for a transitional | ||
bilingual educator endorsement, a valid and | ||
comparable teaching certificate or comparable | ||
authorization issued by a foreign country or holds | ||
a degree from an institution of higher learning in | ||
a foreign country that the State Educator | ||
Preparation and Licensure Board determines to be | ||
the equivalent of a bachelor's degree from a | ||
regionally accredited institution of higher | ||
learning in the United States. | ||
A transitional bilingual educator endorsement | ||
shall be valid for prekindergarten through grade 12, is | ||
valid until June 30 immediately following 5 years of | ||
the endorsement being issued, and shall not be renewed. | ||
Persons holding a transitional bilingual educator | ||
endorsement shall not be employed to replace any | ||
presently employed teacher who otherwise would not be | ||
replaced for any reason. | ||
(H) Language endorsement. In an effort to | ||
alleviate the shortage of teachers speaking a language | ||
other than English in the public schools, an individual | ||
who holds an Educator License with Stipulations may |
also apply for a language endorsement, provided that | ||
the applicant provides satisfactory evidence that he | ||
or she meets all of the following requirements: | ||
(i) Holds a transitional bilingual | ||
endorsement. | ||
(ii) Has demonstrated proficiency in the | ||
language for which the endorsement is to be issued | ||
by passing the applicable language content test | ||
required by the State Board of Education. | ||
(iii) Holds a bachelor's degree or higher from | ||
a regionally accredited institution of higher | ||
education or, for individuals educated in a | ||
country other than the United States, holds a | ||
degree from an institution of higher learning in a | ||
foreign country that the State Educator | ||
Preparation and Licensure Board determines to be | ||
the equivalent of a bachelor's degree from a | ||
regionally accredited institution of higher | ||
learning in the United States. | ||
(iv) (Blank). | ||
A language endorsement on an Educator License with | ||
Stipulations is valid for prekindergarten through | ||
grade 12 for the same validity period as the | ||
individual's transitional bilingual educator | ||
endorsement on the Educator License with Stipulations | ||
and shall not be renewed. |
(I) Visiting international educator. A visiting | ||
international educator endorsement on an Educator | ||
License with Stipulations may be issued to an | ||
individual who is being recruited by a particular | ||
school district that conducts formal recruitment | ||
programs outside of the United States to secure the | ||
services of qualified teachers and who meets all of the | ||
following requirements: | ||
(i) Holds the equivalent of a minimum of a | ||
bachelor's degree issued in the United States. | ||
(ii) Has been prepared as a teacher at the | ||
grade level for which he or she will be employed. | ||
(iii) Has adequate content knowledge in the | ||
subject to be taught. | ||
(iv) Has an adequate command of the English | ||
language. | ||
A holder of a visiting international educator | ||
endorsement on an Educator License with Stipulations | ||
shall be permitted to teach in bilingual education | ||
programs in the language that was the medium of | ||
instruction in his or her teacher preparation program, | ||
provided that he or she passes the English Language | ||
Proficiency Examination or another test of writing | ||
skills in English identified by the State Board of | ||
Education, in consultation with the State Educator | ||
Preparation and Licensure Board. |
A visiting international educator endorsement on | ||
an Educator License with Stipulations is valid for 5 3 | ||
years and shall not be renewed. | ||
(J) Paraprofessional educator. A paraprofessional | ||
educator endorsement on an Educator License with | ||
Stipulations may be issued to an applicant who holds a | ||
high school diploma or its recognized equivalent and | ||
either holds an associate's degree or a minimum of 60 | ||
semester hours of credit from a regionally accredited | ||
institution of higher education or has passed a | ||
paraprofessional competency test under subsection | ||
(c-5) of Section 21B-30. The paraprofessional educator | ||
endorsement is valid until June 30 immediately | ||
following 5 years of the endorsement being issued and | ||
may be renewed through application and payment of the | ||
appropriate fee, as required under Section 21B-40 of | ||
this Code. An individual who holds only a | ||
paraprofessional educator endorsement is not subject | ||
to additional requirements in order to renew the | ||
endorsement. | ||
(K) Chief school business official. A chief school | ||
business official endorsement on an Educator License | ||
with Stipulations may be issued to an applicant who | ||
qualifies by having a master's degree or higher, 2 | ||
years of full-time administrative experience in school | ||
business management or 2 years of university-approved |
practical experience, and a minimum of 24 semester | ||
hours of graduate credit in a program approved by the | ||
State Board of Education for the preparation of school | ||
business administrators and by passage of the | ||
applicable State tests, including an applicable | ||
content area test. | ||
The chief school business official endorsement may | ||
also be affixed to the Educator License with | ||
Stipulations of any holder who qualifies by having a | ||
master's degree in business administration, finance, | ||
accounting, or public administration and who completes | ||
an additional 6 semester hours of internship in school | ||
business management from a regionally accredited | ||
institution of higher education and passes the | ||
applicable State tests, including an applicable | ||
content area test. This endorsement shall be required | ||
for any individual employed as a chief school business | ||
official. | ||
The chief school business official endorsement on | ||
an Educator License with Stipulations is valid until | ||
June 30 immediately following 5 years of the | ||
endorsement being issued and may be renewed if the | ||
license holder completes renewal requirements as | ||
required for individuals who hold a Professional | ||
Educator License endorsed for chief school business | ||
official under Section 21B-45 of this Code and such |
rules as may be adopted by the State Board of | ||
Education. | ||
The State Board of Education shall adopt any rules | ||
necessary to implement Public Act 100-288. | ||
(L) Provisional in-state educator. A provisional | ||
in-state educator endorsement on an Educator License | ||
with Stipulations may be issued to a candidate who has | ||
completed an Illinois-approved educator preparation | ||
program at an Illinois institution of higher education | ||
and who has not successfully completed an | ||
evidence-based assessment of teacher effectiveness but | ||
who meets all of the following requirements: | ||
(i) Holds at least a bachelor's degree. | ||
(ii) Has completed an approved educator | ||
preparation program at an Illinois institution. | ||
(iii) Has passed an applicable content area | ||
test, as required by Section 21B-30 of this Code. | ||
(iv) Has attempted an evidence-based | ||
assessment of teacher effectiveness and received a | ||
minimum score on that assessment, as established | ||
by the State Board of Education in consultation | ||
with the State Educator Preparation and Licensure | ||
Board. | ||
A provisional in-state educator endorsement on an | ||
Educator License with Stipulations is valid for one | ||
full fiscal year after the date of issuance and may not |
be renewed. | ||
(M) (Blank). School support personnel intern. A | ||
school support personnel intern endorsement on an | ||
Educator License with Stipulations may be issued as | ||
specified by rule. | ||
(N) Specialized services Special education area . A | ||
specialized services special education area | ||
endorsement on an Educator License with Stipulations | ||
may be issued as defined and specified by rule. | ||
(3) Substitute Teaching License. A Substitute Teaching | ||
License may be issued to qualified applicants for | ||
substitute teaching in all grades of the public schools, | ||
prekindergarten through grade 12. Substitute Teaching | ||
Licenses are not eligible for endorsements. Applicants for | ||
a Substitute Teaching License must hold a bachelor's degree | ||
or higher from a regionally accredited institution of | ||
higher education. | ||
Substitute Teaching Licenses are valid for 5 years. | ||
Substitute Teaching Licenses are valid for substitute | ||
teaching in every county of this State. If an individual | ||
has had his or her Professional Educator License or | ||
Educator License with Stipulations suspended or revoked, | ||
then that individual is not eligible to obtain a Substitute | ||
Teaching License. | ||
A substitute teacher may only teach in the place of a | ||
licensed teacher who is under contract with the employing |
board. If, however, there is no licensed teacher under | ||
contract because of an emergency situation, then a district | ||
may employ a substitute teacher for no longer than 30 | ||
calendar days per each vacant position in the district if | ||
the district notifies the appropriate regional office of | ||
education within 5 business days after the employment of | ||
the substitute teacher in the emergency situation. An | ||
emergency situation is one in which an unforeseen vacancy | ||
has occurred and (i) a teacher is unable to fulfill his or | ||
her contractual duties or (ii) teacher capacity needs of | ||
the district exceed previous indications, and the district | ||
is actively engaged in advertising to hire a fully licensed | ||
teacher for the vacant position. | ||
There is no limit on the number of days that a | ||
substitute teacher may teach in a single school district, | ||
provided that no substitute teacher may teach for longer | ||
than 90 school days for any one licensed teacher under | ||
contract in the same school year. A substitute teacher who | ||
holds a Professional Educator License or Educator License | ||
with Stipulations shall not teach for more than 120 school | ||
days for any one licensed teacher under contract in the | ||
same school year. The limitations in this paragraph (3) on | ||
the number of days a substitute teacher may be employed do | ||
not apply to any school district operating under Article 34 | ||
of this Code. | ||
A school district may not require an individual who |
holds a valid Professional Educator License or Educator | ||
License with Stipulations to seek or hold a Substitute | ||
Teaching License to teach as a substitute teacher. | ||
(4) Short-Term Substitute Teaching License. Beginning | ||
on July 1, 2018 and until June 30, 2023, the State Board of | ||
Education may issue a Short-Term Substitute Teaching | ||
License. A Short-Term Substitute Teaching License may be | ||
issued to a qualified applicant for substitute teaching in | ||
all grades of the public schools, prekindergarten through | ||
grade 12. Short-Term Substitute Teaching Licenses are not | ||
eligible for endorsements. Applicants for a Short-Term | ||
Substitute Teaching License must hold an associate's | ||
degree or have completed at least 60 credit hours from a | ||
regionally accredited institution of higher education. | ||
Short-Term Substitute Teaching Licenses are valid for | ||
substitute teaching in every county of this State. If an | ||
individual has had his or her Professional Educator License | ||
or Educator License with Stipulations suspended or | ||
revoked, then that individual is not eligible to obtain a | ||
Short-Term Substitute Teaching License. | ||
The provisions of Sections 10-21.9 and 34-18.5 of this | ||
Code apply to short-term substitute teachers. | ||
An individual holding a Short-Term Substitute Teaching | ||
License may teach no more than 5 consecutive days per | ||
licensed teacher who is under contract. For teacher | ||
absences lasting 6 or more days per licensed teacher who is |
under contract, a school district may not hire an | ||
individual holding a Short-Term Substitute Teaching | ||
License. An individual holding a Short-Term Substitute | ||
Teaching License must complete the training program under | ||
Section 10-20.67 or 34-18.60 of this Code to be eligible to | ||
teach at a public school. This paragraph (4) is inoperative | ||
on and after July 1, 2023.
| ||
(Source: P.A. 100-8, eff. 7-1-17; 100-13, eff. 7-1-17; 100-288, | ||
eff. 8-24-17; 100-596, eff. 7-1-18; 100-821, eff. 9-3-18; | ||
100-863, eff. 8-14-18; 101-81, eff. 7-12-19; 101-220, eff. | ||
8-7-19; 101-594, eff. 12-5-19.) | ||
(105 ILCS 5/21B-35) | ||
Sec. 21B-35. Minimum requirements for educators trained in | ||
other states or countries. | ||
(a) Any applicant who has not been entitled by an | ||
Illinois-approved educator preparation program at an Illinois | ||
institution of higher education applying for a Professional | ||
Educator License endorsed in a teaching field or school support | ||
personnel area must meet the following requirements: | ||
(1) the applicant must: | ||
(A) hold a comparable and valid educator license or | ||
certificate, as defined by rule, with similar grade | ||
level and content area credentials from another state, | ||
with the State Board of Education having the authority | ||
to determine what constitutes similar grade level and |
content area credentials from another state; and | ||
(B) have a bachelor's degree from a regionally | ||
accredited institution of higher education; and or | ||
(C) have demonstrated proficiency in the English | ||
language by either passing the English language | ||
proficiency test required by the State Board of | ||
Education or providing evidence of completing a | ||
postsecondary degree at an institution in which the | ||
mode of instruction was English; or | ||
(2) the applicant must: | ||
(A) have completed a state-approved program for | ||
the licensure area sought, including coursework | ||
concerning methods of instruction of the exceptional | ||
child, methods of reading and reading in the content | ||
area, and instructional strategies for English | ||
learners; | ||
(B) have a bachelor's degree from a regionally | ||
accredited institution of higher education; | ||
(C) have successfully met all Illinois examination | ||
requirements, except that: | ||
(i) (blank); | ||
(ii) an applicant who has successfully | ||
completed a test of content, as defined by rules, | ||
at the time of initial licensure in another state | ||
is not required to complete a test of content; and | ||
(iii) an applicant for a teaching endorsement |
who has successfully completed an evidence-based | ||
assessment of teacher effectiveness, as defined by | ||
rules, at the time of initial licensure in another | ||
state is not required to complete an | ||
evidence-based assessment of teacher | ||
effectiveness; and | ||
(D) for an applicant for a teaching endorsement, | ||
have completed student teaching or an equivalent | ||
experience or, for an applicant for a school service | ||
personnel endorsement, have completed an internship or | ||
an equivalent experience. | ||
(b) In order to receive a Professional Educator License | ||
endorsed in a teaching field or school support personnel area, | ||
applicants trained in another country must meet all of the | ||
following requirements: | ||
(1) Have completed a comparable education program in | ||
another country. | ||
(2) Have had transcripts evaluated by an evaluation | ||
service approved by the State Superintendent of Education. | ||
(3) Have a degree comparable to a degree from a | ||
regionally accredited institution of higher education. | ||
(4) Have completed coursework aligned to standards | ||
concerning methods of instruction of the exceptional | ||
child, methods of reading and reading in the content area, | ||
and instructional strategies for English learners. | ||
(5) (Blank). |
(6) (Blank). | ||
(7) Have successfully met all State licensure | ||
examination requirements. Applicants who have successfully | ||
completed a test of content, as defined by rules, at the | ||
time of initial licensure in another country shall not be | ||
required to complete a test of content. Applicants for a | ||
teaching endorsement who have successfully completed an | ||
evidence-based assessment of teacher effectiveness, as | ||
defined by rules, at the time of initial licensure in | ||
another country shall not be required to complete an | ||
evidence-based assessment of teacher effectiveness. | ||
(8) Have completed student teaching or an equivalent | ||
experience. | ||
(9) Have demonstrated proficiency in the English | ||
language by either passing the English language | ||
proficiency test required by the State Board of Education | ||
or providing evidence of completing a postsecondary degree | ||
at an institution in which the mode of instruction was | ||
English. | ||
(b-5) All applicants who have not been entitled by an | ||
Illinois-approved educator preparation program at an Illinois | ||
institution of higher education and applicants trained in | ||
another country applying for a Professional Educator License | ||
endorsed for principal or superintendent must hold a master's | ||
degree from a regionally accredited institution of higher | ||
education , pass the English language proficiency test required |
by the State Board of Education, and must hold a comparable and | ||
valid educator license or certificate with similar grade level | ||
and subject matter credentials, with the State Board of | ||
Education having the authority to determine what constitutes | ||
similar grade level and subject matter credentials from another | ||
state, or must meet all of the following requirements: | ||
(1) Have completed an educator preparation program | ||
approved by another state or comparable educator program in | ||
another country leading to the receipt of a license or | ||
certificate for the Illinois endorsement sought. | ||
(2) Have successfully met all State licensure | ||
examination requirements, as required by Section 21B-30 of | ||
this Code. Applicants who have successfully completed a | ||
test of content, as defined by rules, at the time of | ||
initial licensure in another state or country shall not be | ||
required to complete a test of content. | ||
(2.5) Have completed an internship, as defined by rule. | ||
(3) (Blank). | ||
(4) Have completed coursework aligned to standards | ||
concerning methods of instruction of the exceptional | ||
child, methods of reading and reading in the content area, | ||
and instructional strategies for English learners. | ||
(4.5) Have demonstrated proficiency in the English | ||
language by either passing the English language | ||
proficiency test required by the State Board of Education | ||
or providing evidence of completing a postsecondary degree |
at an institution in which the mode of instruction was | ||
English. | ||
(5) Have completed a master's degree. | ||
(6) Have successfully completed teaching, school | ||
support, or administrative experience as defined by rule. | ||
(b-7) All applicants who have not been entitled by an | ||
Illinois-approved educator preparation program at an Illinois | ||
institution of higher education applying for a Professional | ||
Educator License endorsed for Director of Special Education | ||
must hold a master's degree from a regionally accredited | ||
institution of higher education and must hold a comparable and | ||
valid educator license or certificate with similar grade level | ||
and subject matter credentials, with the State Board of | ||
Education having the authority to determine what constitutes | ||
similar grade level and subject matter credentials from another | ||
state, or must meet all of the following requirements: | ||
(1) Have completed a master's degree. | ||
(2) Have 2 years of full-time experience providing | ||
special education services. | ||
(3) Have successfully completed all examination | ||
requirements, as required by Section 21B-30 of this Code. | ||
Applicants who have successfully completed a test of | ||
content, as identified by rules, at the time of initial | ||
licensure in another state or country shall not be required | ||
to complete a test of content. | ||
(4) Have completed coursework aligned to standards |
concerning methods of instruction of the exceptional | ||
child, methods of reading and reading in the content area, | ||
and instructional strategies for English learners. | ||
(b-10) All applicants who have not been entitled by an | ||
Illinois-approved educator preparation program at an Illinois | ||
institution of higher education applying for a Professional | ||
Educator License endorsed for chief school business official | ||
must hold a master's degree from a regionally accredited | ||
institution of higher education and must hold a comparable and | ||
valid educator license or certificate with similar grade level | ||
and subject matter credentials, with the State Board of | ||
Education having the authority to determine what constitutes | ||
similar grade level and subject matter credentials from another | ||
state, or must meet all of the following requirements: | ||
(1) Have completed a master's degree in school business | ||
management, finance, or accounting. | ||
(2) Have successfully completed an internship in | ||
school business management or have 2 years of experience as | ||
a school business administrator. | ||
(3) Have successfully met all State examination | ||
requirements, as required by Section 21B-30 of this Code. | ||
Applicants who have successfully completed a test of | ||
content, as identified by rules, at the time of initial | ||
licensure in another state or country shall not be required | ||
to complete a test of content. | ||
(4) Have completed modules aligned to standards |
concerning methods of instruction of the exceptional | ||
child, methods of reading and reading in the content area, | ||
and instructional strategies for English learners. | ||
(c) The State Board of Education, in consultation with the | ||
State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, may adopt such | ||
rules as may be necessary to implement this Section.
| ||
(Source: P.A. 100-13, eff. 7-1-17; 100-584, eff. 4-6-18; | ||
100-596, eff. 7-1-18; 101-220, eff. 8-7-19.) | ||
(105 ILCS 5/21B-45) | ||
Sec. 21B-45. Professional Educator License renewal. | ||
(a) Individuals holding a Professional Educator License | ||
are required to complete the licensure renewal requirements as | ||
specified in this Section, unless otherwise provided in this | ||
Code. | ||
Individuals holding a Professional Educator License shall | ||
meet the renewal requirements set forth in this Section, unless | ||
otherwise provided in this Code. If an individual holds a | ||
license endorsed in more than one area that has different | ||
renewal requirements, that individual shall follow the renewal | ||
requirements for the position for which he or she spends the | ||
majority of his or her time working. | ||
(b) All Professional Educator Licenses not renewed as | ||
provided in this Section shall lapse on September 1 of that | ||
year. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, if | ||
a license holder's electronic mail address is available, the |
State Board of Education shall send him or her notification | ||
electronically that his or her license will lapse if not | ||
renewed, to be sent no more than 6 months prior to the license | ||
lapsing. Lapsed licenses may be immediately reinstated upon (i) | ||
payment by the applicant of a $500 penalty to the State Board | ||
of Education or (ii) the demonstration of proficiency by | ||
completing 9 semester hours of coursework from a regionally | ||
accredited institution of higher education in the content area | ||
that most aligns with one or more of the educator's endorsement | ||
areas. Any and all back fees, including without limitation | ||
registration fees owed from the time of expiration of the | ||
license until the date of reinstatement, shall be paid and kept | ||
in accordance with the provisions in Article 3 of this Code | ||
concerning an institute fund and the provisions in Article 21B | ||
of this Code concerning fees and requirements for registration. | ||
Licenses not registered in accordance with Section 21B-40 of | ||
this Code shall lapse after a period of 6 months from the | ||
expiration of the last year of registration or on January 1 of | ||
the fiscal year following initial issuance of the license. An | ||
unregistered license is invalid after September 1 for | ||
employment and performance of services in an Illinois public or | ||
State-operated school or cooperative and in a charter school. | ||
Any license or endorsement may be voluntarily surrendered by | ||
the license holder. A voluntarily surrendered license shall be | ||
treated as a revoked license. An Educator License with | ||
Stipulations with only a paraprofessional endorsement does not |
lapse.
| ||
(c) From July 1, 2013 through June 30, 2014, in order to | ||
satisfy the requirements for licensure renewal provided for in | ||
this Section, each professional educator licensee with an | ||
administrative endorsement who is working in a position | ||
requiring such endorsement shall complete one Illinois | ||
Administrators' Academy course, as described in Article 2 of | ||
this Code, per fiscal year. | ||
(c-5) All licenses issued by the State Board of Education | ||
under this Article that expire on June 30, 2020 and have not | ||
been renewed by the end of the 2020 renewal period shall be | ||
extended for one year and shall expire on June 30, 2021. | ||
(d) Beginning July 1, 2014, in order to satisfy the | ||
requirements for licensure renewal provided for in this | ||
Section, each professional educator licensee may create a | ||
professional development plan each year. The plan shall address | ||
one or more of the endorsements that are required of his or her | ||
educator position if the licensee is employed and performing | ||
services in an Illinois public or State-operated school or | ||
cooperative. If the licensee is employed in a charter school, | ||
the plan shall address that endorsement or those endorsements | ||
most closely related to his or her educator position. Licensees | ||
employed and performing services in any other Illinois schools | ||
may participate in the renewal requirements by adhering to the | ||
same process. | ||
Except as otherwise provided in this Section, the |
licensee's professional development activities shall align | ||
with one or more of the following criteria: | ||
(1) activities are of a type that engage participants | ||
over a sustained period of time allowing for analysis, | ||
discovery, and application as they relate to student | ||
learning, social or emotional achievement, or well-being; | ||
(2) professional development aligns to the licensee's | ||
performance; | ||
(3) outcomes for the activities must relate to student | ||
growth or district improvement; | ||
(4) activities align to State-approved standards;
and | ||
(5) higher education coursework. | ||
(e) For each renewal cycle, each professional educator | ||
licensee shall engage in professional development activities. | ||
Prior to renewal, the licensee shall enter electronically into | ||
the Educator Licensure Information System (ELIS) the name, | ||
date, and location of the activity, the number of professional | ||
development hours, and the provider's name. The following | ||
provisions shall apply concerning professional development | ||
activities: | ||
(1) Each licensee shall complete a total of 120 hours | ||
of professional development per 5-year renewal cycle in | ||
order to renew the license, except as otherwise provided in | ||
this Section. | ||
(2) Beginning with his or her first full 5-year cycle, | ||
any licensee with an administrative endorsement who is not |
working in a position requiring such endorsement is not | ||
required to complete Illinois Administrators' Academy | ||
courses, as described in Article 2 of this Code. Such | ||
licensees must complete one Illinois Administrators' | ||
Academy course within one year after returning to a | ||
position that requires the administrative endorsement. | ||
(3) Any licensee with an administrative endorsement | ||
who is working in a position requiring such endorsement or | ||
an individual with a Teacher Leader endorsement serving in | ||
an administrative capacity at least 50% of the day shall | ||
complete one Illinois Administrators' Academy course, as | ||
described in Article 2 of this Code, each fiscal year in | ||
addition to 100 hours of professional development per | ||
5-year renewal cycle in accordance with this Code. | ||
(4) Any licensee holding a current National Board for | ||
Professional Teaching Standards (NBPTS) master teacher | ||
designation shall complete a total of 60 hours of | ||
professional development per 5-year renewal cycle in order | ||
to renew the license. | ||
(5) Licensees working in a position that does not | ||
require educator licensure or working in a position for | ||
less than 50% for any particular year are considered to be | ||
exempt and shall be required to pay only the registration | ||
fee in order to renew and maintain the validity of the | ||
license. | ||
(6) Licensees who are retired and qualify for benefits |
from a State of Illinois retirement system shall notify the | ||
State Board of Education using ELIS, and the license shall | ||
be maintained in retired status. For any renewal cycle in | ||
which a licensee retires during the renewal cycle, the | ||
licensee must complete professional development activities | ||
on a prorated basis depending on the number of years during | ||
the renewal cycle the educator held an active license. If a | ||
licensee retires during a renewal cycle, the licensee must | ||
notify the State Board of Education using ELIS that the | ||
licensee wishes to maintain the license in retired status | ||
and must show proof of completion of professional | ||
development activities on a prorated basis for all years of | ||
that renewal cycle for which the license was active. An | ||
individual with a license in retired status shall not be | ||
required to complete professional development activities | ||
or pay registration fees until returning to a position that | ||
requires educator licensure. Upon returning to work in a | ||
position that requires the Professional Educator License, | ||
the licensee shall immediately pay a registration fee and | ||
complete renewal requirements for that year. A license in | ||
retired status cannot lapse. Beginning on January 6, 2017 | ||
(the effective date of Public Act 99-920) through December | ||
31, 2017, any licensee who has retired and whose license | ||
has lapsed for failure to renew as provided in this Section | ||
may reinstate that license and maintain it in retired | ||
status upon providing proof to the State Board of Education |
using ELIS that the licensee is retired and is not working | ||
in a position that requires a Professional Educator | ||
License. | ||
(7) For any renewal cycle in which professional | ||
development hours were required, but not fulfilled, the | ||
licensee shall complete any missed hours to total the | ||
minimum professional development hours required in this | ||
Section prior to September 1 of that year. Professional | ||
development hours used to fulfill the minimum required | ||
hours for a renewal cycle may be used for only one renewal | ||
cycle. For any fiscal year or renewal cycle in which an | ||
Illinois Administrators' Academy course was required but | ||
not completed, the licensee shall complete any missed | ||
Illinois Administrators' Academy courses prior to | ||
September 1 of that year. The licensee may complete all | ||
deficient hours and Illinois Administrators' Academy | ||
courses while continuing to work in a position that | ||
requires that license until September 1 of that year. | ||
(8) Any licensee who has not fulfilled the professional | ||
development renewal requirements set forth in this Section | ||
at the end of any 5-year renewal cycle is ineligible to | ||
register his or her license and may submit an appeal to the | ||
State Superintendent of Education for reinstatement of the | ||
license. | ||
(9) If professional development opportunities were | ||
unavailable to a licensee, proof that opportunities were |
unavailable and request for an extension of time beyond | ||
August 31 to complete the renewal requirements may be | ||
submitted from April 1 through June 30 of that year to the | ||
State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board. If an | ||
extension is approved, the license shall remain valid | ||
during the extension period. | ||
(10) Individuals who hold exempt licenses prior to | ||
December 27, 2013 (the effective date of Public Act 98-610) | ||
shall commence the annual renewal process with the first | ||
scheduled registration due after December 27, 2013 (the | ||
effective date of Public Act 98-610). | ||
(11) Notwithstanding any other provision of this | ||
subsection (e), if a licensee earns more than the required | ||
number of professional development hours during a renewal | ||
cycle, then the licensee may carry over any hours earned | ||
from April 1 through June 30 of the last year of the | ||
renewal cycle. Any hours carried over in this manner must | ||
be applied to the next renewal cycle. Illinois | ||
Administrators' Academy courses or hours earned in those | ||
courses may not be carried over. | ||
(f) At the time of renewal, each licensee shall respond to | ||
the required questions under penalty of perjury. | ||
(f-5) The State Board of Education shall conduct random | ||
audits of licensees to verify a licensee's fulfillment of the | ||
professional development hours required under this Section. | ||
Upon completion of a random audit, if it is determined by the |
State Board of Education that the licensee did not complete the | ||
required number of professional development hours or did not | ||
provide sufficient proof of completion, the licensee shall be | ||
notified that his or her license has lapsed. A license that has | ||
lapsed under this subsection may be reinstated as provided in | ||
subsection (b). | ||
(g) The following entities shall be designated as approved | ||
to provide professional development activities for the renewal | ||
of Professional Educator Licenses: | ||
(1) The State Board of Education. | ||
(2) Regional offices of education and intermediate | ||
service centers. | ||
(3) Illinois professional associations representing | ||
the following groups that are approved by the State | ||
Superintendent of Education: | ||
(A) school administrators; | ||
(B) principals; | ||
(C) school business officials; | ||
(D) teachers, including special education | ||
teachers; | ||
(E) school boards; | ||
(F) school districts; | ||
(G) parents; and | ||
(H) school service personnel. | ||
(4) Regionally accredited institutions of higher | ||
education that offer Illinois-approved educator |
preparation programs and public community colleges subject | ||
to the Public Community College Act. | ||
(5) Illinois public school districts, charter schools | ||
authorized under Article 27A of this Code, and joint | ||
educational programs authorized under Article 10 of this | ||
Code for the purposes of providing career and technical | ||
education or special education services. | ||
(6) A not-for-profit organization that, as of December | ||
31, 2014 (the effective date of Public Act 98-1147), has | ||
had or has a grant from or a contract with the State Board | ||
of Education to provide professional development services | ||
in the area of English Learning to Illinois school | ||
districts, teachers, or administrators. | ||
(7) State agencies, State boards, and State | ||
commissions. | ||
(8) Museums as defined in Section 10 of the Museum | ||
Disposition of Property Act. | ||
(h) Approved providers under subsection (g) of this Section | ||
shall make available professional development opportunities | ||
that satisfy at least one of the following: | ||
(1) increase the knowledge and skills of school and | ||
district leaders who guide continuous professional | ||
development; | ||
(2) improve the learning of students; | ||
(3) organize adults into learning communities whose | ||
goals are aligned with those of the school and district; |
(4) deepen educator's content knowledge; | ||
(5) provide educators with research-based | ||
instructional strategies to assist students in meeting | ||
rigorous academic standards; | ||
(6) prepare educators to appropriately use various | ||
types of classroom assessments; | ||
(7) use learning strategies appropriate to the | ||
intended goals; | ||
(8) provide educators with the knowledge and skills to | ||
collaborate; | ||
(9) prepare educators to apply research to decision | ||
making decision-making ; or | ||
(10) provide educators with training on inclusive | ||
practices in the classroom that examines instructional and | ||
behavioral strategies that improve academic and | ||
social-emotional outcomes for all students, with or | ||
without disabilities, in a general education setting. | ||
(i) Approved providers under subsection (g) of this Section | ||
shall do the following: | ||
(1) align professional development activities to the | ||
State-approved national standards for professional | ||
learning; | ||
(2) meet the professional development criteria for | ||
Illinois licensure renewal; | ||
(3) produce a rationale for the activity that explains | ||
how it aligns to State standards and identify the |
assessment for determining the expected impact on student | ||
learning or school improvement; | ||
(4) maintain original documentation for completion of | ||
activities; | ||
(5) provide license holders with evidence of | ||
completion of activities; | ||
(6) request an Illinois Educator Identification Number | ||
(IEIN) for each educator during each professional | ||
development activity; and | ||
(7) beginning on July 1, 2019, register annually with | ||
the State Board of Education prior to offering any | ||
professional development opportunities in the current | ||
fiscal year. | ||
(j) The State Board of Education shall conduct annual | ||
audits of a subset of approved providers, except for school | ||
districts, which shall be audited by regional offices of | ||
education and intermediate service centers. The State Board of | ||
Education shall ensure that each approved provider, except for | ||
a school district, is audited at least once every 5 years. The | ||
State Board of Education may conduct more frequent audits of | ||
providers if evidence suggests the requirements of this Section | ||
or administrative rules are not being met. | ||
(1) (Blank). | ||
(2) Approved providers shall comply with the | ||
requirements in subsections (h) and (i) of this Section by | ||
annually submitting data to the State Board of Education |
demonstrating how the professional development activities | ||
impacted one or more of the following: | ||
(A) educator and student growth in regards to | ||
content knowledge or skills, or both; | ||
(B) educator and student social and emotional | ||
growth; or | ||
(C) alignment to district or school improvement | ||
plans. | ||
(3) The State Superintendent of Education shall review | ||
the annual data collected by the State Board of Education, | ||
regional offices of education, and intermediate service | ||
centers in audits to determine if the approved provider has | ||
met the criteria and should continue to be an approved | ||
provider or if further action should be taken as provided | ||
in rules. | ||
(k) Registration fees shall be paid for the next renewal | ||
cycle between April 1 and June 30 in the last year of each | ||
5-year renewal cycle using ELIS. If all required professional | ||
development hours for the renewal cycle have been completed and | ||
entered by the licensee, the licensee shall pay the | ||
registration fees for the next cycle using a form of credit or | ||
debit card. | ||
(l) Any professional educator licensee endorsed for school | ||
support personnel who is employed and performing services in | ||
Illinois public schools and who holds an active and current | ||
professional license issued by the Department of Financial and |
Professional Regulation or a national certification board, as | ||
approved by the State Board of Education, related to the | ||
endorsement areas on the Professional Educator License shall be | ||
deemed to have satisfied the continuing professional | ||
development requirements provided for in this Section. Such | ||
individuals shall be required to pay only registration fees to | ||
renew the Professional Educator License. An individual who does | ||
not hold a license issued by the Department of Financial and | ||
Professional Regulation shall complete professional | ||
development requirements for the renewal of a Professional | ||
Educator License provided for in this Section. | ||
(m) Appeals to the State Educator Preparation and Licensure | ||
Board
must be made within 30 days after receipt of notice from | ||
the State Superintendent of Education that a license will not | ||
be renewed based upon failure to complete the requirements of | ||
this Section. A licensee may appeal that decision to the State | ||
Educator Preparation and Licensure Board in a manner prescribed | ||
by rule. | ||
(1) Each appeal shall state the reasons why the State | ||
Superintendent's decision should be reversed and shall be | ||
sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the | ||
State Board of Education. | ||
(2) The State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board | ||
shall review each appeal regarding renewal of a license | ||
within 90 days after receiving the appeal in order to | ||
determine whether the licensee has met the requirements of |
this Section. The State Educator Preparation and Licensure | ||
Board may hold an appeal hearing or may make its | ||
determination based upon the record of review, which shall | ||
consist of the following: | ||
(A) the regional superintendent of education's | ||
rationale for recommending nonrenewal of the license, | ||
if applicable; | ||
(B) any evidence submitted to the State | ||
Superintendent along with the individual's electronic | ||
statement of assurance for renewal; and | ||
(C) the State Superintendent's rationale for | ||
nonrenewal of the license. | ||
(3) The State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board | ||
shall notify the licensee of its decision regarding license | ||
renewal by certified mail, return receipt requested, no | ||
later than 30 days after reaching a decision. Upon receipt | ||
of notification of renewal, the licensee, using ELIS, shall | ||
pay the applicable registration fee for the next cycle | ||
using a form of credit or debit card. | ||
(n) The State Board of Education may adopt rules as may be | ||
necessary to implement this Section. | ||
(Source: P.A. 100-13, eff. 7-1-17; 100-339, eff. 8-25-17; | ||
100-596, eff. 7-1-18; 100-863, eff. 8-14-18; 101-85, eff. | ||
1-1-20; 101-531, eff. 8-23-19; revised 9-19-19.) | ||
(105 ILCS 5/21B-50) |
Sec. 21B-50. Alternative Educator Licensure Program. | ||
(a) There is established an alternative educator licensure | ||
program, to be known as the Alternative Educator Licensure | ||
Program for Teachers. | ||
(b) The Alternative Educator Licensure Program for | ||
Teachers may be offered by a recognized institution approved to | ||
offer educator preparation programs by the State Board of | ||
Education, in consultation with the State Educator Preparation | ||
and Licensure Board. | ||
The program shall be comprised of 4 phases: | ||
(1) A course of study that at a minimum includes | ||
instructional planning; instructional strategies, | ||
including special education, reading, and English language | ||
learning; classroom management; and the assessment of | ||
students and use of data to drive instruction. | ||
(2) A year of residency, which is a candidate's | ||
assignment to a full-time teaching position or as a | ||
co-teacher for one full school year. An individual must | ||
hold an Educator License with Stipulations with an | ||
alternative provisional educator endorsement in order to | ||
enter the residency and must complete additional program | ||
requirements that address required State and national | ||
standards, pass the State Board's teacher performance | ||
assessment no later than the end of the first semester of | ||
the second year of residency before entering the second | ||
residency year , as required under phase (3) of this |
subsection (b), and be recommended by the principal or | ||
qualified equivalent of a principal, as required under | ||
subsection (d) of this Section, and the program coordinator | ||
to continue with the second year of the residency. | ||
(3) A second year of residency, which shall include the | ||
candidate's assignment to a full-time teaching position | ||
for one school year. The candidate must be assigned an | ||
experienced teacher to act as a mentor and coach the | ||
candidate through the second year of residency. | ||
(4) A comprehensive assessment of the candidate's | ||
teaching effectiveness, as evaluated by the principal or | ||
qualified equivalent of a principal, as required under | ||
subsection (d) of this Section, and the program | ||
coordinator, at the end of the second year of residency. If | ||
there is disagreement between the 2 evaluators about the | ||
candidate's teaching effectiveness, the candidate may | ||
complete one additional year of residency teaching under a | ||
professional development plan developed by the principal | ||
or qualified equivalent and the preparation program. At the | ||
completion of the third year, a candidate must have | ||
positive evaluations and a recommendation for full | ||
licensure from both the principal or qualified equivalent | ||
and the program coordinator or no Professional Educator | ||
License shall be issued. | ||
Successful completion of the program shall be deemed to | ||
satisfy any other practice or student teaching and content |
matter requirements established by law. | ||
(c) An alternative provisional educator endorsement on an | ||
Educator License with Stipulations is valid for 2 years of | ||
teaching in the public schools, including without limitation a | ||
preschool educational program under Section 2-3.71 of this Code | ||
or charter school, or in a State-recognized nonpublic school in | ||
which the chief administrator is required to have the licensure | ||
necessary to be a principal in a public school in this State | ||
and in which a majority of the teachers are required to have | ||
the licensure necessary to be instructors in a public school in | ||
this State, but may be renewed for a third year if needed to | ||
complete the Alternative Educator Licensure Program for | ||
Teachers. The endorsement shall be issued only once to an | ||
individual who meets all of the following requirements: | ||
(1) Has graduated from a regionally accredited college | ||
or university with a bachelor's degree or higher. | ||
(2) Has a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or | ||
greater on a 4.0 scale or its equivalent on another scale. | ||
(3) Has completed a major in the content area if | ||
seeking a middle or secondary level endorsement or, if | ||
seeking an early childhood, elementary, or special | ||
education endorsement, has completed a major in the content | ||
area of reading, English/language arts, mathematics, or | ||
one of the sciences. If the individual does not have a | ||
major in a content area for any level of teaching, he or | ||
she must submit transcripts to the State Board of Education |
to be reviewed for equivalency. | ||
(4) Has successfully completed phase (1) of subsection | ||
(b) of this Section. | ||
(5) Has passed a content area test required for the | ||
specific endorsement for admission into the program, as | ||
required under Section 21B-30 of this Code. | ||
A candidate possessing the alternative provisional | ||
educator endorsement may receive a salary, benefits, and any | ||
other terms of employment offered to teachers in the school who | ||
are members of an exclusive bargaining representative, if any, | ||
but a school is not required to provide these benefits during | ||
the years of residency if the candidate is serving only as a | ||
co-teacher. If the candidate is serving as the teacher of | ||
record, the candidate must receive a salary, benefits, and any | ||
other terms of employment. Residency experiences must not be | ||
counted towards tenure. | ||
(d) The recognized institution offering the Alternative | ||
Educator Licensure Program for Teachers must partner with a | ||
school district, including without limitation a preschool | ||
educational program under Section 2-3.71 of this Code or | ||
charter school, or a State-recognized, nonpublic school in this | ||
State in which the chief administrator is required to have the | ||
licensure necessary to be a principal in a public school in | ||
this State and in which a majority of the teachers are required | ||
to have the licensure necessary to be instructors in a public | ||
school in this State. A recognized institution that partners |
with a public school district administering a preschool | ||
educational program under Section 2-3.71 of this Code must | ||
require a principal to recommend or evaluate candidates in the | ||
program. A recognized institution that partners with an | ||
eligible entity administering a preschool educational program | ||
under Section 2-3.71 of this Code and that is not a public | ||
school district must require a principal or qualified | ||
equivalent of a principal to recommend or evaluate candidates | ||
in the program. The program presented for approval by the State | ||
Board of Education must demonstrate the supports that are to be | ||
provided to assist the provisional teacher during the 2-year | ||
residency period. These supports must provide additional | ||
contact hours with mentors during the first year of residency. | ||
(e) Upon completion of the 4 phases outlined in subsection | ||
(b) of this Section and all assessments required under Section | ||
21B-30 of this Code, an individual shall receive a Professional | ||
Educator License. | ||
(f) The State Board of Education, in consultation with the | ||
State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, may adopt such | ||
rules as may be necessary to establish and implement the | ||
Alternative Educator Licensure Program for Teachers.
| ||
(Source: P.A. 100-596, eff. 7-1-18; 100-822, eff. 1-1-19; | ||
101-220, eff. 8-7-19; 101-570, eff. 8-23-19; revised 9-19-19.) | ||
(105 ILCS 5/21B-110 new) | ||
Sec. 21B-110. Public health emergency declaration. |
(a) This Section applies only during any time in which the | ||
Governor has declared a public health emergency under Section 7 | ||
of the Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act. | ||
(b) Notwithstanding any other requirements under this | ||
Article, the requirements under subsection (f) of Section | ||
21B-30 are waived for an applicant seeking an educator license. | ||
(c) Notwithstanding any other requirements under this | ||
Article, during the implementation of remote learning days | ||
under Section 10-30, a candidate seeking an educator license | ||
may: | ||
(1) complete his or her required student teaching or | ||
equivalent experience remotely; or | ||
(2) complete his or her required school business | ||
management internship remotely. | ||
(105 ILCS 5/21B-115 new) | ||
Sec. 21B-115. Spring 2020 student teaching or internship. | ||
Notwithstanding any other requirements under this Article, for | ||
the spring 2020 semester only, a candidate's requirement to | ||
complete student teaching or its equivalent or a school | ||
business management internship is waived. | ||
(105 ILCS 5/22-89 new) | ||
Sec. 22-89. Graduates during the 2019-2020 school year. | ||
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Code, any diploma | ||
conferred during the 2019-2020 school year, including during |
the summer of 2020, under graduation requirements that were | ||
modified by an executive order, emergency rulemaking, or school | ||
board policy prompted by a gubernatorial disaster proclamation | ||
as a result of COVID-19 is deemed valid and is not subject to | ||
challenge or review due to a failure to meet minimum | ||
requirements otherwise required by this Code, administrative | ||
rule, or school board policy.
| ||
(105 ILCS 5/24-11) (from Ch. 122, par. 24-11)
| ||
Sec. 24-11. Boards of Education - Boards of School | ||
Inspectors -
Contractual continued service. | ||
(a) As used in this and the succeeding
Sections of this | ||
Article:
| ||
"Teacher" means any or all school district employees | ||
regularly required to be
certified under laws relating to the | ||
certification of teachers.
| ||
"Board" means board of directors, board of education, or | ||
board of school
inspectors, as the case may be.
| ||
"School term" means that portion of the school year, July 1 | ||
to the following
June 30, when school is in actual session.
| ||
"Program" means a program of a special education joint | ||
agreement. | ||
"Program of a special education joint agreement" means | ||
instructional, consultative, supervisory, administrative, | ||
diagnostic, and related services that are managed by a special | ||
educational joint agreement designed to service 2 or more |
school districts that are members of the joint agreement. | ||
"PERA implementation date" means the implementation date | ||
of an evaluation system for teachers as specified by Section | ||
24A-2.5 of this Code for all schools within a school district | ||
or all programs of a special education joint agreement. | ||
(b) This Section and Sections 24-12 through 24-16 of this | ||
Article apply only to
school districts having less than 500,000 | ||
inhabitants.
| ||
(c) Any teacher who is first employed as a full-time | ||
teacher in a school district or program prior to the PERA | ||
implementation date and who is employed in that district or | ||
program for
a probationary period of 4 consecutive school terms | ||
shall enter upon
contractual continued service in the district | ||
or in all of the programs that the teacher is legally qualified | ||
to hold, unless the teacher is given written notice of | ||
dismissal by certified mail, return receipt requested, by
the | ||
employing board at least 45 days before the end of any school | ||
term within such
period.
| ||
(d) For any teacher who is first employed as a full-time | ||
teacher in a school district or program on or after the PERA | ||
implementation date, the probationary period shall be one of | ||
the following periods, based upon the teacher's school terms of | ||
service and performance, before the teacher shall enter upon | ||
contractual continued service in the district or in all of the | ||
programs that the teacher is legally qualified to hold, unless | ||
the teacher is given written notice of dismissal by certified |
mail, return receipt requested, by the employing board at least | ||
45 days before the end of any school term within such period: | ||
(1) 4 consecutive school terms of service in which the | ||
teacher receives overall annual evaluation ratings of at | ||
least "Proficient" in the last school term and at least | ||
"Proficient" in either the second or third school term; | ||
(2) 3 consecutive school terms of service in which the | ||
teacher receives 3 overall annual evaluations of | ||
"Excellent"; or | ||
(3) 2 consecutive school terms of service in which the | ||
teacher receives 2 overall annual evaluations of | ||
"Excellent" service, but only if the teacher (i) previously | ||
attained contractual continued service in a different | ||
school district or program in this State, (ii) voluntarily | ||
departed or was honorably dismissed from that school | ||
district or program in the school term immediately prior to | ||
the teacher's first school term of service applicable to | ||
the attainment of contractual continued service under this | ||
subdivision (3), and (iii) received, in his or her 2 most | ||
recent overall annual or biennial evaluations from the | ||
prior school district or program, ratings of at least | ||
"Proficient", with both such ratings occurring after the | ||
school district's or program's PERA implementation date. | ||
For a teacher to attain contractual continued service under | ||
this subdivision (3), the teacher shall provide official | ||
copies of his or her 2 most recent overall annual or |
biennial evaluations from the prior school district or | ||
program to the new school district or program within 60 | ||
days from the teacher's first day of service with the new | ||
school district or program. The prior school district or | ||
program must provide the teacher with official copies of | ||
his or her 2 most recent overall annual or biennial | ||
evaluations within 14 days after the teacher's request. If | ||
a teacher has requested such official copies prior to 45 | ||
days after the teacher's first day of service with the new | ||
school district or program and the teacher's prior school | ||
district or program fails to provide the teacher with the | ||
official copies required under this subdivision (3), then | ||
the time period for the teacher to submit the official | ||
copies to his or her new school district or program must be | ||
extended until 14 days after receipt of such copies from | ||
the prior school district or program. If the prior school | ||
district or program fails to provide the teacher with the | ||
official copies required under this subdivision (3) within | ||
90 days from the teacher's first day of service with the | ||
new school district or program, then the new school | ||
district or program shall rely upon the teacher's own | ||
copies of his or her evaluations for purposes of this | ||
subdivision (3). | ||
If the teacher does not receive overall annual evaluations | ||
of "Excellent" in the school terms necessary for eligibility to | ||
achieve accelerated contractual continued service in |
subdivisions (2) and (3) of this subsection (d), the teacher | ||
shall be eligible for contractual continued service pursuant to | ||
subdivision (1) of this subsection (d). If, at the conclusion | ||
of 4 consecutive school terms of service that count toward | ||
attainment of contractual continued service, the teacher's | ||
performance does not qualify the teacher for contractual | ||
continued service under subdivision (1) of this subsection (d), | ||
then the teacher shall not enter upon contractual continued | ||
service and shall be dismissed. If a performance evaluation is | ||
not conducted for any school term when such evaluation is | ||
required to be conducted under Section 24A-5 of this Code, then | ||
the teacher's performance evaluation rating for such school | ||
term for purposes of determining the attainment of contractual | ||
continued service shall be deemed "Proficient" , except that, | ||
during any time in which the Governor has declared a disaster | ||
due to a public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the | ||
Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act, this default to | ||
"Proficient" does not apply to any teacher who has entered into | ||
contractual continued service and who was deemed "Excellent" on | ||
his or her most recent evaluation . During any time in which the | ||
Governor has declared a disaster due to a public health | ||
emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency | ||
Management Agency Act and unless the school board and any | ||
exclusive bargaining representative have completed the | ||
performance rating for teachers or mutually agreed to an | ||
alternate performance rating, any teacher who has entered into |
contractual continued service, whose most recent evaluation | ||
was deemed "Excellent", and whose performance evaluation is not | ||
conducted when the evaluation is required to be conducted shall | ||
receive a teacher's performance rating deemed "Excellent". A | ||
school board and any exclusive bargaining representative may | ||
mutually agree to an alternate performance rating for teachers | ||
not in contractual continued service during any time in which | ||
the Governor has declared a disaster due to a public health | ||
emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency | ||
Management Agency Act, as long as the agreement is in writing. | ||
(e) For the purposes of determining contractual continued | ||
service, a school term shall be counted only toward attainment | ||
of contractual continued service if the teacher actually | ||
teaches or is otherwise present and participating in the | ||
district's or program's educational program for 120 days or | ||
more, provided that the days of leave under the federal Family | ||
Medical Leave Act that the teacher is required to take until | ||
the end of the school term shall be considered days of teaching | ||
or participation in the district's or program's educational | ||
program. A school term that is not counted toward attainment of | ||
contractual continued service shall not be considered a break | ||
in service for purposes of determining whether a teacher has | ||
been employed for 4 consecutive school terms, provided that the | ||
teacher actually teaches or is otherwise present and | ||
participating in the district's or program's educational | ||
program in the following school term. |
(f) If the employing board determines to dismiss the | ||
teacher in the last year of the probationary period as provided | ||
in subsection (c) of this Section or subdivision (1) or (2) of | ||
subsection (d) of this Section, but not subdivision (3) of | ||
subsection (d) of this Section, the written notice of dismissal | ||
provided by the employing board must contain specific reasons | ||
for dismissal. Any full-time teacher who does not receive | ||
written notice from the employing board at least 45 days before | ||
the end of any school term as provided in this Section and | ||
whose performance does not require dismissal after the fourth | ||
probationary year pursuant to subsection (d) of this Section | ||
shall be re-employed for the following school term.
| ||
(g) Contractual continued service shall continue in effect | ||
the terms and
provisions of the contract with the teacher | ||
during the last school term
of the probationary period, subject | ||
to this Act and the lawful
regulations of the employing board. | ||
This Section and succeeding Sections
do not modify any existing | ||
power of the board except with respect to the
procedure of the | ||
discharge of a teacher and reductions in salary as
hereinafter | ||
provided. Contractual continued service status shall not
| ||
restrict the power of the board to transfer a teacher to a | ||
position
which the teacher is qualified to fill or to make such | ||
salary
adjustments as it deems desirable, but unless reductions | ||
in salary are
uniform or based upon some reasonable | ||
classification, any teacher whose
salary is reduced shall be | ||
entitled to a notice and a hearing as
hereinafter provided in |
the case of certain dismissals or removals.
| ||
(h) If, by reason of any change in the boundaries of school | ||
districts or by reason of the creation of a new school | ||
district, the position held by any teacher having a contractual | ||
continued service status is transferred from one board to the | ||
control of a new or different board, then the contractual | ||
continued service status of the teacher is not thereby lost, | ||
and such new or different board is subject to this Code with | ||
respect to the teacher in the same manner as if the teacher | ||
were its employee and had been its employee during the time the | ||
teacher was actually employed by the board from whose control | ||
the position was transferred. | ||
(i) The employment of any teacher in a program of a special | ||
education joint
agreement established under Section 3-15.14, | ||
10-22.31 or 10-22.31a shall be governed by
this and succeeding | ||
Sections of this Article. For purposes of
attaining and | ||
maintaining contractual continued service and computing
length | ||
of continuing service as referred to in this Section and | ||
Section
24-12, employment in a special educational joint | ||
program shall be deemed a
continuation of all previous | ||
certificated employment of such teacher for
such joint | ||
agreement whether the employer of the teacher was the joint
| ||
agreement, the regional superintendent, or one of the | ||
participating
districts in the joint agreement.
| ||
(j) For any teacher employed after July 1, 1987 as a | ||
full-time teacher in a program of a special education joint |
agreement, whether the program is operated by the joint | ||
agreement or a member district on behalf of the joint | ||
agreement, in the event of a reduction in the number of | ||
programs or positions in the joint agreement in which the | ||
notice of dismissal is provided on or before the end of the | ||
2010-2011 school term, the teacher in contractual continued | ||
service is eligible for employment in the joint agreement | ||
programs for which the teacher is legally qualified in order of | ||
greater length of continuing service in the joint agreement, | ||
unless an alternative method of determining the sequence of | ||
dismissal is established in a collective bargaining agreement. | ||
For any teacher employed after July 1, 1987 as a full-time | ||
teacher in a program of a special education joint agreement, | ||
whether the program is operated by the joint agreement or a | ||
member district on behalf of the joint agreement, in the event | ||
of a reduction in the number of programs or positions in the | ||
joint agreement in which the notice of dismissal is provided | ||
during the 2011-2012 school term or a subsequent school term, | ||
the teacher shall be included on the honorable dismissal lists | ||
of all joint agreement programs for positions for which the | ||
teacher is qualified and is eligible for employment in such | ||
programs in accordance with subsections (b) and (c) of Section | ||
24-12 of this Code and the applicable honorable dismissal | ||
policies of the joint agreement. | ||
(k) For any teacher employed after July 1, 1987 as a | ||
full-time teacher in a program of a special education joint |
agreement, whether the program is operated by the joint | ||
agreement or a member district on behalf of the joint | ||
agreement, in the event of the dissolution of a joint | ||
agreement, in which the notice to teachers of the dissolution | ||
is provided during the 2010-2011 school term, the teacher in | ||
contractual continued service who is legally qualified shall be | ||
assigned to any comparable position in a member district | ||
currently held by a teacher who has not entered upon | ||
contractual continued service or held by a teacher who has | ||
entered upon contractual continued service with a shorter | ||
length of contractual continued service. Any teacher employed | ||
after July 1, 1987 as a full-time teacher in a program of a | ||
special education joint agreement, whether the program is | ||
operated by the joint agreement or a member district on behalf | ||
of the joint agreement, in the event of the dissolution of a | ||
joint agreement in which the notice to teachers of the | ||
dissolution is provided during the 2011-2012 school term or a | ||
subsequent school term, the teacher who is qualified shall be | ||
included on the order of honorable dismissal lists of each | ||
member district and shall be assigned to any comparable | ||
position in any such district in accordance with subsections | ||
(b) and (c) of Section 24-12 of this Code and the applicable | ||
honorable dismissal policies of each member district.
| ||
(l) The governing board of the joint agreement, or the | ||
administrative
district, if so authorized by the articles of | ||
agreement of the joint
agreement, rather than the board of |
education of a school district, may
carry out employment and | ||
termination actions including dismissals under
this Section | ||
and Section 24-12.
| ||
(m) The employment of any teacher in a special education | ||
program
authorized by Section 14-1.01 through 14-14.01, or a | ||
joint educational
program established under Section 10-22.31a, | ||
shall be under this and the
succeeding Sections of this | ||
Article, and such employment shall be deemed
a continuation of | ||
the previous employment of such teacher in any of the
| ||
participating districts, regardless of the participation of | ||
other
districts in the program. | ||
(n) Any teacher employed as a full-time teacher in
a | ||
special education program prior to September 23, 1987 in which | ||
2 or
more school districts
participate for a probationary | ||
period of 2 consecutive years shall enter
upon contractual | ||
continued service in each of the participating
districts, | ||
subject to this and the succeeding Sections of this Article,
| ||
and, notwithstanding Section 24-1.5 of this Code, in the event | ||
of the termination of the program shall be eligible for
any | ||
vacant position in any of such districts for which such teacher | ||
is
qualified.
| ||
(Source: P.A. 97-8, eff. 6-13-11; 98-513, eff. 1-1-14.)
| ||
(105 ILCS 5/24-12) (from Ch. 122, par. 24-12)
| ||
Sec. 24-12. Removal or dismissal of teachers in contractual
| ||
continued service. |
(a) This subsection (a) applies only to honorable | ||
dismissals and recalls in which the notice of dismissal is | ||
provided on or before the end of the 2010-2011 school term. If | ||
a teacher in contractual continued service is
removed or | ||
dismissed as a result of a decision of the board to decrease
| ||
the number of teachers employed by the board or to discontinue | ||
some
particular type of teaching service, written notice shall | ||
be mailed to the
teacher and also given the
teacher either by | ||
certified mail, return receipt requested or
personal delivery | ||
with receipt at least 60
days before
the end of the school | ||
term, together with a statement of honorable
dismissal and the | ||
reason therefor, and in all such cases the board shall
first | ||
remove or dismiss all teachers who have not entered upon | ||
contractual
continued service before removing or dismissing | ||
any teacher who has entered
upon contractual continued service | ||
and who is legally qualified to hold a
position currently held | ||
by a teacher who has not entered upon contractual
continued | ||
service. | ||
As between teachers who have entered upon contractual
| ||
continued service, the teacher or teachers with the shorter | ||
length of
continuing service with the district shall be | ||
dismissed first
unless an alternative method of determining the | ||
sequence of dismissal is
established in a collective bargaining | ||
agreement or contract between the
board and a professional | ||
faculty members' organization and except that
this provision | ||
shall not impair the operation of any affirmative action
|
program in the district, regardless of whether it exists by | ||
operation of
law or is conducted on a voluntary basis by the | ||
board. Any teacher
dismissed as a result of such decrease or | ||
discontinuance shall be paid
all earned compensation on or | ||
before the third business day following
the last day of pupil | ||
attendance in the regular school term. | ||
If the
board has any vacancies for the following school | ||
term or within one
calendar year from the beginning of the | ||
following school term, the
positions thereby becoming | ||
available shall be tendered to the teachers
so removed or | ||
dismissed so far as they are legally qualified to hold
such | ||
positions; provided, however, that if the number of honorable
| ||
dismissal notices based on economic necessity exceeds 15% of | ||
the number of full-time
equivalent positions filled by | ||
certified employees (excluding
principals and administrative | ||
personnel) during the preceding school year,
then if the board | ||
has any vacancies for the following school term or within
2 | ||
calendar years from the beginning of the following
school term, | ||
the positions so becoming available shall be tendered to the
| ||
teachers who were so notified and removed or dismissed whenever | ||
they are
legally qualified to hold such positions. Each board | ||
shall, in consultation
with any exclusive employee | ||
representatives, each year establish a list,
categorized by | ||
positions, showing the length of continuing service of each
| ||
teacher who is qualified to hold any such positions, unless an | ||
alternative
method of determining a sequence of dismissal is |
established as provided
for in this Section, in which case a | ||
list shall be made in accordance with
the alternative method. | ||
Copies of the list shall be distributed to the
exclusive | ||
employee representative on or before February 1 of each year.
| ||
Whenever the number of honorable dismissal notices based upon | ||
economic
necessity exceeds 5, or 150% of the average number of | ||
teachers honorably
dismissed in the preceding 3 years, | ||
whichever is more, then the board also
shall hold a public | ||
hearing on the question of the dismissals. Following
the | ||
hearing and board review, the action to approve any such | ||
reduction shall
require a majority vote of the board members.
| ||
(b) This subsection (b) applies only to honorable | ||
dismissals and recalls in which the notice of dismissal is | ||
provided during the 2011-2012 school term or a subsequent | ||
school term. If any teacher, whether or not in contractual | ||
continued service, is removed or dismissed as a result of a | ||
decision of a school board to decrease the number of teachers | ||
employed by the board, a decision of a school board to | ||
discontinue some particular type of teaching service, or a | ||
reduction in the number of programs or positions in a special | ||
education joint agreement, then written notice must be mailed | ||
to the teacher and also given to the teacher either by | ||
electronic mail, certified mail, return receipt requested, or | ||
personal delivery with receipt at least 45 days before the end | ||
of the school term, together with a statement of honorable | ||
dismissal and the reason therefor, and in all such cases the |
sequence of dismissal shall occur in accordance with this | ||
subsection (b); except that this subsection (b) shall not | ||
impair the operation of any affirmative action program in the | ||
school district, regardless of whether it exists by operation | ||
of law or is conducted on a voluntary basis by the board. | ||
Each teacher must be categorized into one or more positions | ||
for which the teacher is qualified to hold, based upon legal | ||
qualifications and any other qualifications established in a | ||
district or joint agreement job description, on or before the | ||
May 10 prior to the school year during which the sequence of | ||
dismissal is determined. Within each position and subject to | ||
agreements made by the joint committee on honorable dismissals | ||
that are authorized by subsection (c) of this Section, the | ||
school district or joint agreement must establish 4 groupings | ||
of teachers qualified to hold the position as follows: | ||
(1) Grouping one shall consist of each teacher who is | ||
not in contractual continued service and who (i) has not | ||
received a performance evaluation rating, (ii) is employed | ||
for one school term or less to replace a teacher on leave, | ||
or (iii) is employed on a part-time basis. "Part-time | ||
basis" for the purposes of this subsection (b) means a | ||
teacher who is employed to teach less than a full-day, | ||
teacher workload or less than 5 days of the normal student | ||
attendance week, unless otherwise provided for in a | ||
collective bargaining agreement between the district and | ||
the exclusive representative of the district's teachers. |
For the purposes of this Section, a teacher (A) who is | ||
employed as a full-time teacher but who actually teaches or | ||
is otherwise present and participating in the district's | ||
educational program for less than a school term or (B) who, | ||
in the immediately previous school term, was employed on a | ||
full-time basis and actually taught or was otherwise | ||
present and participated in the district's educational | ||
program for 120 days or more is not considered employed on | ||
a part-time basis. | ||
(2) Grouping 2 shall consist of each teacher with a | ||
Needs Improvement or Unsatisfactory performance evaluation | ||
rating on either of the teacher's last 2 performance | ||
evaluation ratings. | ||
(3) Grouping 3 shall consist of each teacher with a | ||
performance evaluation rating of at least Satisfactory or | ||
Proficient on both of the teacher's last 2 performance | ||
evaluation ratings, if 2 ratings are available, or on the | ||
teacher's last performance evaluation rating, if only one | ||
rating is available, unless the teacher qualifies for | ||
placement into grouping 4. | ||
(4) Grouping 4 shall consist of each teacher whose last | ||
2 performance evaluation ratings are Excellent and each | ||
teacher with 2 Excellent performance evaluation ratings | ||
out of the teacher's last 3 performance evaluation ratings | ||
with a third rating of Satisfactory or Proficient. | ||
Among teachers qualified to hold a position, teachers must |
be dismissed in the order of their groupings, with teachers in | ||
grouping one dismissed first and teachers in grouping 4 | ||
dismissed last. | ||
Within grouping one, the sequence of dismissal must be at | ||
the discretion of the school district or joint agreement. | ||
Within grouping 2, the sequence of dismissal must be based upon | ||
average performance evaluation ratings, with the teacher or | ||
teachers with the lowest average performance evaluation rating | ||
dismissed first. A teacher's average performance evaluation | ||
rating must be calculated using the average of the teacher's | ||
last 2 performance evaluation ratings, if 2 ratings are | ||
available, or the teacher's last performance evaluation | ||
rating, if only one rating is available, using the following | ||
numerical values: 4 for Excellent; 3 for Proficient or | ||
Satisfactory; 2 for Needs Improvement; and 1 for | ||
Unsatisfactory. As between or among teachers in grouping 2 with | ||
the same average performance evaluation rating and within each | ||
of groupings 3 and 4, the teacher or teachers with the shorter | ||
length of continuing service with the school district or joint | ||
agreement must be dismissed first unless an alternative method | ||
of determining the sequence of dismissal is established in a | ||
collective bargaining agreement or contract between the board | ||
and a professional faculty members' organization. | ||
Each board, including the governing board of a joint | ||
agreement, shall, in consultation with any exclusive employee | ||
representatives, each year establish a sequence of honorable |
dismissal list categorized by positions and the groupings | ||
defined in this subsection (b). Copies of the list showing each | ||
teacher by name and categorized by positions and the groupings | ||
defined in this subsection (b) must be distributed to the | ||
exclusive bargaining representative at least 75 days before the | ||
end of the school term, provided that the school district or | ||
joint agreement may, with notice to any exclusive employee | ||
representatives, move teachers from grouping one into another | ||
grouping during the period of time from 75 days until 45 days | ||
before the end of the school term. Each year, each board shall | ||
also establish, in consultation with any exclusive employee | ||
representatives, a list showing the length of continuing | ||
service of each teacher who is qualified to hold any such | ||
positions, unless an alternative method of determining a | ||
sequence of dismissal is established as provided for in this | ||
Section, in which case a list must be made in accordance with | ||
the alternative method. Copies of the list must be distributed | ||
to the exclusive employee representative at least 75 days | ||
before the end of the school term. | ||
Any teacher dismissed as a result of such decrease or | ||
discontinuance must be paid all earned compensation on or | ||
before the third business day following the last day of pupil | ||
attendance in the regular school term. | ||
If the board or joint agreement has any vacancies for the | ||
following school term or within one calendar year from the | ||
beginning of the following school term, the positions thereby |
becoming available must be tendered to the teachers so removed | ||
or dismissed who were in grouping groupings 3 or 4 of the | ||
sequence of dismissal and are qualified to hold the positions, | ||
based upon legal qualifications and any other qualifications | ||
established in a district or joint agreement job description, | ||
on or before the May 10 prior to the date of the positions | ||
becoming available, provided that if the number of honorable | ||
dismissal notices based on economic necessity exceeds 15% of | ||
the number of full-time equivalent positions filled by | ||
certified employees (excluding principals and administrative | ||
personnel) during the preceding school year, then the recall | ||
period is for the following school term or within 2 calendar | ||
years from the beginning of the following school term. If the | ||
board or joint agreement has any vacancies within the period | ||
from the beginning of the following school term through | ||
February 1 of the following school term (unless a date later | ||
than February 1, but no later than 6 months from the beginning | ||
of the following school term, is established in a collective | ||
bargaining agreement), the positions thereby becoming | ||
available must be tendered to the teachers so removed or | ||
dismissed who were in grouping 2 of the sequence of dismissal | ||
due to one "needs improvement" rating on either of the | ||
teacher's last 2 performance evaluation ratings, provided | ||
that, if 2 ratings are available, the other performance | ||
evaluation rating used for grouping purposes is | ||
"satisfactory", "proficient", or "excellent", and are |
qualified to hold the positions, based upon legal | ||
qualifications and any other qualifications established in a | ||
district or joint agreement job description, on or before the | ||
May 10 prior to the date of the positions becoming available. | ||
On and after July 1, 2014 (the effective date of Public Act | ||
98-648), the preceding sentence shall apply to teachers removed | ||
or dismissed by honorable dismissal, even if notice of | ||
honorable dismissal occurred during the 2013-2014 school year. | ||
Among teachers eligible for recall pursuant to the preceding | ||
sentence, the order of recall must be in inverse order of | ||
dismissal, unless an alternative order of recall is established | ||
in a collective bargaining agreement or contract between the | ||
board and a professional faculty members' organization. | ||
Whenever the number of honorable dismissal notices based upon | ||
economic necessity exceeds 5 notices or 150% of the average | ||
number of teachers honorably dismissed in the preceding 3 | ||
years, whichever is more, then the school board or governing | ||
board of a joint agreement, as applicable, shall also hold a | ||
public hearing on the question of the dismissals. Following the | ||
hearing and board review, the action to approve any such | ||
reduction shall require a majority vote of the board members. | ||
For purposes of this subsection (b), subject to agreement | ||
on an alternative definition reached by the joint committee | ||
described in subsection (c) of this Section, a teacher's | ||
performance evaluation rating means the overall performance | ||
evaluation rating resulting from an annual or biennial |
performance evaluation conducted pursuant to Article 24A of | ||
this Code by the school district or joint agreement determining | ||
the sequence of dismissal, not including any performance | ||
evaluation conducted during or at the end of a remediation | ||
period. No more than one evaluation rating each school term | ||
shall be one of the evaluation ratings used for the purpose of | ||
determining the sequence of dismissal. Except as otherwise | ||
provided in this subsection for any performance evaluations | ||
conducted during or at the end of a remediation period, if | ||
multiple performance evaluations are conducted in a school | ||
term, only the rating from the last evaluation conducted prior | ||
to establishing the sequence of honorable dismissal list in | ||
such school term shall be the one evaluation rating from that | ||
school term used for the purpose of determining the sequence of | ||
dismissal. Averaging ratings from multiple evaluations is not | ||
permitted unless otherwise agreed to in a collective bargaining | ||
agreement or contract between the board and a professional | ||
faculty members' organization. The preceding 3 sentences are | ||
not a legislative declaration that existing law does or does | ||
not already require that only one performance evaluation each | ||
school term shall be used for the purpose of determining the | ||
sequence of dismissal. For performance evaluation ratings | ||
determined prior to September 1, 2012, any school district or | ||
joint agreement with a performance evaluation rating system | ||
that does not use either of the rating category systems | ||
specified in subsection (d) of Section 24A-5 of this Code for |
all teachers must establish a basis for assigning each teacher | ||
a rating that complies with subsection (d) of Section 24A-5 of | ||
this Code for all of the performance evaluation ratings that | ||
are to be used to determine the sequence of dismissal. A | ||
teacher's grouping and ranking on a sequence of honorable | ||
dismissal shall be deemed a part of the teacher's performance | ||
evaluation, and that information shall be disclosed to the | ||
exclusive bargaining representative as part of a sequence of | ||
honorable dismissal list, notwithstanding any laws prohibiting | ||
disclosure of such information. A performance evaluation | ||
rating may be used to determine the sequence of dismissal, | ||
notwithstanding the pendency of any grievance resolution or | ||
arbitration procedures relating to the performance evaluation. | ||
If a teacher has received at least one performance evaluation | ||
rating conducted by the school district or joint agreement | ||
determining the sequence of dismissal and a subsequent | ||
performance evaluation is not conducted in any school year in | ||
which such evaluation is required to be conducted under Section | ||
24A-5 of this Code, the teacher's performance evaluation rating | ||
for that school year for purposes of determining the sequence | ||
of dismissal is deemed Proficient , except that, during any time | ||
in which the Governor has declared a disaster due to a public | ||
health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois | ||
Emergency Management Agency Act, this default to Proficient | ||
does not apply to any teacher who has entered into contractual | ||
continued service and who was deemed Excellent on his or her |
most recent evaluation . During any time in which the Governor | ||
has declared a disaster due to a public health emergency | ||
pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency Management | ||
Agency Act and unless the school board and any exclusive | ||
bargaining representative have completed the performance | ||
rating for teachers or have mutually agreed to an alternate | ||
performance rating, any teacher who has entered into | ||
contractual continued service, whose most recent evaluation | ||
was deemed Excellent, and whose performance evaluation is not | ||
conducted when the evaluation is required to be conducted shall | ||
receive a teacher's performance rating deemed Excellent. A | ||
school board and any exclusive bargaining representative may | ||
mutually agree to an alternate performance rating for teachers | ||
not in contractual continued service during any time in which | ||
the Governor has declared a disaster due to a public health | ||
emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency | ||
Management Agency Act, as long as the agreement is in writing. | ||
If a performance evaluation rating is nullified as the result | ||
of an arbitration, administrative agency, or court | ||
determination, then the school district or joint agreement is | ||
deemed to have conducted a performance evaluation for that | ||
school year, but the performance evaluation rating may not be | ||
used in determining the sequence of dismissal. | ||
Nothing in this subsection (b) shall be construed as | ||
limiting the right of a school board or governing board of a | ||
joint agreement to dismiss a teacher not in contractual |
continued service in accordance with Section 24-11 of this | ||
Code. | ||
Any provisions regarding the sequence of honorable | ||
dismissals and recall of honorably dismissed teachers in a | ||
collective bargaining agreement entered into on or before | ||
January 1, 2011 and in effect on June 13, 2011 (the effective | ||
date of Public Act 97-8) that may conflict with Public Act 97-8 | ||
shall remain in effect through the expiration of such agreement | ||
or June 30, 2013, whichever is earlier. | ||
(c) Each school district and special education joint | ||
agreement must use a joint committee composed of equal | ||
representation selected by the school board and its teachers | ||
or, if applicable, the exclusive bargaining representative of | ||
its teachers, to address the matters described in paragraphs | ||
(1) through (5) of this subsection (c) pertaining to honorable | ||
dismissals under subsection (b) of this Section. | ||
(1) The joint committee must consider and may agree to | ||
criteria for excluding from grouping 2 and placing into | ||
grouping 3 a teacher whose last 2 performance evaluations | ||
include a Needs Improvement and either a Proficient or | ||
Excellent. | ||
(2) The joint committee must consider and may agree to | ||
an alternative definition for grouping 4, which definition | ||
must take into account prior performance evaluation | ||
ratings and may take into account other factors that relate | ||
to the school district's or program's educational |
objectives. An alternative definition for grouping 4 may | ||
not permit the inclusion of a teacher in the grouping with | ||
a Needs Improvement or Unsatisfactory performance | ||
evaluation rating on either of the teacher's last 2 | ||
performance evaluation ratings. | ||
(3) The joint committee may agree to including within | ||
the definition of a performance evaluation rating a | ||
performance evaluation rating administered by a school | ||
district or joint agreement other than the school district | ||
or joint agreement determining the sequence of dismissal. | ||
(4) For each school district or joint agreement that | ||
administers performance evaluation ratings that are | ||
inconsistent with either of the rating category systems | ||
specified in subsection (d) of Section 24A-5 of this Code, | ||
the school district or joint agreement must consult with | ||
the joint committee on the basis for assigning a rating | ||
that complies with subsection (d) of Section 24A-5 of this | ||
Code to each performance evaluation rating that will be | ||
used in a sequence of dismissal. | ||
(5) Upon request by a joint committee member submitted | ||
to the employing board by no later than 10 days after the | ||
distribution of the sequence of honorable dismissal list, a | ||
representative of the employing board shall, within 5 days | ||
after the request, provide to members of the joint | ||
committee a list showing the most recent and prior | ||
performance evaluation ratings of each teacher identified |
only by length of continuing service in the district or | ||
joint agreement and not by name. If, after review of this | ||
list, a member of the joint committee has a good faith | ||
belief that a disproportionate number of teachers with | ||
greater length of continuing service with the district or | ||
joint agreement have received a recent performance | ||
evaluation rating lower than the prior rating, the member | ||
may request that the joint committee review the list to | ||
assess whether such a trend may exist. Following the joint | ||
committee's review, but by no later than the end of the | ||
applicable school term, the joint committee or any member | ||
or members of the joint committee may submit a report of | ||
the review to the employing board and exclusive bargaining | ||
representative, if any. Nothing in this paragraph (5) shall | ||
impact the order of honorable dismissal or a school | ||
district's or joint agreement's authority to carry out a | ||
dismissal in accordance with subsection (b) of this | ||
Section. | ||
Agreement by the joint committee as to a matter requires | ||
the majority vote of all committee members, and if the joint | ||
committee does not reach agreement on a matter, then the | ||
otherwise applicable requirements of subsection (b) of this | ||
Section shall apply. Except as explicitly set forth in this | ||
subsection (c), a joint committee has no authority to agree to | ||
any further modifications to the requirements for honorable | ||
dismissals set forth in subsection (b) of this Section.
The |
joint committee must be established, and the first meeting of | ||
the joint committee each school year must occur on or before | ||
December 1. | ||
The joint committee must reach agreement on a matter on or | ||
before February 1 of a school year in order for the agreement | ||
of the joint committee to apply to the sequence of dismissal | ||
determined during that school year. Subject to the February 1 | ||
deadline for agreements, the agreement of a joint committee on | ||
a matter shall apply to the sequence of dismissal until the | ||
agreement is amended or terminated by the joint committee. | ||
The provisions of the Open Meetings Act shall not apply to | ||
meetings of a joint committee created under this subsection | ||
(c). | ||
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this | ||
subsection (d), the requirements and dismissal procedures of | ||
Section 24-16.5 of this Code shall apply to any dismissal | ||
sought under Section 24-16.5 of this Code. | ||
(1) If a dismissal of a teacher in contractual | ||
continued service is sought for any reason or cause other | ||
than an honorable dismissal under subsections (a) or (b) of | ||
this Section or a dismissal sought under Section 24-16.5 of | ||
this Code,
including those under Section 10-22.4, the board | ||
must first approve a
motion containing specific charges by | ||
a majority vote of all its
members. Written notice of such | ||
charges, including a bill of particulars and the teacher's | ||
right to request a hearing, must be mailed to the teacher |
and also given to the teacher either by electronic mail, | ||
certified mail, return receipt requested, or personal | ||
delivery with receipt
within 5 days of the adoption of the | ||
motion. Any written notice sent on or after July 1, 2012 | ||
shall inform the teacher of the right to request a hearing | ||
before a mutually selected hearing officer, with the cost | ||
of the hearing officer split equally between the teacher | ||
and the board, or a hearing before a board-selected hearing | ||
officer, with the cost of the hearing officer paid by the | ||
board. | ||
Before setting a hearing on charges stemming from | ||
causes that are considered remediable, a board must give | ||
the teacher reasonable warning in writing, stating | ||
specifically the causes that, if not removed, may result in | ||
charges; however, no such written warning is required if | ||
the causes have been the subject of a remediation plan | ||
pursuant to Article 24A of this Code. | ||
If, in the opinion of the board, the interests of the | ||
school require it, the board may suspend the teacher | ||
without pay, pending the hearing, but if the board's | ||
dismissal or removal is not sustained, the teacher shall | ||
not suffer the loss of any salary or benefits by reason of | ||
the suspension. | ||
(2) No hearing upon the charges is required unless the
| ||
teacher within 17 days after receiving notice requests in | ||
writing of the
board that a hearing be scheduled before a |
mutually selected hearing officer or a hearing officer | ||
selected by the board.
The secretary of the school board | ||
shall forward a copy of the notice to the
State Board of | ||
Education. | ||
(3) Within 5 business days after receiving a notice of
| ||
hearing in which either notice to the teacher was sent | ||
before July 1, 2012 or, if the notice was sent on or after | ||
July 1, 2012, the teacher has requested a hearing before a | ||
mutually selected hearing officer, the State Board of | ||
Education shall provide a list of 5
prospective, impartial | ||
hearing officers from the master list of qualified, | ||
impartial hearing officers maintained by the State Board of | ||
Education. Each person on the master list must (i) be
| ||
accredited by a national arbitration organization and have | ||
had a minimum of 5
years of experience directly related to | ||
labor and employment
relations matters between employers | ||
and employees or
their exclusive bargaining | ||
representatives and (ii) beginning September 1, 2012, have | ||
participated in training provided or approved by the State | ||
Board of Education for teacher dismissal hearing officers | ||
so that he or she is familiar with issues generally | ||
involved in evaluative and non-evaluative dismissals. | ||
If notice to the teacher was sent before July 1, 2012 | ||
or, if the notice was sent on or after July 1, 2012, the | ||
teacher has requested a hearing before a mutually selected | ||
hearing officer, the board and the teacher or their
legal |
representatives within 3 business days shall alternately | ||
strike one name from
the list provided by the State Board | ||
of Education until only one name remains. Unless waived by | ||
the teacher, the
teacher shall have the right to
proceed | ||
first with the striking.
Within 3 business days of receipt | ||
of the list provided by the State Board of
Education, the | ||
board and the teacher or their legal representatives shall | ||
each
have the right to reject all prospective hearing | ||
officers named on the
list and notify the State Board of | ||
Education of such rejection. Within 3 business days after | ||
receiving this notification, the State
Board of Education | ||
shall appoint a qualified person from the master list who | ||
did not appear on the list sent to the parties to serve as | ||
the hearing officer, unless the parties notify it that they | ||
have chosen to alternatively select a hearing officer under | ||
paragraph (4) of this subsection (d). | ||
If the teacher has requested a hearing before a hearing | ||
officer selected by the board, the board shall select one | ||
name from the master list of qualified impartial hearing | ||
officers maintained by the State Board of Education within | ||
3 business days after receipt and shall notify the State | ||
Board of Education of its selection. | ||
A hearing officer mutually selected by the parties, | ||
selected by the board, or selected through an alternative | ||
selection process under paragraph (4) of this subsection | ||
(d) (A) must not be a resident of the school district, (B) |
must be available to commence the hearing within 75 days | ||
and conclude the hearing within 120 days after being | ||
selected as the hearing officer, and (C) must issue a | ||
decision as to whether the teacher must be dismissed and | ||
give a copy of that decision to both the teacher and the | ||
board within 30 days from the conclusion of the hearing or | ||
closure of the record, whichever is later. | ||
If the Governor has declared a disaster due to a public | ||
health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois | ||
Emergency Management Agency Act and except if the parties | ||
mutually agree otherwise and the agreement is in writing, | ||
the requirements of this Section pertaining to prehearings | ||
and hearings are paused and do not begin to toll until the | ||
proclamation is no longer in effect. If mutually agreed to | ||
and reduced to writing, the parties may proceed with the | ||
prehearing and hearing requirements of this Section and may | ||
also agree to extend the timelines of this Section | ||
connected to the appointment and selection of a hearing | ||
officer and those connected to commencing and concluding a | ||
hearing. Any hearing convened during a public health | ||
emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency | ||
Management Agency Act may be convened remotely. Any hearing | ||
officer for a hearing convened during a public health | ||
emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency | ||
Management Agency Act may voluntarily withdraw from the | ||
hearing and another hearing officer shall be selected or |
appointed pursuant to this Section. | ||
(4) In the alternative
to selecting a hearing officer | ||
from the list received from the
State Board of Education or | ||
accepting the appointment of a hearing officer by the State | ||
Board of Education or if the State Board of Education | ||
cannot provide a list or appoint a hearing officer that | ||
meets the foregoing requirements, the board and the teacher | ||
or their legal
representatives may mutually agree to select | ||
an impartial hearing officer who
is not on the master list | ||
either by direct
appointment by the parties or by using | ||
procedures for the appointment of an
arbitrator | ||
established by the Federal Mediation and Conciliation | ||
Service or the
American Arbitration Association. The | ||
parties shall notify the State Board of
Education of their | ||
intent to select a hearing officer using an alternative
| ||
procedure within 3 business days of receipt of a list of | ||
prospective hearing officers
provided by the State Board of | ||
Education, notice of appointment of a hearing officer by | ||
the State Board of Education, or receipt of notice from the | ||
State Board of Education that it cannot provide a list that | ||
meets the foregoing requirements, whichever is later. | ||
(5) If the notice of dismissal was sent to the teacher | ||
before July 1, 2012, the fees and costs for the hearing | ||
officer must be paid by the State Board of Education. If | ||
the notice of dismissal was sent to the teacher on or after | ||
July 1, 2012, the hearing officer's fees and costs must be |
paid as follows in this paragraph (5). The fees and | ||
permissible costs for the hearing officer must be | ||
determined by the State Board of Education. If the board | ||
and the teacher or their legal representatives mutually | ||
agree to select an impartial hearing officer who is not on | ||
a list received from the State Board of Education, they may | ||
agree to supplement the fees determined by the State Board | ||
to the hearing officer, at a rate consistent with the | ||
hearing officer's published professional fees. If the | ||
hearing officer is mutually selected by the parties, then | ||
the board and the teacher or their legal representatives | ||
shall each pay 50% of the fees and costs and any | ||
supplemental allowance to which they agree. If the hearing | ||
officer is selected by the board, then the board shall pay | ||
100% of the hearing officer's fees and costs. The fees and | ||
costs must be paid to the hearing officer within 14 days | ||
after the board and the teacher or their legal | ||
representatives receive the hearing officer's decision set | ||
forth in paragraph (7) of this subsection (d). | ||
(6) The teacher is required to answer the bill of | ||
particulars and aver affirmative matters in his or her | ||
defense, and the time for initially doing so and the time | ||
for updating such answer and defenses after pre-hearing | ||
discovery must be set by the hearing officer.
The State | ||
Board of Education shall
promulgate rules so that each | ||
party has a fair opportunity to present its case and to |
ensure that the dismissal process proceeds in a fair and | ||
expeditious manner. These rules shall address, without | ||
limitation, discovery and hearing scheduling conferences; | ||
the teacher's initial answer and affirmative defenses to | ||
the bill of particulars and the updating of that | ||
information after pre-hearing discovery; provision for | ||
written interrogatories and requests for production of | ||
documents; the requirement that each party initially | ||
disclose to the other party and then update the disclosure | ||
no later than 10 calendar days prior to the commencement of | ||
the hearing, the names and addresses of persons who may be | ||
called as
witnesses at the hearing, a summary of the facts | ||
or opinions each witness will testify to, and all other
| ||
documents and materials, including information maintained | ||
electronically, relevant to its own as well as the other | ||
party's case (the hearing officer may exclude witnesses and | ||
exhibits not identified and shared, except those offered in | ||
rebuttal for which the party could not reasonably have | ||
anticipated prior to the hearing); pre-hearing discovery | ||
and preparation, including provision for written | ||
interrogatories and requests for production of documents, | ||
provided that discovery depositions are prohibited; the | ||
conduct of the hearing; the right of each party to be | ||
represented by counsel, the offer of evidence and witnesses | ||
and the cross-examination of witnesses; the authority of | ||
the hearing officer to issue subpoenas and subpoenas duces |
tecum, provided that the hearing officer may limit the | ||
number of witnesses to be subpoenaed on behalf of each | ||
party to no more than 7; the length of post-hearing briefs; | ||
and the form, length, and content of hearing officers' | ||
decisions. The hearing officer
shall hold a hearing and | ||
render a final decision for dismissal pursuant to Article | ||
24A of this Code or shall report to the school board | ||
findings of fact and a recommendation as to whether or not | ||
the teacher must be dismissed for conduct. The hearing | ||
officer shall commence the hearing within 75 days and | ||
conclude the hearing within 120 days after being selected | ||
as the hearing officer, provided that the hearing officer | ||
may modify these timelines upon the showing of good cause | ||
or mutual agreement of the parties. Good cause for the | ||
purpose of this subsection (d) shall mean the illness or | ||
otherwise unavoidable emergency of the teacher, district | ||
representative, their legal representatives, the hearing | ||
officer, or an essential witness as indicated in each | ||
party's pre-hearing submission. In a dismissal hearing | ||
pursuant to Article 24A of this Code in which a witness is | ||
a student or is under the age of 18, the hearing officer | ||
must make accommodations for the witness, as provided under | ||
paragraph (6.5) of this subsection. The hearing officer | ||
shall consider and give weight to all of the teacher's | ||
evaluations written pursuant to Article 24A that are | ||
relevant to the issues in the hearing. |
Each party shall have no more than 3 days to present | ||
its case, unless extended by the hearing officer to enable | ||
a party to present adequate evidence and testimony, | ||
including due to the other party's cross-examination of the | ||
party's witnesses, for good cause or by mutual agreement of | ||
the parties. The State Board of Education shall define in | ||
rules the meaning of "day" for such purposes. All testimony | ||
at the hearing shall be taken under oath
administered by | ||
the hearing officer. The hearing officer shall cause a
| ||
record of the proceedings to be kept and shall employ a | ||
competent reporter
to take stenographic or stenotype notes | ||
of all the testimony. The costs of
the reporter's | ||
attendance and services at the hearing shall be paid by the | ||
party or parties who are responsible for paying the fees | ||
and costs of the hearing officer. Either party desiring a | ||
transcript of the hearing
shall pay for the cost thereof. | ||
Any post-hearing briefs must be submitted by the parties by | ||
no later than 21 days after a party's receipt of the | ||
transcript of the hearing, unless extended by the hearing | ||
officer for good cause or by mutual agreement of the | ||
parties. | ||
(6.5) In the case of charges involving sexual abuse or | ||
severe physical abuse of a student or a person under the | ||
age of 18, the hearing officer shall make alternative | ||
hearing procedures to protect a witness who is a student or | ||
who is under the age of 18 from being intimidated or |
traumatized. Alternative hearing procedures may include, | ||
but are not limited to: (i) testimony made via a | ||
telecommunication device in a location other than the | ||
hearing room and outside the physical presence of the | ||
teacher and other hearing participants, (ii) testimony | ||
outside the physical presence of the teacher, or (iii) | ||
non-public testimony. During a testimony described under | ||
this subsection, each party must be permitted to ask a | ||
witness who is a student or who is under 18 years of age | ||
all relevant questions and follow-up questions. All | ||
questions must exclude evidence of the witness' sexual | ||
behavior or predisposition, unless the evidence is offered | ||
to prove that someone other than the teacher subject to the | ||
dismissal hearing engaged in the charge at issue. | ||
(7) The hearing officer shall, within 30 days from the | ||
conclusion of the
hearing or closure of the record, | ||
whichever is later,
make a decision as to whether or not | ||
the teacher shall be dismissed pursuant to Article 24A of | ||
this Code or report to the school board findings of fact | ||
and a recommendation as to whether or not the teacher shall | ||
be dismissed for cause and
shall give a copy of the | ||
decision or findings of fact and recommendation to both the | ||
teacher and the school
board.
If a hearing officer fails
| ||
without good cause, specifically provided in writing to | ||
both parties and the State Board of Education, to render a | ||
decision or findings of fact and recommendation within 30 |
days after the hearing is
concluded or the
record is | ||
closed, whichever is later,
the
parties may mutually agree | ||
to select a hearing officer pursuant to the
alternative
| ||
procedure, as provided in this Section,
to rehear the | ||
charges heard by the hearing officer who failed to render a
| ||
decision or findings of fact and recommendation or to | ||
review the record and render a decision.
If any hearing
| ||
officer fails without good cause, specifically provided in | ||
writing to both parties and the State Board of Education, | ||
to render a decision or findings of fact and recommendation | ||
within 30 days after the
hearing is concluded or the record | ||
is closed, whichever is later, the hearing
officer shall be | ||
removed
from the master
list of hearing officers maintained | ||
by the State Board of Education for not more than 24 | ||
months. The parties and the State Board of Education may | ||
also take such other actions as it deems appropriate, | ||
including recovering, reducing, or withholding any fees | ||
paid or to be paid to the hearing officer. If any hearing | ||
officer repeats such failure, he or she must be permanently | ||
removed from the master list maintained by the State Board | ||
of Education and may not be selected by parties through the | ||
alternative selection process under this paragraph (7) or | ||
paragraph (4) of this subsection (d).
The board shall not | ||
lose jurisdiction to discharge a teacher if the hearing
| ||
officer fails to render a decision or findings of fact and | ||
recommendation within the time specified in this
Section. |
If the decision of the hearing officer for dismissal | ||
pursuant to Article 24A of this Code or of the school board | ||
for dismissal for cause is in favor of the teacher, then | ||
the hearing officer or school board shall order | ||
reinstatement to the same or substantially equivalent | ||
position and shall determine the amount for which the | ||
school board is liable, including, but not limited to, loss | ||
of income and benefits. | ||
(8) The school board, within 45 days after receipt of | ||
the hearing officer's findings of fact and recommendation | ||
as to whether (i) the conduct at issue occurred, (ii) the | ||
conduct that did occur was remediable, and (iii) the | ||
proposed dismissal should be sustained, shall issue a | ||
written order as to whether the teacher must be retained or | ||
dismissed for cause from its employ. The school board's | ||
written order shall incorporate the hearing officer's | ||
findings of fact, except that the school board may modify | ||
or supplement the findings of fact if, in its opinion, the | ||
findings of fact are against the manifest weight of the | ||
evidence. | ||
If the school board dismisses the teacher | ||
notwithstanding the hearing officer's findings of fact and | ||
recommendation, the school board shall make a conclusion in | ||
its written order, giving its reasons therefor, and such | ||
conclusion and reasons must be included in its written | ||
order. The failure of the school board to strictly adhere |
to the timelines contained in this Section shall not render | ||
it without jurisdiction to dismiss the teacher. The school | ||
board shall not lose jurisdiction to discharge the teacher | ||
for cause if the hearing officer fails to render a | ||
recommendation within the time specified in this Section. | ||
The decision of the school board is final, unless reviewed | ||
as provided in paragraph (9) of this subsection (d). | ||
If the school board retains the teacher, the school | ||
board shall enter a written order stating the amount of | ||
back pay and lost benefits, less mitigation, to be paid to | ||
the teacher, within 45 days after its retention order. | ||
Should the teacher object to the amount of the back pay and | ||
lost benefits or amount mitigated, the teacher shall give | ||
written objections to the amount within 21 days. If the | ||
parties fail to reach resolution within 7 days, the dispute | ||
shall be referred to the hearing officer, who shall | ||
consider the school board's written order and teacher's | ||
written objection and determine the amount to which the | ||
school board is liable. The costs of the hearing officer's | ||
review and determination must be paid by the board. | ||
(9)
The decision of the hearing officer pursuant to | ||
Article 24A of this Code or of the school board's decision | ||
to dismiss for cause is final unless reviewed as
provided | ||
in Section 24-16 of this Code. If the school board's | ||
decision to dismiss for cause is contrary to the hearing | ||
officer's recommendation, the court on review shall give |
consideration to the school board's decision and its | ||
supplemental findings of fact, if applicable, and the | ||
hearing officer's findings of fact and recommendation in | ||
making its decision. In the event such review is
| ||
instituted, the school board shall be responsible for | ||
preparing and filing the record of proceedings, and such | ||
costs associated therewith must be divided equally between | ||
the parties.
| ||
(10) If a decision of the hearing officer for dismissal | ||
pursuant to Article 24A of this Code or of the school board | ||
for dismissal for cause is adjudicated upon review or
| ||
appeal in favor of the teacher, then the trial court shall | ||
order
reinstatement and shall remand the matter to the | ||
school board with direction for entry of an order setting | ||
the amount of back pay, lost benefits, and costs, less | ||
mitigation. The teacher may challenge the school board's | ||
order setting the amount of back pay, lost benefits, and | ||
costs, less mitigation, through an expedited arbitration | ||
procedure, with the costs of the arbitrator borne by the | ||
school board.
| ||
Any teacher who is reinstated by any hearing or | ||
adjudication brought
under this Section shall be assigned | ||
by the board to a position
substantially similar to the one | ||
which that teacher held prior to that
teacher's suspension | ||
or dismissal.
| ||
(11) Subject to any later effective date referenced in |
this Section for a specific aspect of the dismissal | ||
process, the changes made by Public Act 97-8 shall apply to | ||
dismissals instituted on or after September 1, 2011. Any | ||
dismissal instituted prior to September 1, 2011 must be | ||
carried out in accordance with the requirements of this | ||
Section prior to amendment by Public Act 97-8.
| ||
(e) Nothing contained in Public Act 98-648 repeals, | ||
supersedes, invalidates, or nullifies final decisions in | ||
lawsuits pending on July 1, 2014 (the effective date of Public | ||
Act 98-648) in Illinois courts involving the interpretation of | ||
Public Act 97-8. | ||
(Source: P.A. 100-768, eff. 1-1-19; 101-81, eff. 7-12-19; | ||
101-531, eff. 8-23-19; revised 12-3-19.)
| ||
(105 ILCS 5/24A-5) (from Ch. 122, par. 24A-5) | ||
Sec. 24A-5. Content of evaluation plans. This Section does | ||
not apply to teachers assigned to schools identified in an | ||
agreement entered into between the board of a school district | ||
operating under Article 34 of this Code and the exclusive | ||
representative of the district's teachers in accordance with | ||
Section 34-85c of this Code.
| ||
Each school district to
which this Article applies shall | ||
establish a teacher evaluation plan
which ensures that each | ||
teacher in contractual continued service
is evaluated at least | ||
once in the course of every 2 school years. | ||
By no later than September 1, 2012, each school district |
shall establish a teacher evaluation plan that ensures that: | ||
(1) each teacher not in contractual continued service | ||
is evaluated at least once every school year; and | ||
(2) each teacher in contractual continued service is | ||
evaluated at least once in the course of every 2 school | ||
years. However, any teacher in contractual continued | ||
service whose performance is rated as either "needs | ||
improvement" or "unsatisfactory" must be evaluated at | ||
least once in the school year following the receipt of such | ||
rating. | ||
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section or | ||
any other Section of the School Code, a principal shall not be | ||
prohibited from evaluating any teachers within a school during | ||
his or her first year as principal of such school. If a | ||
first-year principal exercises this option in a school district | ||
where the evaluation plan provides for a teacher in contractual | ||
continued service to be evaluated once in the course of every 2 | ||
school years, then a new 2-year evaluation plan must be | ||
established. | ||
The evaluation plan shall comply with the requirements of | ||
this Section and
of any rules adopted by the State Board of | ||
Education pursuant to this Section. | ||
The plan shall include a description of each teacher's | ||
duties
and responsibilities and of the standards to which that | ||
teacher
is expected to conform, and shall include at least the | ||
following components: |
(a) personal observation of the teacher in the | ||
classroom by the evaluator, unless
the teacher has no | ||
classroom duties. | ||
(b) consideration of the teacher's attendance, | ||
planning,
instructional methods, classroom management, | ||
where relevant, and
competency in the subject matter | ||
taught. | ||
(c) by no later than the applicable implementation | ||
date, consideration of student growth as a significant | ||
factor in the rating of the teacher's performance. | ||
(d) prior to September 1, 2012, rating of the | ||
performance of teachers in contractual continued service | ||
as either: | ||
(i) "excellent",
"satisfactory" or | ||
"unsatisfactory"; or | ||
(ii) "excellent", "proficient", "needs | ||
improvement" or "unsatisfactory". | ||
(e) on and after September 1, 2012, rating of the | ||
performance of all teachers as "excellent", "proficient", | ||
"needs improvement" or "unsatisfactory". | ||
(f) specification as to the teacher's strengths and | ||
weaknesses, with
supporting reasons for the comments made. | ||
(g) inclusion of a copy of the evaluation in the | ||
teacher's personnel
file and provision of a copy to the | ||
teacher. | ||
(h) within 30 school days after the completion of an |
evaluation rating a teacher in contractual continued | ||
service as "needs improvement", development by the | ||
evaluator, in consultation with the teacher, and taking | ||
into account the teacher's on-going professional | ||
responsibilities including his or her regular teaching | ||
assignments, of a professional development plan directed | ||
to the areas that need improvement and any supports that | ||
the district will provide to address the areas identified | ||
as needing improvement. | ||
(i) within 30 school days after completion of an | ||
evaluation rating a teacher
in contractual continued | ||
service as "unsatisfactory", development and commencement | ||
by the district of a remediation plan designed to correct | ||
deficiencies
cited, provided the deficiencies are deemed | ||
remediable.
In all school districts the
remediation plan | ||
for unsatisfactory, tenured teachers shall
provide for 90 | ||
school days of remediation within the
classroom, unless an | ||
applicable collective bargaining agreement provides for a | ||
shorter duration. In all school districts evaluations | ||
issued pursuant
to
this Section shall be
issued within 10 | ||
days after the conclusion of the respective remediation | ||
plan.
However, the school board or other governing | ||
authority of the district
shall not lose
jurisdiction to | ||
discharge a teacher in the event the evaluation is not | ||
issued
within 10 days after the conclusion of the | ||
respective remediation plan. |
(j) participation in the remediation plan by the | ||
teacher in contractual continued service rated
| ||
"unsatisfactory", an evaluator and a consulting teacher | ||
selected by the evaluator of the teacher who was rated | ||
"unsatisfactory", which
consulting teacher is an | ||
educational employee as defined in the Educational
Labor | ||
Relations Act, has at least 5 years' teaching experience, | ||
and a
reasonable familiarity with the assignment of the | ||
teacher being evaluated,
and who received an "excellent" | ||
rating on his or her most
recent evaluation. Where no | ||
teachers who meet these criteria are available
within the | ||
district, the district shall request and the applicable | ||
regional office of education shall supply, to participate | ||
in the remediation process, an
individual who meets these | ||
criteria. | ||
In a district having a population of less than 500,000 | ||
with an
exclusive bargaining agent, the bargaining agent
| ||
may, if it so chooses, supply a roster of qualified | ||
teachers from whom the
consulting teacher is to be | ||
selected. That roster shall, however, contain
the names of | ||
at least 5 teachers, each of whom meets the criteria for
| ||
consulting teacher with regard to the teacher being | ||
evaluated, or the names
of all teachers so qualified if | ||
that number is less than 5. In the event of
a dispute as to | ||
qualification, the State Board shall determine | ||
qualification. |
(k) a mid-point and final evaluation by an evaluator | ||
during and at the end of the remediation period, | ||
immediately following receipt of a remediation plan | ||
provided for under subsections (i) and (j) of this Section. | ||
Each evaluation shall assess the teacher's performance | ||
during the time period since the prior evaluation; provided | ||
that the last evaluation shall also include an overall | ||
evaluation of the teacher's performance during the | ||
remediation period. A written copy of the evaluations and | ||
ratings, in which any deficiencies in performance and | ||
recommendations for correction are identified, shall be | ||
provided to and discussed with the teacher within 10 school | ||
days after the date of the evaluation, unless an applicable | ||
collective bargaining agreement provides to the contrary. | ||
These subsequent evaluations
shall be conducted by an | ||
evaluator. The consulting
teacher shall provide advice to | ||
the teacher rated "unsatisfactory" on how
to improve | ||
teaching skills and to successfully complete the | ||
remediation
plan. The consulting teacher shall participate | ||
in developing the
remediation plan, but the final decision | ||
as to the evaluation shall be done
solely by the evaluator,
| ||
unless an applicable collective bargaining agreement | ||
provides to the contrary.
Evaluations at the
conclusion of | ||
the remediation process shall be separate and distinct from | ||
the
required annual evaluations of teachers and shall not | ||
be subject to the
guidelines and procedures relating to |
those annual evaluations. The evaluator
may but is not | ||
required to use the forms provided for the annual | ||
evaluation of
teachers in the district's evaluation plan. | ||
(l)
reinstatement to the evaluation schedule set forth | ||
in the district's evaluation plan for any teacher in | ||
contractual continued service
who achieves a rating equal | ||
to or better than "satisfactory" or "proficient" in the | ||
school year following a rating of "needs improvement" or | ||
"unsatisfactory". | ||
(m) dismissal in accordance with subsection (d) of | ||
Section 24-12 or Section 24-16.5 or 34-85 of this
Code of | ||
any teacher who fails to complete any applicable | ||
remediation plan
with a rating equal to or better than a | ||
"satisfactory" or "proficient" rating. Districts and | ||
teachers subject to
dismissal hearings are precluded from | ||
compelling the testimony of
consulting teachers at such | ||
hearings under subsection (d) of Section 24-12 or Section | ||
24-16.5 or 34-85 of this Code, either
as to the rating | ||
process or for opinions of performances by teachers under
| ||
remediation. | ||
(n) After the implementation date of an evaluation | ||
system for teachers in a district as specified in Section | ||
24A-2.5 of this Code, if a teacher in contractual continued | ||
service successfully completes a remediation plan | ||
following a rating of "unsatisfactory" in an annual or | ||
biennial overall performance evaluation received after the |
foregoing implementation date and receives a subsequent | ||
rating of "unsatisfactory" in any of the teacher's annual | ||
or biennial overall performance evaluation ratings | ||
received during the 36-month period following the | ||
teacher's completion of the remediation plan, then the | ||
school district may forego remediation and seek dismissal | ||
in accordance with subsection (d) of Section 24-12 or | ||
Section 34-85 of this Code. | ||
Nothing in this Section or Section 24A-4 shall be construed | ||
as preventing immediate
dismissal of a teacher for deficiencies | ||
which are
deemed irremediable or for actions which are | ||
injurious to or endanger the
health or person of students in | ||
the classroom or school, or preventing the dismissal or | ||
non-renewal of teachers not in contractual continued service | ||
for any reason not prohibited by applicable employment, labor, | ||
and civil rights laws. Failure to
strictly comply with the time | ||
requirements contained in Section 24A-5 shall
not invalidate | ||
the results of the remediation plan. | ||
Nothing contained in this amendatory Act of the 98th | ||
General Assembly repeals, supersedes, invalidates, or | ||
nullifies final decisions in lawsuits pending on the effective | ||
date of this amendatory Act of the 98th General Assembly in | ||
Illinois courts involving the interpretation of Public Act | ||
97-8. | ||
If the Governor has declared a disaster due to a public | ||
health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois |
Emergency Management Agency Act that suspends in-person | ||
instruction, the timelines in this Section connected to the | ||
commencement and completion of any remediation plan are waived. | ||
Except if the parties mutually agree otherwise and the | ||
agreement is in writing, any remediation plan that had been in | ||
place for more than 45 days prior to the suspension of | ||
in-person instruction shall resume when in-person instruction | ||
resumes and any remediation plan that had been in place for | ||
fewer than 45 days prior to the suspension of in-person | ||
instruction shall be discontinued and a new remediation period | ||
shall begin when in-person instruction resumes. The | ||
requirements of this paragraph apply regardless of whether they | ||
are included in a school district's teacher evaluation plan. | ||
(Source: P.A. 97-8, eff. 6-13-11; 98-470, eff. 8-16-13; 98-648, | ||
eff. 7-1-14.)
| ||
(105 ILCS 5/27-3) (from Ch. 122, par. 27-3)
| ||
Sec. 27-3.
Patriotism and principles of representative
| ||
government - Proper use of flag - Method of voting - Pledge of | ||
Allegiance.
American patriotism and the principles of | ||
representative government,
as enunciated in the American | ||
Declaration of Independence, the
Constitution of the United | ||
States of America and the Constitution of the
State of | ||
Illinois, and the proper use and display of the American flag,
| ||
shall be taught in all public schools and other educational | ||
institutions
supported or maintained in whole or in part by |
public funds. No student
shall receive a certificate of | ||
graduation without passing a satisfactory
examination upon | ||
such subjects , which may be administered remotely .
| ||
Instruction shall be given in all such schools and | ||
institutions in
the method of voting at elections by means of | ||
the Australian Ballot
system and the method of the counting of | ||
votes for candidates.
| ||
The Pledge of Allegiance shall be recited each school day | ||
by pupils in
elementary and secondary educational institutions | ||
supported or maintained
in whole or
in part by public funds.
| ||
(Source: P.A. 92-612, eff. 7-3-02.)
| ||
(105 ILCS 5/27-6.5) | ||
Sec. 27-6.5. Physical fitness assessments in schools. | ||
(a) As used in this Section, "physical fitness assessment" | ||
means a series of assessments to measure aerobic capacity, body | ||
composition, muscular strength, muscular endurance, and | ||
flexibility. | ||
(b) To measure the effectiveness of State Goal 20 of the | ||
Illinois Learning Standards for Physical Development and | ||
Health, beginning with the 2016-2017 school year and every | ||
school year thereafter, the State Board of Education shall | ||
require all public schools to use a scientifically-based, | ||
health-related physical fitness assessment for grades 3 | ||
through 12 and periodically report fitness information to the | ||
State Board of Education, as set forth in subsections (c) and |
(e) of this Section, to assess student fitness indicators. | ||
Public schools shall integrate health-related fitness | ||
testing into the curriculum as an instructional tool, except in | ||
grades before the 3rd grade. Fitness tests must be appropriate | ||
to students' developmental levels and physical abilities. The | ||
testing must be used to teach students how to assess their | ||
fitness levels, set goals for improvement, and monitor progress | ||
in reaching their goals. Fitness scores shall not be used for | ||
grading students or evaluating teachers. | ||
(c) On or before October 1, 2014, the State Superintendent | ||
of Education shall appoint a 15-member stakeholder and expert | ||
task force, including members representing organizations that | ||
represent physical education teachers, school officials, | ||
principals, health promotion and disease prevention advocates | ||
and experts, school health advocates and experts, and other | ||
experts with operational and academic expertise in the | ||
measurement of fitness. The task force shall make | ||
recommendations to the State Board of Education on the | ||
following: | ||
(1) methods for ensuring the validity and uniformity of | ||
reported physical fitness assessment scores, including | ||
assessment administration protocols and professional | ||
development approaches for physical education teachers; | ||
(2) how often physical fitness assessment scores | ||
should be reported to the State Board of Education; | ||
(3) the grade levels within elementary, middle, and |
high school categories for which physical fitness | ||
assessment scores should be reported to the State Board of | ||
Education; | ||
(4) the minimum fitness indicators that should be | ||
reported to the State Board of Education, including, but | ||
not limited to, a score for aerobic capacity (for grades 4 | ||
through 12); muscular strength; endurance; and | ||
flexibility; | ||
(5) the demographic information that should accompany | ||
the scores, including, but not limited to, grade and | ||
gender; | ||
(6) the development of protocols regarding the | ||
protection of students' confidentiality and individual | ||
information and identifiers; and | ||
(7) how physical fitness assessment data should be
| ||
reported by the State Board of Education to the public, | ||
including potential correlations
with student academic | ||
achievement, attendance, and
discipline data and other | ||
recommended uses of the reported data. | ||
The State Board of Education shall provide administrative | ||
and other support to the task force. | ||
The task force shall submit its recommendations on physical | ||
fitness assessments on or before April 1, 2015. The task force | ||
may also recommend methods for assessing student progress on | ||
State Goals 19 and 21 through 24 of the Illinois Learning | ||
Standards for Physical Development and Health. The task force |
is dissolved on April 30, 2015. | ||
The provisions of this subsection (c), other than this | ||
sentence, are inoperative after March 31, 2016. | ||
(d) On or before December 31, 2015, the State Board of | ||
Education shall use the recommendations of the task force under | ||
subsection (c) of this Section to adopt rules for the | ||
implementation of physical fitness assessments by each public | ||
school for the 2016-2017 school year and every school year | ||
thereafter. The requirements of this Section do not apply if | ||
the Governor has declared a disaster due to a public health | ||
emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency | ||
Management Agency Act. | ||
(e) On or before September 1, 2016, the State Board of | ||
Education shall adopt rules for data submission by school | ||
districts and develop a system for collecting and reporting the | ||
aggregated fitness information from the physical fitness | ||
assessments. This system shall also support the collection of | ||
data from school districts that use a fitness testing software | ||
program. | ||
(f) School districts may report the aggregate findings of | ||
physical fitness assessments by grade level and school to | ||
parents and members of the community through typical | ||
communication channels, such as Internet websites, school | ||
newsletters, school board reports, and presentations. | ||
Districts may also provide individual fitness assessment | ||
reports to students' parents. |
(g) Nothing in this Section precludes schools from | ||
implementing a physical fitness assessment before the | ||
2016-2017 school year or from implementing more robust forms of | ||
a physical fitness assessment.
| ||
(Source: P.A. 98-859, eff. 8-4-14.) | ||
(105 ILCS 5/27-8.1) (from Ch. 122, par. 27-8.1) | ||
Sec. 27-8.1. Health examinations and immunizations. | ||
(1) In compliance with rules and regulations which the | ||
Department of Public
Health shall promulgate, and except as | ||
hereinafter provided, all children in
Illinois shall have a | ||
health examination as follows: within one year prior to
| ||
entering kindergarten or the first grade of any public, | ||
private, or parochial
elementary school; upon entering the | ||
sixth and ninth grades of any public,
private, or parochial | ||
school; prior to entrance into any public, private, or
| ||
parochial nursery school; and, irrespective of grade, | ||
immediately prior to or
upon entrance into any public, private, | ||
or parochial school or nursery school,
each child shall present | ||
proof of having been examined in accordance with this
Section | ||
and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder. Any child | ||
who received a health examination within one year prior to | ||
entering the fifth grade for the 2007-2008 school year is not | ||
required to receive an additional health examination in order | ||
to comply with the provisions of Public Act 95-422 when he or | ||
she attends school for the 2008-2009 school year, unless the |
child is attending school for the first time as provided in | ||
this paragraph. | ||
A tuberculosis skin test screening shall be included as a | ||
required part of
each health examination included under this | ||
Section if the child resides in an
area designated by the | ||
Department of Public Health as having a high incidence
of | ||
tuberculosis. Additional health examinations of pupils, | ||
including eye examinations, may be required when deemed | ||
necessary by school
authorities. Parents are encouraged to have | ||
their children undergo eye examinations at the same points in | ||
time required for health
examinations. | ||
(1.5) In compliance with rules adopted by the Department of | ||
Public Health and except as otherwise provided in this Section, | ||
all children in kindergarten and the second, sixth, and ninth | ||
grades of any public, private, or parochial school shall have a | ||
dental examination. Each of these children shall present proof | ||
of having been examined by a dentist in accordance with this | ||
Section and rules adopted under this Section before May 15th of | ||
the school year. If a child in the second, sixth, or ninth | ||
grade fails to present proof by May 15th, the school may hold | ||
the child's report card until one of the following occurs: (i) | ||
the child presents proof of a completed dental examination or | ||
(ii) the child presents proof that a dental examination will | ||
take place within 60 days after May 15th. A school may not | ||
withhold a child's report card during a school year in which | ||
the Governor has declared a disaster due to a public health |
emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency | ||
Management Agency Act. The Department of Public Health shall | ||
establish, by rule, a waiver for children who show an undue | ||
burden or a lack of access to a dentist. Each public, private, | ||
and parochial school must give notice of this dental | ||
examination requirement to the parents and guardians of | ||
students at least 60 days before May 15th of each school year.
| ||
(1.10) Except as otherwise provided in this Section, all | ||
children enrolling in kindergarten in a public, private, or | ||
parochial school on or after January 1, 2008 (the effective | ||
date of Public Act 95-671) and any student enrolling for the | ||
first time in a public, private, or parochial school on or | ||
after January 1, 2008 (the effective date of Public Act 95-671) | ||
shall have an eye examination. Each of these children shall | ||
present proof of having been examined by a physician licensed | ||
to practice medicine in all of its branches or a licensed | ||
optometrist within the previous year, in accordance with this | ||
Section and rules adopted under this Section, before October | ||
15th of the school year. If the child fails to present proof by | ||
October 15th, the school may hold the child's report card until | ||
one of the following occurs: (i) the child presents proof of a | ||
completed eye examination or (ii) the child presents proof that | ||
an eye examination will take place within 60 days after October | ||
15th. A school may not withhold a child's report card during a | ||
school year in which the Governor has declared a disaster due | ||
to a public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the |
Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act. The Department of | ||
Public Health shall establish, by rule, a waiver for children | ||
who show an undue burden or a lack of access to a physician | ||
licensed to practice medicine in all of its branches who | ||
provides eye examinations or to a licensed optometrist. Each | ||
public, private, and parochial school must give notice of this | ||
eye examination requirement to the parents and guardians of | ||
students in compliance with rules of the Department of Public | ||
Health. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to allow a | ||
school to exclude a child from attending because of a parent's | ||
or guardian's failure to obtain an eye examination for the | ||
child.
| ||
(2) The Department of Public Health shall promulgate rules | ||
and regulations
specifying the examinations and procedures | ||
that constitute a health examination, which shall include an | ||
age-appropriate developmental screening, an age-appropriate | ||
social and emotional screening, and the collection of data | ||
relating to asthma and obesity
(including at a minimum, date of | ||
birth, gender, height, weight, blood pressure, and date of | ||
exam),
and a dental examination and may recommend by rule that | ||
certain additional examinations be performed.
The rules and | ||
regulations of the Department of Public Health shall specify | ||
that
a tuberculosis skin test screening shall be included as a | ||
required part of each
health examination included under this | ||
Section if the child resides in an area
designated by the | ||
Department of Public Health as having a high incidence of
|
tuberculosis.
With respect to the developmental screening and | ||
the social and emotional screening, the Department of Public | ||
Health must, no later than January 1, 2019, develop rules and | ||
appropriate revisions to the Child Health Examination form in | ||
conjunction with a statewide organization representing school | ||
boards; a statewide organization representing pediatricians; | ||
statewide organizations representing individuals holding | ||
Illinois educator licenses with school support personnel | ||
endorsements, including school social workers, school | ||
psychologists, and school nurses; a statewide organization | ||
representing children's mental health experts; a statewide | ||
organization representing school principals; the Director of | ||
Healthcare and Family Services or his or her designee, the | ||
State Superintendent of Education or his or her designee; and | ||
representatives of other appropriate State agencies and, at a | ||
minimum, must recommend the use of validated screening tools | ||
appropriate to the child's age or grade, and, with regard to | ||
the social and emotional screening, require recording only | ||
whether or not the screening was completed. The rules shall | ||
take into consideration the screening recommendations of the | ||
American Academy of Pediatrics and must be consistent with the | ||
State Board of Education's social and emotional learning | ||
standards. The Department of Public Health shall specify that a | ||
diabetes
screening as defined by rule shall be included as a | ||
required part of each
health examination.
Diabetes testing is | ||
not required. |
Physicians licensed to practice medicine in all of its | ||
branches, licensed advanced
practice registered nurses, or | ||
licensed physician assistants shall be
responsible for the | ||
performance of the health examinations, other than dental
| ||
examinations, eye examinations, and vision and hearing | ||
screening, and shall sign all report forms
required by | ||
subsection (4) of this Section that pertain to those portions | ||
of
the health examination for which the physician, advanced | ||
practice registered nurse, or
physician assistant is | ||
responsible.
If a registered
nurse performs any part of a | ||
health examination, then a physician licensed to
practice | ||
medicine in all of its branches must review and sign all | ||
required
report forms. Licensed dentists shall perform all | ||
dental examinations and
shall sign all report forms required by | ||
subsection (4) of this Section that
pertain to the dental | ||
examinations. Physicians licensed to practice medicine
in all | ||
its branches or licensed optometrists shall perform all eye | ||
examinations
required by this Section and shall sign all report | ||
forms required by
subsection (4) of this Section that pertain | ||
to the eye examination. For purposes of this Section, an eye | ||
examination shall at a minimum include history, visual acuity, | ||
subjective refraction to best visual acuity near and far, | ||
internal and external examination, and a glaucoma evaluation, | ||
as well as any other tests or observations that in the | ||
professional judgment of the doctor are necessary. Vision and
| ||
hearing screening tests, which shall not be considered |
examinations as that
term is used in this Section, shall be | ||
conducted in accordance with rules and
regulations of the | ||
Department of Public Health, and by individuals whom the
| ||
Department of Public Health has certified.
In these rules and | ||
regulations, the Department of Public Health shall
require that | ||
individuals conducting vision screening tests give a child's
| ||
parent or guardian written notification, before the vision | ||
screening is
conducted, that states, "Vision screening is not a | ||
substitute for a
complete eye and vision evaluation by an eye | ||
doctor. Your child is not
required to undergo this vision | ||
screening if an optometrist or
ophthalmologist has completed | ||
and signed a report form indicating that
an examination has | ||
been administered within the previous 12 months.". | ||
(2.5) With respect to the developmental screening and the | ||
social and emotional screening portion of the health | ||
examination, each child may present proof of having been | ||
screened in accordance with this Section and the rules adopted | ||
under this Section before October 15th of the school year. With | ||
regard to the social and emotional screening only, the | ||
examining health care provider shall only record whether or not | ||
the screening was completed. If the child fails to present | ||
proof of the developmental screening or the social and | ||
emotional screening portions of the health examination by | ||
October 15th of the school year, qualified school support | ||
personnel may, with a parent's or guardian's consent, offer the | ||
developmental screening or the social and emotional screening |
to the child. Each public, private, and parochial school must | ||
give notice of the developmental screening and social and | ||
emotional screening requirements to the parents and guardians | ||
of students in compliance with the rules of the Department of | ||
Public Health. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to | ||
allow a school to exclude a child from attending because of a | ||
parent's or guardian's failure to obtain a developmental | ||
screening or a social and emotional screening for the child. | ||
Once a developmental screening or a social and emotional | ||
screening is completed and proof has been presented to the | ||
school, the school may, with a parent's or guardian's consent, | ||
make available appropriate school personnel to work with the | ||
parent or guardian, the child, and the provider who signed the | ||
screening form to obtain any appropriate evaluations and | ||
services as indicated on the form and in other information and | ||
documentation provided by the parents, guardians, or provider. | ||
(3) Every child shall, at or about the same time as he or | ||
she receives
a health examination required by subsection (1) of | ||
this Section, present
to the local school proof of having | ||
received such immunizations against
preventable communicable | ||
diseases as the Department of Public Health shall
require by | ||
rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to this Section and | ||
the
Communicable Disease Prevention Act. | ||
(4) The individuals conducting the health examination,
| ||
dental examination, or eye examination shall record the
fact of | ||
having conducted the examination, and such additional |
information as
required, including for a health examination
| ||
data relating to asthma and obesity
(including at a minimum, | ||
date of birth, gender, height, weight, blood pressure, and date | ||
of exam), on uniform forms which the Department of Public | ||
Health and the State
Board of Education shall prescribe for | ||
statewide use. The examiner shall
summarize on the report form | ||
any condition that he or she suspects indicates a
need for | ||
special services, including for a health examination factors | ||
relating to asthma or obesity. The duty to summarize on the | ||
report form does not apply to social and emotional screenings. | ||
The confidentiality of the information and records relating to | ||
the developmental screening and the social and emotional | ||
screening shall be determined by the statutes, rules, and | ||
professional ethics governing the type of provider conducting | ||
the screening. The individuals confirming the administration | ||
of
required immunizations shall record as indicated on the form | ||
that the
immunizations were administered. | ||
(5) If a child does not submit proof of having had either | ||
the health
examination or the immunization as required, then | ||
the child shall be examined
or receive the immunization, as the | ||
case may be, and present proof by October
15 of the current | ||
school year, or by an earlier date of the current school year
| ||
established by a school district. To establish a date before | ||
October 15 of the
current school year for the health | ||
examination or immunization as required, a
school district must | ||
give notice of the requirements of this Section 60 days
prior |
to the earlier established date. If for medical reasons one or | ||
more of
the required immunizations must be given after October | ||
15 of the current school
year, or after an earlier established | ||
date of the current school year, then
the child shall present, | ||
by October 15, or by the earlier established date, a
schedule | ||
for the administration of the immunizations and a statement of | ||
the
medical reasons causing the delay, both the schedule and | ||
the statement being
issued by the physician, advanced practice | ||
registered nurse, physician assistant,
registered nurse, or | ||
local health department that will
be responsible for | ||
administration of the remaining required immunizations. If
a | ||
child does not comply by October 15, or by the earlier | ||
established date of
the current school year, with the | ||
requirements of this subsection, then the
local school | ||
authority shall exclude that child from school until such time | ||
as
the child presents proof of having had the health | ||
examination as required and
presents proof of having received | ||
those required immunizations which are
medically possible to | ||
receive immediately. During a child's exclusion from
school for | ||
noncompliance with this subsection, the child's parents or | ||
legal
guardian shall be considered in violation of Section 26-1 | ||
and subject to any
penalty imposed by Section 26-10. This | ||
subsection (5) does not apply to dental examinations, eye | ||
examinations, and the developmental screening and the social | ||
and emotional screening portions of the health examination. If | ||
the student is an out-of-state transfer student and does not |
have the proof required under this subsection (5) before | ||
October 15 of the current year or whatever date is set by the | ||
school district, then he or she may only attend classes (i) if | ||
he or she has proof that an appointment for the required | ||
vaccinations has been scheduled with a party authorized to | ||
submit proof of the required vaccinations. If the proof of | ||
vaccination required under this subsection (5) is not submitted | ||
within 30 days after the student is permitted to attend | ||
classes, then the student is not to be permitted to attend | ||
classes until proof of the vaccinations has been properly | ||
submitted. No school district or employee of a school district | ||
shall be held liable for any injury or illness to another | ||
person that results from admitting an out-of-state transfer | ||
student to class that has an appointment scheduled pursuant to | ||
this subsection (5). | ||
(6) Every school shall report to the State Board of | ||
Education by November
15, in the manner which that agency shall | ||
require, the number of children who
have received the necessary | ||
immunizations and the health examination (other than a dental | ||
examination or eye examination) as
required, indicating, of | ||
those who have not received the immunizations and
examination | ||
as required, the number of children who are exempt from health
| ||
examination and immunization requirements on religious or | ||
medical grounds as
provided in subsection (8). On or before | ||
December 1 of each year, every public school district and | ||
registered nonpublic school shall make publicly available the |
immunization data they are required to submit to the State | ||
Board of Education by November 15. The immunization data made | ||
publicly available must be identical to the data the school | ||
district or school has reported to the State Board of | ||
Education. | ||
Every school shall report to the State Board of Education | ||
by June 30, in the manner that the State Board requires, the | ||
number of children who have received the required dental | ||
examination, indicating, of those who have not received the | ||
required dental examination, the number of children who are | ||
exempt from the dental examination on religious grounds as | ||
provided in subsection (8) of this Section and the number of | ||
children who have received a waiver under subsection (1.5) of | ||
this Section. | ||
Every school shall report to the State Board of Education | ||
by June 30, in the manner that the State Board requires, the | ||
number of children who have received the required eye | ||
examination, indicating, of those who have not received the | ||
required eye examination, the number of children who are exempt | ||
from the eye examination as provided in subsection (8) of this | ||
Section, the number of children who have received a waiver | ||
under subsection (1.10) of this Section, and the total number | ||
of children in noncompliance with the eye examination | ||
requirement. | ||
The reported information under this subsection (6) shall be | ||
provided to the
Department of Public Health by the State Board |
of Education. | ||
(7) Upon determining that the number of pupils who are | ||
required to be in
compliance with subsection (5) of this | ||
Section is below 90% of the number of
pupils enrolled in the | ||
school district, 10% of each State aid payment made
pursuant to | ||
Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 to the school district for such year | ||
may be withheld
by the State Board of Education until the | ||
number of students in compliance with
subsection (5) is the | ||
applicable specified percentage or higher. | ||
(8) Children of parents or legal guardians who object to | ||
health, dental, or eye examinations or any part thereof, to | ||
immunizations, or to vision and hearing screening tests on | ||
religious grounds shall not be required to undergo the | ||
examinations, tests, or immunizations to which they so object | ||
if such parents or legal guardians present to the appropriate | ||
local school authority a signed Certificate of Religious | ||
Exemption detailing the grounds for objection and the specific | ||
immunizations, tests, or examinations to which they object. The | ||
grounds for objection must set forth the specific religious | ||
belief that conflicts with the examination, test, | ||
immunization, or other medical intervention. The signed | ||
certificate shall also reflect the parent's or legal guardian's | ||
understanding of the school's exclusion policies in the case of | ||
a vaccine-preventable disease outbreak or exposure. The | ||
certificate must also be signed by the authorized examining | ||
health care provider responsible for the performance of the |
child's health examination confirming that the provider | ||
provided education to the parent or legal guardian on the | ||
benefits of immunization and the health risks to the student | ||
and to the community of the communicable diseases for which | ||
immunization is required in this State. However, the health | ||
care provider's signature on the certificate reflects only that | ||
education was provided and does not allow a health care | ||
provider grounds to determine a religious exemption. Those | ||
receiving immunizations required under this Code shall be | ||
provided with the relevant vaccine information statements that | ||
are required to be disseminated by the federal National | ||
Childhood Vaccine Injury Act of 1986, which may contain | ||
information on circumstances when a vaccine should not be | ||
administered, prior to administering a vaccine. A healthcare | ||
provider may consider including without limitation the | ||
nationally accepted recommendations from federal agencies such | ||
as the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices, the | ||
information outlined in the relevant vaccine information | ||
statement, and vaccine package inserts, along with the | ||
healthcare provider's clinical judgment, to determine whether | ||
any child may be more susceptible to experiencing an adverse | ||
vaccine reaction than the general population, and, if so, the | ||
healthcare provider may exempt the child from an immunization | ||
or adopt an individualized immunization schedule. The | ||
Certificate of Religious Exemption shall be created by the | ||
Department of Public Health and shall be made available and |
used by parents and legal guardians by the beginning of the | ||
2015-2016 school year. Parents or legal guardians must submit | ||
the Certificate of Religious Exemption to their local school | ||
authority prior to entering kindergarten, sixth grade, and | ||
ninth grade for each child for which they are requesting an | ||
exemption. The religious objection stated need not be directed | ||
by the tenets of an established religious organization. | ||
However, general philosophical or moral reluctance to allow | ||
physical examinations, eye examinations, immunizations, vision | ||
and hearing screenings, or dental examinations does not provide | ||
a sufficient basis for an exception to statutory requirements. | ||
The local school authority is responsible for determining if
| ||
the content of the Certificate of Religious Exemption
| ||
constitutes a valid religious objection.
The local school | ||
authority shall inform the parent or legal guardian of | ||
exclusion procedures, in accordance with the Department's | ||
rules under Part 690 of Title 77 of the Illinois Administrative | ||
Code, at the time the objection is presented. | ||
If the physical condition
of the child is such that any one | ||
or more of the immunizing agents should not
be administered, | ||
the examining physician, advanced practice registered nurse, | ||
or
physician assistant responsible for the performance of the
| ||
health examination shall endorse that fact upon the health | ||
examination form. | ||
Exempting a child from the health,
dental, or eye | ||
examination does not exempt the child from
participation in the |
program of physical education training provided in
Sections | ||
27-5 through 27-7 of this Code. | ||
(8.5) The school board of a school district shall include | ||
informational materials regarding influenza and influenza | ||
vaccinations and meningococcal disease and meningococcal | ||
vaccinations developed, provided, or approved by the | ||
Department of Public Health under Section 2310-700 of the | ||
Department of Public Health Powers and Duties Law of the Civil | ||
Administrative Code of Illinois when the board provides | ||
information on immunizations, infectious diseases, | ||
medications, or other school health issues to the parents or | ||
guardians of students. | ||
(9) For the purposes of this Section, "nursery schools" | ||
means those nursery
schools operated by elementary school | ||
systems or secondary level school units
or institutions of | ||
higher learning. | ||
(Source: P.A. 100-238, eff. 1-1-18; 100-465, eff. 8-31-17; | ||
100-513, eff. 1-1-18; 100-829, eff. 1-1-19; 100-863, eff. | ||
8-14-18; 100-977, eff. 1-1-19; 100-1011, eff. 8-21-18; 101-81, | ||
eff. 7-12-19.)
| ||
(105 ILCS 5/27-21) (from Ch. 122, par. 27-21)
| ||
(Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 101-227 ) | ||
Sec. 27-21. History of United States. History of the United | ||
States shall be taught in all public schools and
in all other | ||
educational institutions in this State supported or
|
maintained, in whole or in part, by public funds. The teaching | ||
of history
shall have as one of its objectives the imparting to | ||
pupils of a
comprehensive idea of our democratic form of | ||
government and the principles
for which our government stands | ||
as regards other nations, including the
studying of the place | ||
of our government in world-wide movements and the
leaders | ||
thereof, with particular stress upon the basic principles and
| ||
ideals of our representative form of government. The teaching | ||
of history
shall include a study of the role and contributions | ||
of African Americans and
other ethnic groups , including , but | ||
not restricted to , Polish, Lithuanian, German,
Hungarian, | ||
Irish, Bohemian, Russian, Albanian, Italian, Czech, Slovak,
| ||
French, Scots, Hispanics, Asian Americans, etc., in the history | ||
of this
country and this
State. To reinforce the study of the | ||
role and contributions of Hispanics, such curriculum shall | ||
include the study of the events related to the forceful removal | ||
and illegal deportation of Mexican-American U.S. citizens | ||
during the Great Depression. The teaching of history also shall | ||
include a study of the
role of labor unions and their | ||
interaction with government in achieving the
goals of a mixed | ||
free enterprise system. Beginning with the 2020-2021 school | ||
year, the teaching of history must also include instruction on | ||
the history of Illinois. No pupils shall be graduated
from the | ||
eighth grade of any
public school unless he has received such | ||
instruction in the history of the
United States and gives | ||
evidence of having a comprehensive knowledge
thereof , which may |
be administered remotely .
| ||
(Source: P.A. 101-341, eff. 1-1-20; revised 9-19-19.)
| ||
(Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 101-227 ) | ||
Sec. 27-21. History of United States. History of the United | ||
States shall be taught in all public schools and
in all other | ||
educational institutions in this State supported or
| ||
maintained, in whole or in part, by public funds. The teaching | ||
of history
shall have as one of its objectives the imparting to | ||
pupils of a
comprehensive idea of our democratic form of | ||
government and the principles
for which our government stands | ||
as regards other nations, including the
studying of the place | ||
of our government in world-wide movements and the
leaders | ||
thereof, with particular stress upon the basic principles and
| ||
ideals of our representative form of government. The teaching | ||
of history
shall include a study of the role and contributions | ||
of African Americans and
other ethnic groups , including , but | ||
not restricted to , Polish, Lithuanian, German,
Hungarian, | ||
Irish, Bohemian, Russian, Albanian, Italian, Czech, Slovak,
| ||
French, Scots, Hispanics, Asian Americans, etc., in the history | ||
of this
country and this
State. To reinforce the study of the | ||
role and contributions of Hispanics, such curriculum shall | ||
include the study of the events related to the forceful removal | ||
and illegal deportation of Mexican-American U.S. citizens | ||
during the Great Depression. In public schools only, the | ||
teaching of history shall include a study of the roles and |
contributions of lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender | ||
people in the history of this country and this State. The | ||
teaching of history also shall include a study of the
role of | ||
labor unions and their interaction with government in achieving | ||
the
goals of a mixed free enterprise system. Beginning with the | ||
2020-2021 school year, the teaching of history must also | ||
include instruction on the history of Illinois. No pupils shall | ||
be graduated
from the eighth grade of any
public school unless | ||
he or she has received such instruction in the history of the
| ||
United States and gives evidence of having a comprehensive | ||
knowledge
thereof , which may be administered remotely .
| ||
(Source: P.A. 101-227, eff. 7-1-20; 101-341, eff. 1-1-20; | ||
revised 9-19-19.)
| ||
(105 ILCS 5/27-22) (from Ch. 122, par. 27-22)
| ||
Sec. 27-22. Required high school courses.
| ||
(a) (Blank).
| ||
(b) (Blank). | ||
(c) (Blank). | ||
(d) (Blank). | ||
(e) As a prerequisite to receiving a high school diploma, | ||
each pupil
entering the 9th grade must, in addition to other | ||
course requirements, successfully
complete all of the | ||
following courses: | ||
(1) Four years of language arts. | ||
(2) Two years of writing intensive courses, one of |
which must be English and the other of which may be English | ||
or any other subject. When applicable, writing-intensive | ||
courses may be counted towards the fulfillment of other | ||
graduation requirements.
| ||
(3) Three years of mathematics, one of which must be | ||
Algebra I, one of which must include geometry content, and | ||
one of which may be an Advanced Placement computer science | ||
course. A mathematics course that includes geometry | ||
content may be offered as an integrated, applied, | ||
interdisciplinary, or career and technical education | ||
course that prepares a student for a career readiness path. | ||
(4) Two years of science. | ||
(5) Two years of social studies, of which at least one | ||
year must be history of the United States or a combination | ||
of history of the United States and American government | ||
and, beginning with pupils entering the 9th grade in the | ||
2016-2017 school year and each school year thereafter, at | ||
least one semester must be civics, which shall help young | ||
people acquire and learn to use the skills, knowledge, and | ||
attitudes that will prepare them to be competent and | ||
responsible citizens throughout their lives. Civics course | ||
content shall focus on government institutions, the | ||
discussion of current and controversial issues, service | ||
learning, and simulations of the democratic process. | ||
School districts may utilize private funding available for | ||
the purposes of offering civics education. |
(6) One year chosen from (A) music, (B) art, (C) | ||
foreign language, which shall be deemed to include American | ||
Sign Language, or (D) vocational education. | ||
(f) The State Board of Education shall develop and inform | ||
school districts of standards for writing-intensive | ||
coursework.
| ||
(f-5) If a school district offers an Advanced Placement | ||
computer science course to high school students, then the | ||
school board must designate that course as equivalent to a high | ||
school mathematics course and must denote on the student's | ||
transcript that the Advanced Placement computer science course | ||
qualifies as a mathematics-based, quantitative course for | ||
students in accordance with subdivision (3) of subsection (e) | ||
of this Section. | ||
(g) This amendatory Act of 1983 does not apply to pupils | ||
entering the 9th grade
in 1983-1984 school year and prior | ||
school years or to students
with disabilities whose course of | ||
study is determined by an individualized
education program.
| ||
This amendatory Act of the 94th General Assembly does not | ||
apply
to pupils entering the 9th grade in the 2004-2005 school | ||
year or a prior
school year or to students with disabilities | ||
whose course of study is
determined by an individualized | ||
education program.
| ||
(h) The provisions of this Section are subject to the | ||
provisions of
Section
27-22.05 of this Code and the | ||
Postsecondary and Workforce Readiness Act.
|
(i) The State Board of Education may adopt rules to modify | ||
the requirements of this Section for any students enrolled in | ||
grades 9 through 12 if the Governor has declared a disaster due | ||
to a public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the | ||
Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act. | ||
(Source: P.A. 100-443, eff. 8-25-17; 101-464, eff. 1-1-20 .)
| ||
(105 ILCS 5/34-2.1) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-2.1)
| ||
Sec. 34-2.1. Local School Councils - Composition - | ||
Voter-Eligibility
- Elections - Terms. | ||
(a) A local school council shall be established for each | ||
attendance
center within the school district. Each local school | ||
council shall
consist of the following 12 voting members: the | ||
principal of the
attendance center, 2 teachers employed and | ||
assigned to perform the
majority of their employment duties at | ||
the attendance center, 6 parents of
students currently enrolled | ||
at the attendance center, one employee of the school district | ||
employed and assigned to perform the majority of his or her | ||
employment duties at the attendance center who is not a | ||
teacher, and 2 community
residents. Neither the parents nor the | ||
community residents who serve as
members of the local school | ||
council shall be employees of the Board of
Education. In each | ||
secondary attendance center, the local school council
shall | ||
consist of 13 voting members -- the 12 voting members described | ||
above
and one full-time student member, appointed as provided | ||
in subsection
(m) below.
In the event that the chief executive |
officer of the Chicago School Reform
Board of Trustees | ||
determines that a local school council is not carrying out
its | ||
financial duties effectively, the chief executive officer is | ||
authorized to
appoint a representative of the business | ||
community with experience in finance
and management
to serve as | ||
an advisor to the local school council for
the purpose of | ||
providing advice and assistance to the local school council on
| ||
fiscal matters.
The advisor shall have access to relevant | ||
financial records of the
local school council. The advisor may | ||
attend executive sessions.
The chief executive officer shall
| ||
issue a written policy defining the circumstances under which a | ||
local school
council is not carrying out its financial duties | ||
effectively.
| ||
(b) Within 7 days of January 11, 1991, the Mayor shall | ||
appoint the
members and officers (a Chairperson who shall be a | ||
parent member and a
Secretary) of each local school council who | ||
shall hold their offices until
their successors shall be | ||
elected and qualified. Members so appointed shall
have all the | ||
powers and duties of local school councils as set forth in
this | ||
amendatory Act of 1991. The Mayor's appointments shall not | ||
require
approval by the City Council.
| ||
The membership of each local school council shall be | ||
encouraged to be
reflective of the racial and ethnic | ||
composition of the student population
of the attendance center | ||
served by the local school council.
| ||
(c) Beginning with the 1995-1996 school year and in every |
even-numbered
year thereafter, the Board shall set second | ||
semester Parent Report Card
Pick-up Day for Local School | ||
Council elections and may schedule elections at
year-round | ||
schools for the same dates as the remainder of the school | ||
system.
Elections shall be
conducted as provided herein by the | ||
Board of Education in consultation with
the local school | ||
council at each attendance center. | ||
(c-5) Notwithstanding subsection (c), for the local school | ||
council election set for the 2019-2020 school year, the Board | ||
may hold the election on the first semester Parent Report Card | ||
Pick-up Day of the 2020-2021 school year, making any necessary | ||
modifications to the election process or date to comply with | ||
guidance from the Department of Public Health and the federal | ||
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. The terms of office | ||
of all local school council members eligible to serve and | ||
seated on or after March 23, 2020 through January 10, 2021 are | ||
extended through January 10, 2021, provided that the members | ||
continue to meet eligibility requirements for local school | ||
council membership.
| ||
(d) Beginning with the 1995-96 school year, the following
| ||
procedures shall apply to the election of local school council | ||
members at each
attendance center:
| ||
(i) The elected members of each local school council | ||
shall consist of
the 6 parent members and the 2 community | ||
resident members.
| ||
(ii) Each elected member shall be elected by the |
eligible voters of
that attendance center to serve for a | ||
two-year term
commencing on July 1
immediately following | ||
the election described in subsection
(c) , except that the | ||
terms of members elected to a local school council under | ||
subsection (c-5) shall commence on January 11, 2021 and end | ||
on July 1, 2022 . Eligible
voters for each attendance center | ||
shall consist of the parents and community
residents for | ||
that attendance center.
| ||
(iii) Each eligible voter shall be entitled
to cast one | ||
vote for up to
a total of 5 candidates, irrespective of | ||
whether such candidates are parent
or community resident | ||
candidates.
| ||
(iv) Each parent voter shall be entitled to vote in the | ||
local
school
council election at each attendance center in | ||
which he or she has a child
currently enrolled. Each | ||
community resident voter shall be entitled to
vote in the | ||
local school council election at each attendance center for
| ||
which he or she resides in the applicable attendance area | ||
or voting
district, as the case may be.
| ||
(v) Each eligible voter shall be entitled to vote once, | ||
but
not more
than once, in the local school council | ||
election at each attendance center
at which the voter is | ||
eligible to vote.
| ||
(vi) The 2 teacher members and the non-teacher employee | ||
member of each local school council
shall be
appointed as | ||
provided in subsection (l) below each to serve for a
|
two-year
term coinciding with that of the elected parent | ||
and community resident
members. From March 23, 2020 through | ||
January 10, 2021, the chief executive officer or his or her | ||
designee may make accommodations to fill the vacancy of a | ||
teacher or non-teacher employee member of a local school | ||
council.
| ||
(vii) At secondary attendance centers, the voting | ||
student
member shall
be appointed as provided in subsection | ||
(m) below to serve
for a one-year term coinciding with the | ||
beginning of the terms of the elected
parent and community | ||
members of the local school council. For the 2020-2021 | ||
school year, the chief executive officer or his or her | ||
designee may make accommodations to fill the vacancy of a | ||
student member of a local school council.
| ||
(e) The Council shall publicize the date and place of the | ||
election by
posting notices at the attendance center, in public | ||
places within the
attendance boundaries of the attendance | ||
center and by distributing notices
to the pupils at the | ||
attendance center, and shall utilize such other means
as it | ||
deems necessary to maximize the involvement of all eligible | ||
voters.
| ||
(f) Nomination. The Council shall publicize the opening of | ||
nominations
by posting notices at the attendance center, in | ||
public places within the
attendance boundaries of the | ||
attendance center and by distributing notices
to the pupils at | ||
the attendance center, and shall utilize such other means
as it |
deems necessary to maximize the involvement of all eligible | ||
voters.
Not less than 2 weeks before the election date, persons | ||
eligible to run for
the Council shall submit their name,
date | ||
of birth, social
security number, if
available,
and some | ||
evidence of eligibility
to the Council. The Council shall | ||
encourage nomination of candidates
reflecting the | ||
racial/ethnic population of the students at the attendance
| ||
center. Each person nominated who runs as a candidate shall | ||
disclose, in a
manner determined by the Board, any economic | ||
interest held by such person,
by such person's spouse or | ||
children, or by each business entity in which
such person has | ||
an ownership interest, in any contract with the Board, any
| ||
local school council or any public school in the school
| ||
district.
Each person
nominated who runs as a candidate shall | ||
also disclose, in a manner determined
by the Board, if he or | ||
she ever has been convicted of any of the offenses
specified in | ||
subsection (c) of Section 34-18.5; provided that neither this
| ||
provision nor any other provision of this Section shall be | ||
deemed to require
the disclosure of any information that is | ||
contained in any law enforcement
record or juvenile court | ||
record that is confidential or whose accessibility or
| ||
disclosure is restricted or prohibited under Section 5-901 or
| ||
5-905 of the Juvenile
Court Act of 1987.
Failure to make such | ||
disclosure shall render a person ineligible
for election or to | ||
serve on the local school council. The same
disclosure shall be
| ||
required of persons under consideration for appointment to the |
Council
pursuant to subsections (l) and (m) of this Section.
| ||
(f-5) Notwithstanding disclosure, a person who has been | ||
convicted of any
of
the
following offenses at any time shall be | ||
ineligible for election or appointment
to a local
school | ||
council and ineligible for appointment to a local school | ||
council
pursuant to
subsections (l) and (m) of this Section: | ||
(i) those defined in Section 11-1.20, 11-1.30, 11-1.40, | ||
11-1.50, 11-1.60, 11-6,
11-9.1, 11-14.4, 11-16,
11-17.1, | ||
11-19, 11-19.1, 11-19.2, 11-20.1, 11-20.1B, 11-20.3, 12-13, | ||
12-14, 12-14.1, 12-15, or
12-16, or subdivision (a)(2) of | ||
Section 11-14.3, of the
Criminal Code of 1961 or the Criminal | ||
Code of 2012, or (ii) any offense committed or attempted in any | ||
other
state or
against the laws of the United States, which, if | ||
committed or attempted in this
State,
would have been | ||
punishable as one or more of the foregoing offenses.
| ||
Notwithstanding
disclosure, a person who has been convicted of | ||
any of the following offenses
within the
10 years previous to | ||
the date of nomination or appointment shall be ineligible
for | ||
election or
appointment to a local school council:
(i) those | ||
defined in Section 401.1, 405.1, or 405.2 of the Illinois | ||
Controlled
Substances Act or (ii) any
offense committed
or | ||
attempted in any other state or against the laws of the United | ||
States,
which, if
committed or attempted in this State, would | ||
have been punishable as one or more
of the
foregoing offenses.
| ||
Immediately upon election or appointment, incoming local | ||
school
council members
shall be
required to undergo a criminal |
background investigation, to be completed prior
to the member | ||
taking office,
in order to identify
any criminal convictions | ||
under the offenses enumerated in Section 34-18.5.
The | ||
investigation shall be conducted by the Department of State | ||
Police in the
same manner as provided for in Section 34-18.5. | ||
However, notwithstanding
Section 34-18.5, the social security | ||
number shall be provided only if
available.
If it is determined | ||
at any time that a local school council member or
member-elect | ||
has been convicted
of any of the offenses enumerated in this | ||
Section or failed to disclose a
conviction of any of the | ||
offenses enumerated in Section 34-18.5, the general
| ||
superintendent shall notify the local school council member or | ||
member-elect of
such
determination and the local school council | ||
member or member-elect shall be
removed from the
local school | ||
council by the Board, subject to a hearing,
convened pursuant | ||
to Board rule, prior to removal.
| ||
(g) At least one week before the election date, the Council | ||
shall
publicize, in the manner provided in subsection (e), the | ||
names of persons
nominated for election.
| ||
(h) Voting shall be in person by secret ballot at the | ||
attendance center
between the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m.
| ||
(i) Candidates receiving the highest number of votes shall | ||
be declared
elected by the Council. In cases of a tie, the | ||
Council shall determine the
winner by lot.
| ||
(j) The Council shall certify the results of the election | ||
and shall
publish the results in the minutes of the Council.
|
(k) The general superintendent shall resolve any
disputes
| ||
concerning election procedure or results and shall ensure that, | ||
except as
provided in subsections (e) and (g), no resources of | ||
any attendance center
shall be used to endorse or promote any | ||
candidate.
| ||
(l) Beginning with the 1995-1996 school year
and in every
| ||
even numbered
year thereafter, the Board shall appoint 2 | ||
teacher
members to each
local school council. These | ||
appointments shall be made in the following
manner:
| ||
(i) The Board shall appoint 2 teachers who are
employed | ||
and assigned to
perform the majority of
their employment | ||
duties at the attendance center
to serve on the local | ||
school council of the attendance center for a two-year
term | ||
coinciding with the terms of the elected parent and
| ||
community members of that local school council. These
| ||
appointments shall be made from among those teachers who | ||
are nominated in
accordance with subsection (f).
| ||
(ii) A non-binding, advisory poll to ascertain the
| ||
preferences of the
school staff regarding appointments of | ||
teachers to the local school council
for that attendance | ||
center shall be conducted in accordance with the
procedures | ||
used to elect parent and community Council | ||
representatives. At
such poll, each member of the school | ||
staff shall be entitled to indicate
his or her preference | ||
for up to 2 candidates from among those who submitted
| ||
statements of candidacy as described above. These |
preferences shall be
advisory only and the Board shall | ||
maintain absolute discretion to appoint
teacher members to | ||
local school councils, irrespective of the preferences
| ||
expressed in any such poll.
| ||
(iii) In the event that a teacher representative is | ||
unable to perform
his or her employment duties at the | ||
school due to illness, disability, leave of
absence, | ||
disciplinary action, or any other reason, the Board shall | ||
declare
a temporary vacancy and appoint a replacement | ||
teacher representative to serve
on the local school council | ||
until such time as the teacher member originally
appointed | ||
pursuant to this subsection (l) resumes service at the | ||
attendance
center or for the remainder of the term. The | ||
replacement teacher
representative shall be appointed in | ||
the same manner and by the same procedures
as teacher | ||
representatives are appointed in subdivisions (i) and (ii) | ||
of this
subsection (l).
| ||
(m) Beginning with the 1995-1996 school year, and in every
| ||
year thereafter, the Board shall appoint one student member to | ||
each
secondary attendance center. These appointments shall be | ||
made in the
following manner:
| ||
(i) Appointments shall be made from among those | ||
students who submit
statements of candidacy to the | ||
principal of the attendance center, such
statements to be | ||
submitted commencing on the first day of the twentieth
week | ||
of school and
continuing for 2 weeks thereafter. The form |
and manner of such candidacy
statements shall be determined | ||
by the Board.
| ||
(ii) During the twenty-second week of school in every | ||
year,
the principal of
each attendance center shall conduct | ||
a non-binding, advisory poll to
ascertain the preferences | ||
of the school students regarding the appointment
of a | ||
student to the local school council for that attendance | ||
center. At
such poll, each student shall be entitled to | ||
indicate his or her preference
for up to one candidate from | ||
among those who submitted statements of
candidacy as | ||
described above. The Board shall promulgate rules to ensure
| ||
that these non-binding, advisory polls are conducted in a | ||
fair and
equitable manner and maximize the involvement of | ||
all school students. The
preferences expressed in these | ||
non-binding, advisory polls shall be
transmitted by the | ||
principal to the Board. However, these preferences
shall be | ||
advisory only and the Board shall maintain absolute | ||
discretion to
appoint student members to local school | ||
councils, irrespective of the
preferences expressed in any | ||
such poll.
| ||
(iii) For the 1995-96 school year only, appointments | ||
shall be made from
among those students who submitted | ||
statements of candidacy to the principal
of the attendance | ||
center during the first 2 weeks of the school year.
The
| ||
principal shall communicate the results of any nonbinding, | ||
advisory poll to the
Board. These results shall be advisory |
only, and the Board shall maintain
absolute discretion to | ||
appoint student members to local school councils,
| ||
irrespective of the preferences expressed in any such poll.
| ||
(n) The Board may promulgate such other rules and | ||
regulations for
election procedures as may be deemed necessary | ||
to ensure fair elections.
| ||
(o) In the event that a vacancy occurs during a member's | ||
term, the
Council shall appoint a person eligible to serve on | ||
the Council, to fill
the unexpired term created by the vacancy, | ||
except that any teacher vacancy
shall be filled by the Board | ||
after considering the preferences of the school
staff as | ||
ascertained through a non-binding advisory poll of school | ||
staff.
| ||
(p) If less than the specified number of persons is elected | ||
within each
candidate category, the newly elected local school | ||
council shall appoint
eligible persons to serve as members of | ||
the Council for two-year terms.
| ||
(q) The Board shall promulgate rules regarding conflicts of | ||
interest
and disclosure of economic interests which shall apply | ||
to local school
council members and which shall require reports | ||
or statements to be filed
by Council members at regular | ||
intervals with the Secretary of the
Board. Failure to comply | ||
with such rules
or intentionally falsifying such reports shall | ||
be grounds for
disqualification from local school council | ||
membership. A vacancy on the
Council for disqualification may | ||
be so declared by the Secretary of the
Board. Rules regarding |
conflicts of interest and disclosure of
economic interests | ||
promulgated by the Board shall apply to local school council
| ||
members. No less than 45 days prior to the deadline, the | ||
general
superintendent shall provide notice, by mail, to each | ||
local school council
member of all requirements and forms for | ||
compliance with economic interest
statements.
| ||
(r) (1) If a parent member of a local school council ceases | ||
to have any
child
enrolled in the attendance center governed by | ||
the Local School Council due to
the graduation or voluntary | ||
transfer of a child or children from the attendance
center, the | ||
parent's membership on the Local School Council and all voting
| ||
rights are terminated immediately as of the date of the child's | ||
graduation or
voluntary transfer. If the child of a parent | ||
member of a local school council dies during the member's term | ||
in office, the member may continue to serve on the local school | ||
council for the balance of his or her term. Further,
a local | ||
school council member may be removed from the Council by a
| ||
majority vote of the Council as provided in subsection (c) of | ||
Section
34-2.2 if the Council member has missed 3 consecutive | ||
regular meetings, not
including committee meetings, or 5 | ||
regular meetings in a 12 month period,
not including committee | ||
meetings.
If a parent member of a local school council ceases | ||
to be eligible to serve
on the Council for any other reason, he | ||
or she shall be removed by the Board
subject
to a hearing, | ||
convened pursuant to Board rule, prior to removal.
A vote to | ||
remove a Council member by the local school council shall
only |
be valid if the Council member has been notified personally or | ||
by
certified mail, mailed to the person's last known address, | ||
of the Council's
intent to vote on the Council member's removal | ||
at least 7 days prior to the
vote. The Council member in | ||
question shall have the right to explain
his or her actions and | ||
shall be eligible to vote on the
question of his or her removal | ||
from the Council. The provisions of this
subsection shall be | ||
contained within the petitions used to nominate Council
| ||
candidates.
| ||
(2) A person may continue to serve as a community resident | ||
member of a
local
school council as long as he or she resides | ||
in the attendance area served by
the
school and is not employed | ||
by the Board nor is a parent of a student enrolled
at the | ||
school. If a community resident member ceases to be eligible to | ||
serve
on the Council, he or she shall be removed by the Board | ||
subject to a hearing,
convened pursuant to Board rule, prior to | ||
removal.
| ||
(3) A person may continue to serve as a teacher member of a | ||
local school
council as long as he or she is employed and | ||
assigned to perform a majority of
his or her duties at the | ||
school, provided that if the teacher representative
resigns | ||
from employment with the Board or
voluntarily transfers to | ||
another school, the teacher's membership on the local
school | ||
council and all voting rights are terminated immediately as of | ||
the date
of the teacher's resignation or upon the date of the | ||
teacher's voluntary
transfer to another school. If a teacher |
member of a local school council
ceases to be eligible to serve | ||
on a local school council for any other reason,
that member | ||
shall be removed by the Board subject to a hearing, convened
| ||
pursuant to Board rule, prior to removal. | ||
(s) As used in this Section only, "community resident" | ||
means a person, 17 years of age or older, residing within an | ||
attendance area served by a school, excluding any person who is | ||
a parent of a student enrolled in that school; provided that | ||
with respect to any multi-area school, community resident means | ||
any person, 17 years of age or older, residing within the | ||
voting district established for that school pursuant to Section | ||
34-2.1c, excluding any person who is a parent of a student | ||
enrolled in that school. This definition does not apply to any | ||
provisions concerning school boards.
| ||
(Source: P.A. 99-597, eff. 1-1-17 .)
| ||
(105 ILCS 5/34-2.2) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-2.2)
| ||
Sec. 34-2.2. Local school councils - Manner of operation.
| ||
(a) The annual organizational meeting of each local school | ||
council
shall be held at the attendance center or via | ||
videoconference or teleconference if guidance from the | ||
Department of Public Health or Centers for Disease Control and | ||
Prevention limits the size of in-person meetings at the time of | ||
the meeting . At the annual organization meeting,
which shall be | ||
held no sooner than July 1 and no later than July 14, a parent
| ||
member of the local school council shall be selected by the |
members of such
council as its chairperson, and a secretary | ||
shall be selected by the members of
such council from among | ||
their number, each to serve a term of one year.
However, an | ||
organizational meeting held by members elected to a local | ||
school council under subsection (c-5) of Section 34-2.1 may be | ||
held no sooner than January 11, 2021 and no later than January | ||
31, 2021. Whenever a vacancy in the office of chairperson or | ||
secretary of a local school
council shall occur, a new | ||
chairperson (who shall be a parent member) or
secretary, as the | ||
case may be, shall be elected by the members of the local
| ||
school council from among their number to serve as such
| ||
chairperson or secretary for the unexpired term of office in | ||
which the
vacancy occurs. At each annual organizational | ||
meeting, the time and
place of any regular meetings of the | ||
local school council shall be fixed.
Special meetings of the | ||
local school council may be called by the
chairperson or by any | ||
4 members by giving notice thereof in writing,
specifying the | ||
time, place and purpose of the meeting. Public notice of
| ||
meetings shall also be given in accordance with the Open | ||
Meetings Act.
| ||
(b) Members and officers of the local school council shall | ||
serve
without compensation and without reimbursement of any | ||
expenses incurred in
the performance of their duties, except | ||
that the board of education may by
rule establish a procedure | ||
and thereunder provide for reimbursement of
members and | ||
officers of local school councils for such of their reasonable
|
and necessary expenses (excluding any lodging or meal expenses) | ||
incurred in
the performance of their duties as the board may | ||
deem appropriate.
| ||
(c) A majority of the full membership of the local school | ||
council
shall constitute a quorum, and whenever a vote is taken | ||
on any measure
before the local school council, a quorum being | ||
present, the affirmative
vote of a majority of the votes of the | ||
full membership then serving of the
local school council shall | ||
determine the outcome thereof; provided that
whenever the | ||
measure before the local school council is (i) the evaluation
| ||
of the principal, or (ii) the renewal of his or her performance | ||
contract or
the inclusion of any provision or modification of | ||
the contract, or (iii)
the direct selection by the local school | ||
council of a new principal
(including
a new principal to fill a | ||
vacancy) to serve under a 4 year performance
contract, or (iv) | ||
the determination of the names of candidates to be submitted
to | ||
the general superintendent for the position of
principal, the
| ||
principal and
student member of a high school council shall not | ||
be counted for purposes of
determining whether a quorum is | ||
present to act on the measure and shall have no
vote thereon; | ||
and provided further that 7 affirmative votes of the local | ||
school
council shall be required for the direct selection by | ||
the local school
council
of a new principal
to serve under a 4 | ||
year performance contract but not for the renewal of a
| ||
principal's performance contract.
| ||
(d) Student members of high school councils shall not be |
eligible
to vote on personnel matters, including but not | ||
limited to principal
evaluations and contracts and the | ||
allocation of teaching and staff resources.
| ||
(e) The local school council of an attendance center which | ||
provides
bilingual education shall be encouraged to provide | ||
translators at each
council meeting to maximize participation | ||
of parents and the community.
| ||
(f) Each local school council of an attendance center which | ||
provides
bilingual education shall create a Bilingual Advisory | ||
Committee or
recognize an existing Bilingual Advisory | ||
Committee as a standing committee.
The Chair and a majority of | ||
the members of the advisory committee shall be
parents of | ||
students in the bilingual education program. The parents on the
| ||
advisory committee shall be selected by parents of students in | ||
the
bilingual education program, and the committee shall select | ||
a Chair. The
advisory committee for each secondary attendance | ||
center shall include at
least one full-time bilingual education | ||
student. The Bilingual Advisory
Committee shall serve only in | ||
an advisory capacity to the local school council.
| ||
(g) Local school councils may utilize the services of an | ||
arbitration
board to resolve intra-council disputes.
| ||
(Source: P.A. 91-622, eff. 8-19-99.)
| ||
(105 ILCS 5/34-18.5) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-18.5) | ||
Sec. 34-18.5. Criminal history records checks and checks of | ||
the Statewide Sex Offender Database and Statewide Murderer and |
Violent Offender Against Youth Database. | ||
(a) Licensed and nonlicensed applicants for
employment | ||
with the school district are required as a condition of
| ||
employment to authorize a fingerprint-based criminal history | ||
records check to determine if such applicants
have been | ||
convicted of any disqualifying, enumerated criminal or drug | ||
offense offenses in
subsection (c) of this Section or have been
| ||
convicted, within 7 years of the application for employment | ||
with the
school district, of any other felony under the laws of | ||
this State or of any
offense committed or attempted in any | ||
other state or against the laws of
the United States that, if | ||
committed or attempted in this State, would
have been | ||
punishable as a felony under the laws of this State. | ||
Authorization
for
the
check shall
be furnished by the applicant | ||
to the school district, except that if the
applicant is a | ||
substitute teacher seeking employment in more than one
school | ||
district, or a teacher seeking concurrent part-time employment
| ||
positions with more than one school district (as a reading | ||
specialist,
special education teacher or otherwise), or an | ||
educational support
personnel employee seeking employment | ||
positions with more than one
district, any such district may | ||
require the applicant to furnish
authorization for
the check to | ||
the regional superintendent of the
educational service region | ||
in which are located the school districts in
which the | ||
applicant is seeking employment as a substitute or concurrent
| ||
part-time teacher or concurrent educational support personnel |
employee.
Upon receipt of this authorization, the school | ||
district or the appropriate
regional superintendent, as the | ||
case may be, shall submit the applicant's
name, sex, race, date | ||
of birth, social security number, fingerprint images, and other | ||
identifiers, as prescribed by the Department
of State Police, | ||
to the Department. The regional
superintendent submitting the | ||
requisite information to the Department of
State Police shall | ||
promptly notify the school districts in which the
applicant is | ||
seeking employment as a substitute or concurrent part-time
| ||
teacher or concurrent educational support personnel employee | ||
that
the
check of the applicant has been requested. The | ||
Department of State
Police and the Federal Bureau of | ||
Investigation shall furnish, pursuant to a fingerprint-based | ||
criminal history records check, records of convictions, | ||
forever and hereinafter, until expunged, to the president of | ||
the school board for the school district that requested the | ||
check, or to the regional superintendent who requested the | ||
check. The
Department shall charge
the school district
or the | ||
appropriate regional superintendent a fee for
conducting
such | ||
check, which fee shall be deposited in the State
Police | ||
Services Fund and shall not exceed the cost of the inquiry; and | ||
the
applicant shall not be charged a fee for
such check by the | ||
school
district or by the regional superintendent. Subject to | ||
appropriations for these purposes, the State Superintendent of | ||
Education shall reimburse the school district and regional | ||
superintendent for fees paid to obtain criminal history records |
checks under this Section. | ||
(a-5) The school district or regional superintendent shall | ||
further perform a check of the Statewide Sex Offender Database, | ||
as authorized by the Sex Offender Community Notification Law, | ||
for each applicant. The check of the Statewide Sex Offender | ||
Database must be conducted by the school district or regional | ||
superintendent once for every 5 years that an applicant remains | ||
employed by the school district. | ||
(a-6) The school district or regional superintendent shall | ||
further perform a check of the Statewide Murderer and Violent | ||
Offender Against Youth Database, as authorized by the Murderer | ||
and Violent Offender Against Youth Community Notification Law, | ||
for each applicant. The check of the Murderer and Violent | ||
Offender Against Youth Database must be conducted by the school | ||
district or regional superintendent once for every 5 years that | ||
an applicant remains employed by the school district. | ||
(b) Any
information concerning the record of convictions | ||
obtained by the president
of the board of education or the | ||
regional superintendent shall be
confidential and may only be | ||
transmitted to the general superintendent of
the school | ||
district or his designee, the appropriate regional
| ||
superintendent if
the check was requested by the board of | ||
education
for the school district, the presidents of the | ||
appropriate board of
education or school boards if
the check | ||
was requested from the
Department of State Police by the | ||
regional superintendent, the State Board of Education and the |
school district as authorized under subsection (b-5), the State
| ||
Superintendent of Education, the State Educator Preparation | ||
and Licensure Board or any
other person necessary to the | ||
decision of hiring the applicant for
employment. A copy of the | ||
record of convictions obtained from the
Department of State | ||
Police shall be provided to the applicant for
employment. Upon | ||
the check of the Statewide Sex Offender Database or Statewide | ||
Murderer and Violent Offender Against Youth Database, the | ||
school district or regional superintendent shall notify an | ||
applicant as to whether or not the applicant has been | ||
identified in the Database. If a check of an applicant for | ||
employment as a
substitute or concurrent part-time teacher or | ||
concurrent educational
support personnel employee in more than | ||
one school district was requested
by the regional | ||
superintendent, and the Department of State Police upon
a check | ||
ascertains that the applicant has not been convicted of any
of | ||
the enumerated criminal or drug offenses in subsection (c) of | ||
this Section
or has not been
convicted,
within 7 years of the | ||
application for employment with the
school district, of any | ||
other felony under the laws of this State or of any
offense | ||
committed or attempted in any other state or against the laws | ||
of
the United States that, if committed or attempted in this | ||
State, would
have been punishable as a felony under the laws of | ||
this State and so
notifies the regional superintendent and if | ||
the regional superintendent upon a check ascertains that the | ||
applicant has not been identified in the Sex Offender Database |
or Statewide Murderer and Violent Offender Against Youth | ||
Database, then the regional superintendent
shall issue to the | ||
applicant a certificate evidencing that as of the date
| ||
specified by the Department of State Police the applicant has | ||
not been
convicted of any of the enumerated criminal or drug | ||
offenses in subsection
(c) of this Section
or has not been
| ||
convicted, within 7 years of the application for employment | ||
with the
school district, of any other felony under the laws of | ||
this State or of any
offense committed or attempted in any | ||
other state or against the laws of
the United States that, if | ||
committed or attempted in this State, would
have been | ||
punishable as a felony under the laws of this State and | ||
evidencing that as of the date that the regional superintendent | ||
conducted a check of the Statewide Sex Offender Database or | ||
Statewide Murderer and Violent Offender Against Youth | ||
Database, the applicant has not been identified in the | ||
Database. The school
board of any school district may rely on | ||
the certificate issued by any regional
superintendent to that | ||
substitute teacher, concurrent part-time teacher, or | ||
concurrent educational support personnel employee
or may | ||
initiate its own criminal history records check of
the | ||
applicant through the Department of State Police and its own | ||
check of the Statewide Sex Offender Database or Statewide | ||
Murderer and Violent Offender Against Youth Database as | ||
provided in
this Section. Any unauthorized release of | ||
confidential information may be a violation of Section 7 of the |
Criminal Identification Act. | ||
(b-5) If a criminal history records check or check of the | ||
Statewide Sex Offender Database or Statewide Murderer and | ||
Violent Offender Against Youth Database is performed by a | ||
regional superintendent for an applicant seeking employment as | ||
a substitute teacher with the school district, the regional | ||
superintendent may disclose to the State Board of Education | ||
whether the applicant has been issued a certificate under | ||
subsection (b) based on those checks. If the State Board | ||
receives information on an applicant under this subsection, | ||
then it must indicate in the Educator Licensure Information | ||
System for a 90-day period that the applicant has been issued | ||
or has not been issued a certificate. | ||
(c) The board of education shall not knowingly employ a | ||
person who has
been convicted of any offense that would subject | ||
him or her to license suspension or revocation pursuant to | ||
Section 21B-80 of this Code, except as provided under | ||
subsection (b) of 21B-80.
Further, the board of education shall | ||
not knowingly employ a person who has
been found to be the | ||
perpetrator of sexual or physical abuse of any minor under
18 | ||
years of age pursuant to proceedings under Article II of the | ||
Juvenile Court
Act of 1987. As a condition of employment, the | ||
board of education must consider the status of a person who has | ||
been issued an indicated finding of abuse or neglect of a child | ||
by the Department of Children and Family Services under the | ||
Abused and Neglected Child Reporting Act or by a child welfare |
agency of another jurisdiction. | ||
(d) The board of education shall not knowingly employ a | ||
person for whom
a criminal history records check and a | ||
Statewide Sex Offender Database check have has not been | ||
initiated. | ||
(e) Within 10 days after the general superintendent of | ||
schools, a regional office of education, or an entity that | ||
provides background checks of license holders to public schools | ||
receives information of a pending criminal charge against a | ||
license holder for an offense set forth in Section 21B-80 of | ||
this Code, the superintendent, regional office of education, or | ||
entity must notify the State Superintendent of Education of the | ||
pending criminal charge. | ||
No later than 15 business days after receipt of a record of | ||
conviction or of checking the Statewide Murderer and Violent | ||
Offender Against Youth Database or the Statewide Sex Offender | ||
Database and finding a registration, the general | ||
superintendent of schools or the applicable regional | ||
superintendent shall, in writing, notify the State | ||
Superintendent of Education of any license holder who has been | ||
convicted of a crime set forth in Section 21B-80 of this Code. | ||
Upon receipt of the record of a conviction of or a finding of | ||
child
abuse by a holder of any license
issued pursuant to | ||
Article 21B or Section 34-8.1 or 34-83 of this the
School Code, | ||
the State Superintendent of
Education may initiate licensure | ||
suspension and revocation
proceedings as authorized by law. If |
the receipt of the record of conviction or finding of child | ||
abuse is received within 6 months after the initial grant of or | ||
renewal of a license, the State Superintendent of Education may | ||
rescind the license holder's license. | ||
(e-5) The general superintendent of schools shall, in | ||
writing, notify the State Superintendent of Education of any | ||
license holder whom he or she has reasonable cause to believe | ||
has committed an intentional act of abuse or neglect with the | ||
result of making a child an abused child or a neglected child, | ||
as defined in Section 3 of the Abused and Neglected Child | ||
Reporting Act, and that act resulted in the license holder's | ||
dismissal or resignation from the school district. This | ||
notification must be submitted within 30 days after the | ||
dismissal or resignation. The license holder must also be | ||
contemporaneously sent a copy of the notice by the | ||
superintendent. All correspondence, documentation, and other | ||
information so received by the State Superintendent of | ||
Education, the State Board of Education, or the State Educator | ||
Preparation and Licensure Board under this subsection (e-5) is | ||
confidential and must not be disclosed to third parties, except | ||
(i) as necessary for the State Superintendent of Education or | ||
his or her designee to investigate and prosecute pursuant to | ||
Article 21B of this Code, (ii) pursuant to a court order, (iii) | ||
for disclosure to the license holder or his or her | ||
representative, or (iv) as otherwise provided in this Article | ||
and provided that any such information admitted into evidence |
in a hearing is exempt from this confidentiality and | ||
non-disclosure requirement. Except for an act of willful or | ||
wanton misconduct, any superintendent who provides | ||
notification as required in this subsection (e-5) shall have | ||
immunity from any liability, whether civil or criminal or that | ||
otherwise might result by reason of such action. | ||
(f) After March 19, 1990, the provisions of this Section | ||
shall apply to
all employees of persons or firms holding | ||
contracts with any school district
including, but not limited | ||
to, food service workers, school bus drivers and
other | ||
transportation employees, who have direct, daily contact with | ||
the
pupils of any school in such district. For purposes of | ||
criminal history records checks and checks of the Statewide Sex | ||
Offender Database on employees of persons or firms holding | ||
contracts with more
than one school district and assigned to | ||
more than one school district, the
regional superintendent of | ||
the educational service region in which the
contracting school | ||
districts are located may, at the request of any such
school | ||
district, be responsible for receiving the authorization for
a | ||
criminal history records check prepared by each such employee | ||
and submitting the same to the
Department of State Police and | ||
for conducting a check of the Statewide Sex Offender Database | ||
for each employee. Any information concerning the record of
| ||
conviction and identification as a sex offender of any such | ||
employee obtained by the regional superintendent
shall be | ||
promptly reported to the president of the appropriate school |
board
or school boards. | ||
(f-5) Upon request of a school or school district, any | ||
information obtained by the school district pursuant to | ||
subsection (f) of this Section within the last year must be | ||
made available to the requesting school or school district. | ||
(g) Prior to the commencement of any student teaching | ||
experience or required internship (which is referred to as | ||
student teaching in this Section) in the public schools, a | ||
student teacher is required to authorize a fingerprint-based | ||
criminal history records check. Authorization for and payment | ||
of the costs of the check must be furnished by the student | ||
teacher to the school district. Upon receipt of this | ||
authorization and payment, the school district shall submit the | ||
student teacher's name, sex, race, date of birth, social | ||
security number, fingerprint images, and other identifiers, as | ||
prescribed by the Department of State Police, to the Department | ||
of State Police. The Department of State Police and the Federal | ||
Bureau of Investigation shall furnish, pursuant to a | ||
fingerprint-based criminal history records check, records of | ||
convictions, forever and hereinafter, until expunged, to the | ||
president of the board. The Department shall charge the school | ||
district a fee for conducting the check, which fee must not | ||
exceed the cost of the inquiry and must be deposited into the | ||
State Police Services Fund. The school district shall further | ||
perform a check of the Statewide Sex Offender Database, as | ||
authorized by the Sex Offender Community Notification Law, and |
of the Statewide Murderer and Violent Offender Against Youth | ||
Database, as authorized by the Murderer and Violent Offender | ||
Against Youth Registration Act, for each student teacher. The | ||
board may not knowingly allow a person to student teach for | ||
whom a criminal history records check, a Statewide Sex Offender | ||
Database check, and a Statewide Murderer and Violent Offender | ||
Against Youth Database check have not been completed and | ||
reviewed by the district. | ||
A copy of the record of convictions obtained from the | ||
Department of State Police must be provided to the student | ||
teacher. Any information concerning the record of convictions | ||
obtained by the president of the board is confidential and may | ||
only be transmitted to the general superintendent of schools or | ||
his or her designee, the State Superintendent of Education, the | ||
State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, or, for | ||
clarification purposes, the Department of State Police or the | ||
Statewide Sex Offender Database or Statewide Murderer and | ||
Violent Offender Against Youth Database. Any unauthorized | ||
release of confidential information may be a violation of | ||
Section 7 of the Criminal Identification Act. | ||
The board may not knowingly allow a person to student teach | ||
who has been convicted of any offense that would subject him or | ||
her to license suspension or revocation pursuant to subsection | ||
(c) of Section 21B-80 of this Code, except as provided under | ||
subsection (b) of Section 21B-80. Further, the board may not | ||
allow a person to student teach if he or she has been found to |
be the perpetrator of sexual or physical abuse of a minor under | ||
18 years of age pursuant to proceedings under Article II of the | ||
Juvenile Court Act of 1987. The board must consider the status | ||
of a person to student teach who has been issued an indicated | ||
finding of abuse or neglect of a child by the Department of | ||
Children and Family Services under the Abused and Neglected | ||
Child Reporting Act or by a child welfare agency of another | ||
jurisdiction. | ||
(h) (Blank). | ||
(Source: P.A. 101-72, eff. 7-12-19; 101-531, eff. 8-23-19; | ||
revised 9-19-19.) | ||
(105 ILCS 5/34-18.66 new) | ||
Sec. 34-18.66. Remote and blended remote learning. This | ||
Section applies if the Governor has declared a disaster due to | ||
a public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois | ||
Emergency Management Agency Act. | ||
(1) If the Governor has declared a disaster due to a | ||
public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the | ||
Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act, the State | ||
Superintendent of Education may declare a requirement to | ||
use remote learning days or blended remote learning days | ||
for the school district, multiple school districts, a | ||
region, or the entire State. During remote learning days, | ||
schools shall conduct instruction remotely. During blended | ||
remote learning days, schools may utilize hybrid models of |
in-person and remote instruction. Once declared, remote | ||
learning days or blended remote learning days shall be | ||
implemented in grades pre-kindergarten through 12 as days | ||
of attendance and shall be deemed pupil attendance days for | ||
calculation of the length of a school term under Section | ||
10-19. | ||
(2) For purposes of this Section, a remote learning day | ||
or blended remote learning day may be met through the | ||
district's implementation of an e-learning program under | ||
Section 10-20.56. | ||
(3) If the district does not implement an e-learning | ||
program under Section 10-20.56, the district shall adopt a | ||
remote and blended remote learning day plan approved by the | ||
general superintendent of schools. The district may | ||
utilize remote and blended remote learning planning days, | ||
consecutively or in separate increments, to develop, | ||
review, or amend its remote and blended remote learning day | ||
plan or provide professional development to staff | ||
regarding remote education. Up to 5 remote and blended | ||
remote learning planning days may be deemed pupil | ||
attendance days for calculation of the length of a school | ||
term under Section 10-19. | ||
(4) Each remote and blended remote learning day plan | ||
shall address the following: | ||
(i) accessibility of the remote instruction to all | ||
students enrolled in the district; |
(ii) if applicable, a requirement that the remote | ||
learning day and blended remote learning day | ||
activities reflect State learning standards; | ||
(iii) a means for students to confer with an | ||
educator, as necessary; | ||
(iv) the unique needs of students in special | ||
populations, including, but not limited to, students | ||
eligible for special education under Article 14, | ||
students who are English learners as defined in Section | ||
14C-2, and students experiencing homelessness under | ||
the Education for Homeless Children Act, or vulnerable | ||
student populations; | ||
(v) how the district will take attendance and | ||
monitor and verify each student's remote | ||
participation; and | ||
(vi) transitions from remote learning to on-site | ||
learning upon the State Superintendent's declaration | ||
that remote learning days or blended remote learning | ||
days are no longer deemed necessary. | ||
(5) The general superintendent of schools shall | ||
periodically review and amend the district's remote and | ||
blended remote learning day plan, as needed, to ensure the | ||
plan meets the needs of all students. | ||
(6) Each remote and blended remote learning day plan | ||
shall be posted on the district's Internet website where | ||
other policies, rules, and standards of conduct are posted |
and shall be provided to students and faculty. | ||
(7) This Section does not create any additional | ||
employee bargaining rights and does not remove any employee | ||
bargaining rights. | ||
(8) Statutory and regulatory curricular mandates and | ||
offerings may be administered via the district's remote and | ||
blended remote learning day plan, except that the district | ||
may not offer individual behind-the-wheel instruction | ||
required by Section 27-24.2 via the district's remote and | ||
blended remote learning day plan.
This Section does not | ||
relieve schools and the district from completing all | ||
statutory and regulatory curricular mandates and | ||
offerings.
| ||
(105 ILCS 5/34-85) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-85)
| ||
Sec. 34-85. Removal for cause; notice and hearing; | ||
suspension. | ||
(a) No
teacher employed by the board of education shall | ||
(after serving the
probationary period specified in Section | ||
34-84) be removed
except for cause. Teachers (who have | ||
completed the probationary period specified in Section 34-84 of | ||
this Code) shall be removed for cause in accordance with the | ||
procedures set forth in this Section or, at the board's option, | ||
the procedures set forth in Section 24-16.5 of this Code or | ||
such other procedures established in an agreement entered into | ||
between the board and the exclusive representative of the |
district's teachers under Section 34-85c of this Code for | ||
teachers (who have completed the probationary period specified | ||
in Section 34-84 of this Code) assigned to schools identified | ||
in that agreement. No principal employed by the board of | ||
education shall be
removed during the term of his or her | ||
performance contract except for
cause, which may include but is | ||
not limited to the principal's repeated
failure to implement | ||
the school improvement plan or to comply with the
provisions of | ||
the Uniform Performance Contract, including additional
| ||
criteria established by the Council for inclusion in the | ||
performance
contract pursuant to Section 34-2.3.
| ||
Before service of notice of charges on account of causes | ||
that may be deemed to be remediable, the teacher or principal | ||
must be given reasonable warning in writing, stating | ||
specifically the causes that, if not removed, may result in | ||
charges; however, no such written warning is required if the | ||
causes have been the subject of a remediation plan pursuant to | ||
Article 24A of this Code or if the board and the exclusive | ||
representative of the district's teachers have entered into an | ||
agreement pursuant to Section 34-85c of this Code, pursuant to | ||
an alternative system of remediation. No written warning shall | ||
be required for conduct on the part of a teacher or principal | ||
that is cruel, immoral, negligent, or criminal or that in any | ||
way causes psychological or physical harm or injury to a | ||
student, as that conduct is deemed to be irremediable. No | ||
written warning shall be required for a material breach of the |
uniform principal performance contract, as that conduct is | ||
deemed to be irremediable; provided that not less than 30 days | ||
before the vote of the local school council to seek the | ||
dismissal of a principal for a material breach of a uniform | ||
principal performance contract, the local school council shall | ||
specify the nature of the alleged breach in writing and provide | ||
a copy of it to the principal. | ||
(1) To initiate dismissal proceedings against a | ||
teacher or principal, the general superintendent must | ||
first approve written charges and specifications against | ||
the
teacher or
principal. A local school council may direct | ||
the
general superintendent to approve written charges | ||
against its principal on behalf of the Council
upon the | ||
vote of 7 members of the Council. The general | ||
superintendent must
approve those charges within 45 | ||
calendar days
or provide a written
reason for not approving | ||
those charges. A
written notice of those charges, including | ||
specifications,
shall be served upon the teacher or | ||
principal within 10 business days of the
approval of the | ||
charges. Any written notice sent on or after July 1, 2012 | ||
shall also inform the teacher or principal of the right to | ||
request a hearing before a mutually selected hearing | ||
officer, with the cost of the hearing officer split equally | ||
between the teacher or principal and the board, or a | ||
hearing before a qualified hearing officer chosen by the | ||
general superintendent, with the cost of the hearing |
officer paid by the board. If the teacher or principal | ||
cannot be found upon diligent
inquiry, such charges may be | ||
served upon him by mailing a copy thereof in a
sealed | ||
envelope by prepaid certified mail, return receipt | ||
requested, to the
teacher's or principal's last known | ||
address. A return receipt showing
delivery to such address | ||
within 20 calendar days after the date of the
approval of | ||
the charges shall constitute proof of service.
| ||
(2) No hearing upon the charges is required unless the | ||
teacher or principal
within 17 calendar
days after | ||
receiving notice requests in writing of the general
| ||
superintendent that a hearing
be scheduled. Pending the | ||
hearing of the charges, the general superintendent or his | ||
or her designee may suspend the teacher or principal | ||
charged without pay in accordance with rules prescribed by | ||
the board, provided that if the teacher or principal | ||
charged is not dismissed based on the charges, he or she | ||
must be made whole for lost earnings, less setoffs for | ||
mitigation. | ||
(3) The board shall maintain a list of at least 9 | ||
qualified hearing officers who will conduct hearings on | ||
charges and specifications. The list must be developed in | ||
good faith consultation with the exclusive representative | ||
of the board's teachers and professional associations that | ||
represent the board's principals. The list may be revised | ||
on July 1st of each year or earlier as needed. To be a |
qualified hearing officer, the person must (i)
be | ||
accredited by a national arbitration organization and have | ||
had a minimum
of 5 years of experience as an arbitrator in | ||
cases involving labor and
employment
relations matters | ||
between employers and employees or
their exclusive | ||
bargaining representatives and (ii) beginning September 1, | ||
2012, have participated in training provided or approved by | ||
the State Board of Education for teacher dismissal hearing | ||
officers so that he or she is familiar with issues | ||
generally involved in evaluative and non-evaluative | ||
dismissals.
| ||
Within 5 business days after receiving the notice of | ||
request for a hearing, the general superintendent and the | ||
teacher or principal or
their legal representatives
shall | ||
alternately strike one name
from the list until only one | ||
name remains. Unless waived by the teacher,
the teacher or | ||
principal shall
have the right to proceed first with the | ||
striking. If the teacher or principal fails to participate | ||
in the striking process, the general superintendent shall | ||
either select the hearing officer from the list developed | ||
pursuant to this paragraph (3) or select another qualified | ||
hearing officer from the master list maintained by the | ||
State Board of Education pursuant to subsection (c) of | ||
Section 24-12 of this Code.
| ||
(4) If the notice of dismissal was sent to the teacher | ||
or principal before July 1, 2012, the fees and costs for |
the hearing officer shall be paid by the State
Board of | ||
Education. If the notice of dismissal was sent to the | ||
teacher or principal on or after July 1, 2012, the hearing | ||
officer's fees and costs must be paid as follows in this | ||
paragraph (4). The fees and permissible costs for the | ||
hearing officer shall be determined by the State Board of | ||
Education. If the hearing officer is mutually selected by | ||
the parties through alternate striking in accordance with | ||
paragraph (3) of this subsection (a), then the board and | ||
the teacher or their legal representative shall each pay | ||
50% of the fees and costs and any supplemental allowance to | ||
which they agree. If the hearing officer is selected by the | ||
general superintendent without the participation of the | ||
teacher or principal, then the board shall pay 100% of the | ||
hearing officer fees and costs. The hearing officer shall | ||
submit for payment a billing statement to the parties that | ||
itemizes the charges and expenses and divides them in | ||
accordance with this Section. | ||
(5) The teacher or the principal charged is required to | ||
answer the charges and specifications and aver affirmative | ||
matters in his or her defense, and the time for doing so | ||
must be set by the hearing officer. The State Board of | ||
Education shall adopt rules so that each party has a fair | ||
opportunity to present its case and to ensure that the | ||
dismissal proceeding is concluded in an expeditious | ||
manner. The rules shall address, without limitation, the |
teacher or principal's answer and affirmative defenses to | ||
the charges and specifications; a requirement that each | ||
party make mandatory disclosures without request to the | ||
other party and then update the disclosure no later than 10 | ||
calendar days prior to the commencement of the hearing, | ||
including a list of the names and addresses of persons who | ||
may be called as witnesses at the hearing, a summary of the | ||
facts or opinions each witness will testify to, and all | ||
other documents and materials, including information | ||
maintained electronically, relevant to its own as well as | ||
the other party's case (the hearing officer may exclude | ||
witnesses and exhibits not identified and shared, except | ||
those offered in rebuttal for which the party could not | ||
reasonably have anticipated prior to the hearing); | ||
pre-hearing discovery and preparation, including provision | ||
for written interrogatories and requests for production of | ||
documents, provided that discovery depositions are | ||
prohibited; the conduct of the hearing; the right of each | ||
party to be represented by counsel, the offer of evidence | ||
and witnesses and the cross-examination of witnesses; the | ||
authority of the hearing officer to issue subpoenas and | ||
subpoenas duces tecum, provided that the hearing officer | ||
may limit the number of witnesses to be subpoenaed in | ||
behalf of each party to no more than 7; the length of | ||
post-hearing briefs; and the form, length, and content of | ||
hearing officers' reports and recommendations to the |
general superintendent. | ||
The hearing officer shall commence the hearing within | ||
75 calendar days and conclude the hearing within 120 | ||
calendar days after being selected by the parties as the | ||
hearing officer, provided that these timelines may be | ||
modified upon the showing of good cause or mutual agreement | ||
of the parties. Good cause for the purposes of this | ||
paragraph (5) shall mean the illness or otherwise | ||
unavoidable emergency of the teacher, district | ||
representative, their legal representatives, the hearing | ||
officer, or an essential witness as indicated in each | ||
party's pre-hearing submission. In a dismissal hearing in | ||
which a witness is a student or is under the age of 18, the | ||
hearing officer must make accommodations for the witness, | ||
as provided under paragraph (5.5) of this subsection. The | ||
hearing officer shall consider and give weight to all of | ||
the teacher's evaluations written pursuant to Article 24A | ||
that are relevant to the issues in the hearing. Except as | ||
otherwise provided under paragraph (5.5) of this | ||
subsection, the teacher or principal has the
privilege of | ||
being present at the hearing with counsel and of
| ||
cross-examining witnesses and may offer evidence and | ||
witnesses and present
defenses to the charges. Each party | ||
shall have no more than 3 days to present its case, unless | ||
extended by the hearing officer to enable a party to | ||
present adequate evidence and testimony, including due to |
the other party's cross-examination of the party's | ||
witnesses, for good cause or by mutual agreement of the | ||
parties. The State Board of Education shall define in rules | ||
the meaning of "day" for such purposes.
All testimony at | ||
the hearing shall be taken under oath administered by the
| ||
hearing officer. The hearing officer shall cause a record | ||
of the
proceedings to be kept and shall employ a competent | ||
reporter to take
stenographic or stenotype notes of all the | ||
testimony. The costs of the
reporter's attendance and | ||
services at the hearing shall be paid by the party or | ||
parties who are paying the fees and costs of the hearing | ||
officer. Either party desiring a transcript of the
hearing | ||
shall pay for the cost thereof. At the close of the | ||
hearing, the hearing officer shall direct the parties to | ||
submit post-hearing briefs no later than 21 calendar days | ||
after receipt of the transcript. Either or both parties may | ||
waive submission of briefs. | ||
(5.5) In the case of charges involving sexual abuse or | ||
severe physical abuse of a student or a person under the | ||
age of 18, the hearing officer shall make alternative | ||
hearing procedures to protect a witness who is a student or | ||
who is under the age of 18 from being intimidated or | ||
traumatized. Alternative hearing procedures may include, | ||
but are not limited to: (i) testimony made via a | ||
telecommunication device in a location other than the | ||
hearing room and outside the physical presence of the |
teacher or principal and other hearing participants, (ii) | ||
testimony outside the physical presence of the teacher or | ||
principal, or (iii) non-public testimony. During a | ||
testimony described under this subsection, each party must | ||
be permitted to ask a witness who is a student or who is | ||
under 18 years of age all relevant questions and follow-up | ||
questions. All questions must exclude evidence of the | ||
witness' sexual behavior or predisposition, unless the | ||
evidence is offered to prove that someone other than the | ||
teacher subject to the dismissal hearing engaged in the | ||
charge at issue.
| ||
(6) The hearing officer shall within 30 calendar days | ||
from the conclusion of the hearing
report to the general | ||
superintendent findings of fact and a recommendation as to | ||
whether or not the teacher or principal shall
be dismissed | ||
and shall give a copy of the report to both the
teacher or
| ||
principal and the general superintendent. The State Board | ||
of Education shall provide by rule the form of the hearing | ||
officer's report and recommendation. | ||
(7) The board, within 45
days of receipt of the hearing | ||
officer's findings of fact and recommendation,
shall make a | ||
decision as to whether the teacher or principal shall be | ||
dismissed
from its employ. The failure of the board to | ||
strictly adhere to the timeliness
contained herein shall | ||
not render it without jurisdiction to dismiss the
teacher
| ||
or principal. In the event that the board declines to |
dismiss the teacher or principal after review of a hearing | ||
officer's recommendation, the board shall set the amount of | ||
back pay and benefits to award the teacher or principal, | ||
which shall include offsets for interim earnings and | ||
failure to mitigate losses. The board shall establish | ||
procedures for the teacher's or principal's submission of | ||
evidence to it regarding lost earnings, lost benefits, | ||
mitigation, and offsets. The decision
of the board is final | ||
unless reviewed in accordance with paragraph (8) of this | ||
subsection (a).
| ||
(8) The teacher may seek judicial review of the board's | ||
decision in accordance with the Administrative Review Law, | ||
which is specifically incorporated in this Section, except | ||
that the review must be initiated in the Illinois Appellate | ||
Court for the First District. In the event judicial review | ||
is instituted, any costs of preparing and
filing the record | ||
of proceedings shall be paid by the party instituting
the | ||
review. In the event the appellate court reverses a board | ||
decision to dismiss a teacher or principal and directs the | ||
board to pay the teacher or the principal back pay and | ||
benefits, the appellate court shall remand the matter to | ||
the board to issue an administrative decision as to the | ||
amount of back pay and benefits, which shall include a | ||
calculation of the lost earnings, lost benefits, | ||
mitigation, and offsets based on evidence submitted to the | ||
board in accordance with procedures established by the |
board.
| ||
(9) If the Governor has declared a disaster due to a | ||
public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the | ||
Illinois Emergency Management Act, except if the parties | ||
mutually agree otherwise and the agreement is in writing, | ||
the requirements of this Section pertaining to prehearings | ||
and hearings are paused and do not begin to toll until the | ||
proclamation declaring the disaster is no longer in effect. | ||
If mutually agreed to and reduced in writing, the parties | ||
may proceed with the prehearing and hearing requirements of | ||
this Section connected to the appointment and selection of | ||
a hearing officer and those connected to commencing and | ||
concluding a hearing. Any hearing convened during a public | ||
health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois | ||
Emergency Management Agency Act may be convened remotely. | ||
Any hearing officer for a hearing convened during a public | ||
health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois | ||
Emergency Management Agency Act may voluntarily withdraw | ||
from the hearing and another hearing officer shall be | ||
selected or appointed pursuant to this Section. | ||
(b) Nothing in this Section affects the validity of removal | ||
for cause hearings
commenced prior to June 13, 2011 (the | ||
effective date of Public Act 97-8).
| ||
The changes made by Public Act 97-8 shall apply to | ||
dismissals instituted on or after September 1, 2011 or the | ||
effective date of Public Act 97-8, whichever is later. Any |
dismissal instituted prior to the effective date of these | ||
changes must be carried out in accordance with the requirements | ||
of this Section prior to amendment by Public Act 97-8. | ||
(Source: P.A. 101-531, eff. 8-23-19.)
| ||
(105 ILCS 5/34-85c) | ||
Sec. 34-85c. Alternative procedures for teacher | ||
evaluation, remediation, and removal for cause after | ||
remediation. | ||
(a) Notwithstanding any law to the contrary, the board and | ||
the exclusive representative of the district's teachers are | ||
hereby authorized to enter into an agreement to establish | ||
alternative procedures for teacher evaluation, remediation, | ||
and removal for cause after remediation, including an | ||
alternative system for peer evaluation and recommendations; | ||
provided, however, that no later than September 1, 2012: (i) | ||
any alternative procedures must include provisions whereby | ||
student performance data is a significant factor in teacher | ||
evaluation and (ii) teachers are rated as "excellent", | ||
"proficient", "needs improvement" or "unsatisfactory". | ||
Pursuant exclusively to that agreement, teachers assigned to | ||
schools identified in that agreement shall be subject to an | ||
alternative performance evaluation plan and remediation | ||
procedures in lieu of the plan and procedures set forth in | ||
Article 24A of this Code and alternative removal for cause | ||
standards and procedures in lieu of the removal standards and |
procedures set forth in Section 34-85 of this Code. To the | ||
extent that the agreement provides a teacher with an | ||
opportunity for a hearing on removal for cause before an | ||
independent hearing officer in accordance with Section 34-85 or | ||
otherwise, the hearing officer shall be governed by the | ||
alternative performance evaluation plan, remediation | ||
procedures, and removal standards and procedures set forth in | ||
the agreement in making findings of fact and a recommendation. | ||
(a-5) If the Governor has declared a disaster due to a | ||
public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois | ||
Emergency Management Agency Act that suspends in-person | ||
instruction, the timelines connected to the commencement and | ||
completion of any remediation plan are paused. Except where the | ||
parties mutually agree otherwise and such agreement is in | ||
writing, any remediation plan that had been in place for 45 or | ||
more days prior to the suspension of in-person instruction | ||
shall resume when in-person instruction resumes; any | ||
remediation plan that had been in place for fewer than 45 days | ||
prior to the suspension of in-person instruction shall | ||
discontinue and a new remediation period will begin when | ||
in-person instruction resumes. | ||
(b) The board and the exclusive representative of the | ||
district's teachers shall submit a certified copy of an | ||
agreement as provided under subsection (a) of this Section to | ||
the State Board of Education. | ||
(Source: P.A. 96-861, eff. 1-15-10; 97-8, eff. 6-13-11.) |
Section 10. The Illinois Articulation Initiative Act is | ||
amended by changing Section 20 as follows: | ||
(110 ILCS 152/20)
| ||
Sec. 20. Course transferability.
| ||
(a) All courses approved for Illinois Articulation | ||
Initiative General Education codes must be transferable as a | ||
part of the General Education Core Curriculum package, | ||
consistent with the specific requirements of the package. | ||
Illinois Articulation Initiative General Education courses | ||
taken during the public health emergency declared by | ||
proclamation of the Governor due to the COVID-19 pandemic | ||
during calendar year 2020 must be transferable for students | ||
receiving a grade of "pass", "credit", or "satisfactory" and | ||
shall fulfill the prerequisite requirements for advanced | ||
courses. | ||
(a-5) All public institutions shall determine if Illinois | ||
Articulation Initiative major courses are direct course | ||
equivalents or are elective credit toward the requirements of | ||
the major. If the receiving institution does not offer the | ||
course or does not offer it at the lower-division level, the | ||
student shall receive elective lower-division major credit | ||
toward the requirements of the major for the course and may be | ||
required to take the course at the upper-division level. | ||
(b) Students receiving the full General Education Core |
Curriculum package must not be required to take additional | ||
lower-division general education courses.
| ||
(Source: P.A. 99-636, eff. 1-1-17 .) | ||
Section 15. The Board of Higher Education Act is amended by | ||
adding Section 9.39 as follows: | ||
(110 ILCS 205/9.39 new) | ||
Sec. 9.39. Emergency completion and student support | ||
services grants. Subject to appropriation, the Board shall | ||
award emergency completion grants and competitive grants for | ||
public university student support services. | ||
Section 20. The Higher Education Student Assistance Act is | ||
amended by changing Section 65.100 as follows: | ||
(110 ILCS 947/65.100) | ||
(Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 101-613 ) | ||
(Section scheduled to be repealed on October 1, 2024) | ||
Sec. 65.100. AIM HIGH Grant Pilot Program. | ||
(a) The General Assembly makes all of the following | ||
findings: | ||
(1) Both access and affordability are important | ||
aspects of the Illinois Public Agenda for College and | ||
Career Success report. | ||
(2) This State is in the top quartile with respect to |
the percentage of family income needed to pay for college. | ||
(3) Research suggests that as loan amounts increase, | ||
rather than an increase in grant amounts, the probability | ||
of college attendance decreases. | ||
(4) There is further research indicating that | ||
socioeconomic status may affect the willingness of | ||
students to use loans to attend college. | ||
(5) Strategic use of tuition discounting can decrease | ||
the amount of loans that students must use to pay for | ||
tuition. | ||
(6) A modest, individually tailored tuition discount | ||
can make the difference in a student choosing to attend | ||
college and enhance college access for low-income and | ||
middle-income families. | ||
(7) Even if the federally calculated financial need for | ||
college attendance is met, the federally determined | ||
Expected Family Contribution can still be a daunting | ||
amount. | ||
(8) This State is the second largest exporter of | ||
students in the country. | ||
(9) When talented Illinois students attend | ||
universities in this State, the State and those | ||
universities benefit. | ||
(10) State universities in other states have adopted | ||
pricing and incentives that allow many Illinois residents | ||
to pay less to attend an out-of-state university than to |
remain in this State for college. | ||
(11) Supporting Illinois student attendance at | ||
Illinois public universities can assist in State efforts to | ||
maintain and educate a highly trained workforce. | ||
(12) Modest tuition discounts that are individually | ||
targeted and tailored can result in enhanced revenue for | ||
public universities. | ||
(13) By increasing a public university's capacity to | ||
strategically use tuition discounting, the public | ||
university will be capable of creating enhanced tuition | ||
revenue by increasing enrollment yields. | ||
(b) In this Section: | ||
"Eligible applicant" means a student from any high school | ||
in this State, whether or not recognized by the State Board of | ||
Education, who is engaged in a program of study that in due | ||
course will be completed by the end of the school year and who | ||
meets all of the qualifications and requirements under this | ||
Section. | ||
"Tuition and other necessary fees" includes the customary | ||
charge for instruction and use of facilities in general and the | ||
additional fixed fees charged for specified purposes that are | ||
required generally of non-grant recipients for each academic | ||
period for which the grant applicant actually enrolls, but does | ||
not include fees payable only once or breakage fees and other | ||
contingent deposits that are refundable in whole or in part. | ||
The Commission may adopt, by rule not inconsistent with this |
Section, detailed provisions concerning the computation of | ||
tuition and other necessary fees. | ||
(c) Beginning with the 2019-2020 academic year, each public | ||
university may establish a merit-based scholarship pilot | ||
program known as the AIM HIGH Grant Pilot Program. Each year, | ||
the Commission shall receive and consider applications from | ||
public universities under this Section. Subject to | ||
appropriation and any tuition waiver limitation established by | ||
the Board of Higher Education, a public university campus may | ||
award a grant to a student under this Section if it finds that | ||
the applicant meets all of the following criteria: | ||
(1) He or she is a resident of this State and a citizen | ||
or eligible noncitizen of the United States. | ||
(2) He or she files a Free Application for Federal | ||
Student Aid and demonstrates financial need with a | ||
household income no greater than 6 times the poverty | ||
guidelines updated periodically in the Federal Register by | ||
the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services under the | ||
authority of 42 U.S.C. 9902(2). The household income of the | ||
applicant at the time of initial application shall be | ||
deemed to be the household income of the applicant for the | ||
duration of the pilot program. | ||
(3) He or she meets the minimum cumulative grade point | ||
average or ACT or SAT college admissions test score, as | ||
determined by the public university campus. | ||
(4) He or she is enrolled in a public university as an |
undergraduate student on a full-time basis. | ||
(5) He or she has not yet received a baccalaureate | ||
degree or the equivalent of 135 semester credit hours. | ||
(6) He or she is not incarcerated. | ||
(7) He or she is not in default on any student loan or | ||
does not owe a refund or repayment on any State or federal | ||
grant or scholarship. | ||
(8) Any other reasonable criteria, as determined by the | ||
public university campus. | ||
(d) Each public university campus shall determine grant | ||
renewal criteria consistent with the requirements under this | ||
Section. | ||
(e) Each participating public university campus shall post | ||
on its Internet website criteria and eligibility requirements | ||
for receiving awards that use funds under this Section that | ||
include a range in the sizes of these individual awards. The | ||
criteria and amounts must also be reported to the Commission | ||
and the Board of Higher Education, who shall post the | ||
information on their respective Internet websites. | ||
(f) After enactment of an appropriation for this Program, | ||
the Commission shall determine an allocation of funds to each | ||
public university in an amount proportionate to the number of | ||
undergraduate students who are residents of this State and | ||
citizens or eligible noncitizens of the United States and who | ||
were enrolled at each public university campus in the previous | ||
academic year. All applications must be made to the Commission |
on or before a date determined by the Commission and on forms | ||
that the Commission shall provide to each public university | ||
campus. The form of the application and the information | ||
required shall be determined by the Commission and shall | ||
include, without limitation, the total public university | ||
campus funds used to match funds received from the Commission | ||
in the previous academic year under this Section, if any, the | ||
total enrollment of undergraduate students who are residents of | ||
this State from the previous academic year, and any supporting | ||
documents as the Commission deems necessary. Each public | ||
university campus shall match the amount of funds received by | ||
the Commission with financial aid for eligible students. | ||
A public university campus is not required to claim its | ||
entire allocation. The Commission shall make available to all | ||
public universities, on a date determined by the Commission, | ||
any unclaimed funds and the funds must be made available to | ||
those public university campuses in the proportion determined | ||
under this subsection (f), excluding from the calculation those | ||
public university campuses not claiming their full | ||
allocations. | ||
Each public university campus may determine the award | ||
amounts for eligible students on an individual or broad basis, | ||
but, subject to renewal eligibility, each renewed award may not | ||
be less than the amount awarded to the eligible student in his | ||
or her first year attending the public university campus. | ||
Notwithstanding this limitation, a renewal grant may be reduced |
due to changes in the student's cost of attendance, including, | ||
but not limited to, if a student reduces the number of credit | ||
hours in which he or she is enrolled, but remains a full-time | ||
student, or switches to a course of study with a lower tuition | ||
rate. | ||
An eligible applicant awarded grant assistance under this | ||
Section is eligible to receive other financial aid. Total grant | ||
aid to the student from all sources may not exceed the total | ||
cost of attendance at the public university campus. | ||
(g) All money allocated to a public university campus under | ||
this Section may be used only for financial aid purposes for | ||
students attending the public university campus during the | ||
academic year, not including summer terms. Notwithstanding any | ||
other provision of law to the contrary, any funds received by a | ||
public university campus under this Section that are not | ||
granted to students in the academic year for which the funds | ||
are received may be retained by the public university campus | ||
for expenditure on students participating in the Program or | ||
students eligible to participate in the Program. | ||
(h) Each public university campus that establishes a | ||
Program under this Section must annually report to the | ||
Commission, on or before a date determined by the Commission, | ||
the number of undergraduate students enrolled at that campus | ||
who are residents of this State. | ||
(i) Each public university campus must report to the | ||
Commission the total non-loan financial aid amount given by the |
public university campus to undergraduate students in fiscal | ||
year 2018. To be eligible to receive funds under the Program, a | ||
public university campus may not decrease the total amount of | ||
non-loan financial aid for undergraduate students to an amount | ||
lower than the total non-loan financial aid amount given by the | ||
public university campus to undergraduate students in fiscal | ||
year 2018, not including any funds received from the Commission | ||
under this Section or any funds used to match grant awards | ||
under this Section. | ||
(j) On or before a date determined by the Commission, each | ||
public university campus that participates in the Program under | ||
this Section shall annually submit a report to the Commission | ||
with all of the following information: | ||
(1) The Program's impact on tuition revenue and | ||
enrollment goals and increase in access and affordability | ||
at the public university campus. | ||
(2) Total funds received by the public university | ||
campus under the Program. | ||
(3) Total non-loan financial aid awarded to | ||
undergraduate students attending the public university | ||
campus. | ||
(4) Total amount of funds matched by the public | ||
university campus. | ||
(5) Total amount of claimed and unexpended funds | ||
retained by the public university campus. | ||
(6) The percentage of total financial aid distributed |
under the Program by the public university campus. | ||
(7) The total number of students receiving grants from | ||
the public university campus under the Program and those | ||
students' grade level, race, gender, income level, family | ||
size, Monetary Award Program eligibility, Pell Grant | ||
eligibility, and zip code of residence and the amount of | ||
each grant award. This information shall include unit | ||
record data on those students regarding variables | ||
associated with the parameters of the public university's | ||
Program, including, but not limited to, a student's ACT or | ||
SAT college admissions test score, high school or | ||
university cumulative grade point average, or program of | ||
study. | ||
On or before October 1, 2020 and annually on or before | ||
October 1 thereafter, the Commission shall submit a report with | ||
the findings under this subsection (j) and any other | ||
information regarding the AIM HIGH Grant Pilot Program to (i) | ||
the Governor, (ii) the Speaker of the House of Representatives, | ||
(iii) the Minority Leader of the House of Representatives, (iv) | ||
the President of the Senate, and (v) the Minority Leader of the | ||
Senate. The reports to the General Assembly shall be filed with | ||
the Clerk of the House of Representatives and the Secretary of | ||
the Senate in electronic form only, in the manner that the | ||
Clerk and the Secretary shall direct. The Commission's report | ||
may not disaggregate data to a level that may disclose | ||
personally identifying information of individual students. |
The sharing and reporting of student data under this | ||
subsection (j) must be in accordance with the requirements | ||
under the federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of | ||
1974 and the Illinois School Student Records Act. All parties | ||
must preserve the confidentiality of the information as | ||
required by law. The names of the grant recipients under this | ||
Section are not subject to disclosure under the Freedom of | ||
Information Act. | ||
Public university campuses that fail to submit a report | ||
under this subsection (j) or that fail to adhere to any other | ||
requirements under this Section may not be eligible for | ||
distribution of funds under the Program for the next academic | ||
year, but may be eligible for distribution of funds for each | ||
academic year thereafter. | ||
(k) The Commission shall adopt rules to implement this | ||
Section. | ||
(l) This Section is repealed on October 1, 2024.
| ||
(Source: P.A. 100-587, eff. 6-4-18; 100-1015, eff. 8-21-18; | ||
100-1183, eff. 4-4-19; 101-81, eff. 7-12-19.) | ||
(Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 101-613 ) | ||
(Section scheduled to be repealed on October 1, 2024) | ||
Sec. 65.100. AIM HIGH Grant Pilot Program. | ||
(a) The General Assembly makes all of the following | ||
findings: | ||
(1) Both access and affordability are important |
aspects of the Illinois Public Agenda for College and | ||
Career Success report. | ||
(2) This State is in the top quartile with respect to | ||
the percentage of family income needed to pay for college. | ||
(3) Research suggests that as loan amounts increase, | ||
rather than an increase in grant amounts, the probability | ||
of college attendance decreases. | ||
(4) There is further research indicating that | ||
socioeconomic status may affect the willingness of | ||
students to use loans to attend college. | ||
(5) Strategic use of tuition discounting can decrease | ||
the amount of loans that students must use to pay for | ||
tuition. | ||
(6) A modest, individually tailored tuition discount | ||
can make the difference in a student choosing to attend | ||
college and enhance college access for low-income and | ||
middle-income families. | ||
(7) Even if the federally calculated financial need for | ||
college attendance is met, the federally determined | ||
Expected Family Contribution can still be a daunting | ||
amount. | ||
(8) This State is the second largest exporter of | ||
students in the country. | ||
(9) When talented Illinois students attend | ||
universities in this State, the State and those | ||
universities benefit. |
(10) State universities in other states have adopted | ||
pricing and incentives that allow many Illinois residents | ||
to pay less to attend an out-of-state university than to | ||
remain in this State for college. | ||
(11) Supporting Illinois student attendance at | ||
Illinois public universities can assist in State efforts to | ||
maintain and educate a highly trained workforce. | ||
(12) Modest tuition discounts that are individually | ||
targeted and tailored can result in enhanced revenue for | ||
public universities. | ||
(13) By increasing a public university's capacity to | ||
strategically use tuition discounting, the public | ||
university will be capable of creating enhanced tuition | ||
revenue by increasing enrollment yields. | ||
(b) In this Section: | ||
"Eligible applicant" means a student from any high school | ||
in this State, whether or not recognized by the State Board of | ||
Education, who is engaged in a program of study that in due | ||
course will be completed by the end of the school year and who | ||
meets all of the qualifications and requirements under this | ||
Section. | ||
"Tuition and other necessary fees" includes the customary | ||
charge for instruction and use of facilities in general and the | ||
additional fixed fees charged for specified purposes that are | ||
required generally of non-grant recipients for each academic | ||
period for which the grant applicant actually enrolls, but does |
not include fees payable only once or breakage fees and other | ||
contingent deposits that are refundable in whole or in part. | ||
The Commission may adopt, by rule not inconsistent with this | ||
Section, detailed provisions concerning the computation of | ||
tuition and other necessary fees. | ||
(c) Beginning with the 2019-2020 academic year, each public | ||
university may establish a merit-based scholarship pilot | ||
program known as the AIM HIGH Grant Pilot Program. Each year, | ||
the Commission shall receive and consider applications from | ||
public universities under this Section. Subject to | ||
appropriation and any tuition waiver limitation established by | ||
the Board of Higher Education, a public university campus may | ||
award a grant to a student under this Section if it finds that | ||
the applicant meets all of the following criteria: | ||
(1) He or she is a resident of this State and a citizen | ||
or eligible noncitizen of the United States. | ||
(2) He or she files a Free Application for Federal | ||
Student Aid and demonstrates financial need with a | ||
household income no greater than 6 times the poverty | ||
guidelines updated periodically in the Federal Register by | ||
the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services under the | ||
authority of 42 U.S.C. 9902(2). The household income of the | ||
applicant at the time of initial application shall be | ||
deemed to be the household income of the applicant for the | ||
duration of the pilot program. | ||
(3) He or she meets the minimum cumulative grade point |
average or ACT or SAT college admissions test score, as | ||
determined by the public university campus. | ||
(4) He or she is enrolled in a public university as an | ||
undergraduate student on a full-time basis. | ||
(5) He or she has not yet received a baccalaureate | ||
degree or the equivalent of 135 semester credit hours. | ||
(6) He or she is not incarcerated. | ||
(7) He or she is not in default on any student loan or | ||
does not owe a refund or repayment on any State or federal | ||
grant or scholarship. | ||
(8) Any other reasonable criteria, as determined by the | ||
public university campus. | ||
(d) Each public university campus shall determine grant | ||
renewal criteria consistent with the requirements under this | ||
Section. | ||
(e) Each participating public university campus shall post | ||
on its Internet website criteria and eligibility requirements | ||
for receiving awards that use funds under this Section that | ||
include a range in the sizes of these individual awards. The | ||
criteria and amounts must also be reported to the Commission | ||
and the Board of Higher Education, who shall post the | ||
information on their respective Internet websites. | ||
(f) After enactment of an appropriation for this Program, | ||
the Commission shall determine an allocation of funds to each | ||
public university in an amount proportionate to the number of | ||
undergraduate students who are residents of this State and |
citizens or eligible noncitizens of the United States and who | ||
were enrolled at each public university campus in the previous | ||
academic year. All applications must be made to the Commission | ||
on or before a date determined by the Commission and on forms | ||
that the Commission shall provide to each public university | ||
campus. The form of the application and the information | ||
required shall be determined by the Commission and shall | ||
include, without limitation, the total public university | ||
campus funds used to match funds received from the Commission | ||
in the previous academic year under this Section, if any, the | ||
total enrollment of undergraduate students who are residents of | ||
this State from the previous academic year, and any supporting | ||
documents as the Commission deems necessary. Each public | ||
university campus shall match the amount of funds received by | ||
the Commission with financial aid for eligible students. | ||
A public university campus is not required to claim its | ||
entire allocation. The Commission shall make available to all | ||
public universities, on a date determined by the Commission, | ||
any unclaimed funds and the funds must be made available to | ||
those public university campuses in the proportion determined | ||
under this subsection (f), excluding from the calculation those | ||
public university campuses not claiming their full | ||
allocations. | ||
Each public university campus may determine the award | ||
amounts for eligible students on an individual or broad basis, | ||
but, subject to renewal eligibility, each renewed award may not |
be less than the amount awarded to the eligible student in his | ||
or her first year attending the public university campus. | ||
Notwithstanding this limitation, a renewal grant may be reduced | ||
due to changes in the student's cost of attendance, including, | ||
but not limited to, if a student reduces the number of credit | ||
hours in which he or she is enrolled, but remains a full-time | ||
student, or switches to a course of study with a lower tuition | ||
rate. | ||
An eligible applicant awarded grant assistance under this | ||
Section is eligible to receive other financial aid. Total grant | ||
aid to the student from all sources may not exceed the total | ||
cost of attendance at the public university campus. | ||
(g) All money allocated to a public university campus under | ||
this Section may be used only for financial aid purposes for | ||
students attending the public university campus during the | ||
academic year, not including summer terms. Notwithstanding any | ||
other provision of law to the contrary, any funds received by a | ||
public university campus under this Section that are not | ||
granted to students in the academic year for which the funds | ||
are received may be retained by the public university campus | ||
for expenditure on students participating in the Program or | ||
students eligible to participate in the Program. | ||
(h) Each public university campus that establishes a | ||
Program under this Section must annually report to the | ||
Commission, on or before a date determined by the Commission, | ||
the number of undergraduate students enrolled at that campus |
who are residents of this State. | ||
(i) Each public university campus must report to the | ||
Commission the total non-loan financial aid amount given by the | ||
public university campus to undergraduate students in the | ||
2017-2018 academic year, not including the summer term. To be | ||
eligible to receive funds under the Program, a public | ||
university campus may not decrease the total amount of non-loan | ||
financial aid it gives to undergraduate students, not including | ||
any funds received from the Commission under this Section or | ||
any funds used to match grant awards under this Section, to an | ||
amount lower than the reported amount for the 2017-2018 | ||
academic year, not including the summer term. | ||
(j) On or before a date determined by the Commission, each | ||
public university campus that participates in the Program under | ||
this Section shall annually submit a report to the Commission | ||
with all of the following information: | ||
(1) The Program's impact on tuition revenue and | ||
enrollment goals and increase in access and affordability | ||
at the public university campus. | ||
(2) Total funds received by the public university | ||
campus under the Program. | ||
(3) Total non-loan financial aid awarded to | ||
undergraduate students attending the public university | ||
campus. | ||
(4) Total amount of funds matched by the public | ||
university campus. |
(5) Total amount of claimed and unexpended funds | ||
retained by the public university campus. | ||
(6) The percentage of total financial aid distributed | ||
under the Program by the public university campus. | ||
(7) The total number of students receiving grants from | ||
the public university campus under the Program and those | ||
students' grade level, race, gender, income level, family | ||
size, Monetary Award Program eligibility, Pell Grant | ||
eligibility, and zip code of residence and the amount of | ||
each grant award. This information shall include unit | ||
record data on those students regarding variables | ||
associated with the parameters of the public university's | ||
Program, including, but not limited to, a student's ACT or | ||
SAT college admissions test score, high school or | ||
university cumulative grade point average, or program of | ||
study. | ||
On or before October 1, 2020 and annually on or before | ||
October 1 thereafter, the Commission shall submit a report with | ||
the findings under this subsection (j) and any other | ||
information regarding the AIM HIGH Grant Pilot Program to (i) | ||
the Governor, (ii) the Speaker of the House of Representatives, | ||
(iii) the Minority Leader of the House of Representatives, (iv) | ||
the President of the Senate, and (v) the Minority Leader of the | ||
Senate. The reports to the General Assembly shall be filed with | ||
the Clerk of the House of Representatives and the Secretary of | ||
the Senate in electronic form only, in the manner that the |
Clerk and the Secretary shall direct. The Commission's report | ||
may not disaggregate data to a level that may disclose | ||
personally identifying information of individual students. | ||
The sharing and reporting of student data under this | ||
subsection (j) must be in accordance with the requirements | ||
under the federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of | ||
1974 and the Illinois School Student Records Act. All parties | ||
must preserve the confidentiality of the information as | ||
required by law. The names of the grant recipients under this | ||
Section are not subject to disclosure under the Freedom of | ||
Information Act. | ||
Public university campuses that fail to submit a report | ||
under this subsection (j) or that fail to adhere to any other | ||
requirements under this Section may not be eligible for | ||
distribution of funds under the Program for the next academic | ||
year, but may be eligible for distribution of funds for each | ||
academic year thereafter. | ||
(k) The Commission shall adopt rules to implement this | ||
Section. | ||
(l) This Section is repealed on October 1, 2024.
| ||
(Source: P.A. 100-587, eff. 6-4-18; 100-1015, eff. 8-21-18; | ||
100-1183, eff. 4-4-19; 101-81, eff. 7-12-19; 101-613, eff. | ||
6-1-20.) | ||
Section 95. No acceleration or delay. Where this Act makes | ||
changes in a statute that is represented in this Act by text |
that is not yet or no longer in effect (for example, a Section | ||
represented by multiple versions), the use of that text does | ||
not accelerate or delay the taking effect of (i) the changes | ||
made by this Act or (ii) provisions derived from any other | ||
Public Act.
| ||
Section 99. Effective date. This Act takes effect upon | ||
becoming law.
|